ML17345B337

Summary Rept on Detailed Control Room Design Review of Turkey Point Units 3 & 4 Nuclear Power Station, Prepared in Response to NUREG-0737,Item I.D.1 & Suppl 1 to NUREG-0737

ML17345B337
Person / Time
Site:	Turkey Point
Issue date:	10/31/1983
From:	FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT CO.
To:
Shared Package
ML17345B336	List: ML17345B335 ML17345B337
References
RTR-NUREG-0737, RTR-NUREG-737, TASK-1.D.1, TASK-TM NUDOCS 8311080322
Download: ML17345B337 (640)

Text

{{#Wiki_filter:Table of Contents 1.0 METHODOLOGY 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 2.0 FINDINGS/RESULTS Overview Review Procedures Document and Document Control Technical Approach Assessment and Implementation ."~Pa e 1 1 4 8 20 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 Equipment Inventory Experience Review Surveys 2.3.1 Noise 2.3.2 Lighting 2.3.3 Control Room Environment/Workspace 2.3.4 Controls and Displays 2.3.5 Conventions 2.3.6 Process Computer 2.3.7 Emergency Garments 2.3.8 Labels 2.3.9 Annunciators 2 3.10 Anthropometry 2.3.11 Force/Torque 2.3.12 Communications 2.3.13 Maintainability Systems, Functions, and Task Analysis*2.4.1 Identify/Review Systems, Functions, and Tasks 2.4.2 Analyze Tasks 2.4 3 Verify Task Performance Capability/Human Engineering Suitability 2.4.4 Validate Control Room Factors.20 22 26-" 27=-40 48'65'73 75"80 88 95 101 107"110 114 119 119 121"'122 124 3.0 IMPLEMENTATION 127 3.1 Develop Backf it Schedules 3.1.1 Phase 3-Enhancement and Design Solutions. 3.1.2 Analysis of Correction by Enhancement 3.1.3 Analysis of Correction by Alternative 3.1.4 Extent of Correction 127, 127 127 127 130 83ii080322 83iiOi PDR ADOCK 05000250 F PDR 8 OS OS SS 8S H OA 80 Fg ZC 00 HP, lal vor air All Plr Rrl ESE SSE USE VSE VSE csrlSr OKl TABLE OF CONTENTS 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 Human Engineering Backfit Program 3.2.1 Labeling 3.2.2 Demarcation 3.2.3 Annunciator Review 3.2.4 Coding Convention 3.2.5 Engineering Intergration Review 3.2.6 Administrative and Training Written Justification/No Corrective Action Intended 3.3.1 Low Error Assessment 3.3.2 Invalid Findings Completed Backfits 3.4.1 Completed Enhancements/Design Solutions 3.4.2 Scheduled Completion dates for Standarized Backfit Solutions Implementation Program Tracking System 3.5.1'nventory Control 3.5.2 Status Updates 3.5.3 Open Item List Development 3.5.4 Project History 3.5.5 Program Index and Listing PAGE 133 133 135 136 137 138 146 148 148 313 338 338 367 368 368 368 368'69 369 APPENDIX 1 Computer Output of All Human Engineering Deficiencies APPENDIX A Checklist of NUREG-0700 Criteria Used For the Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 DCRDR I~*I P Np C',t 4 5l<l~, 0 1.0 METHODOLOGY l.l Overview This report has been prepared in response to NUREG-0737 item 1.D.l and details the means by which a Detailed Control Room Design Reviewwas conducted for the Turkey Point Units 3 6 4 Nuclear Power Plants owned and operated by the Florida Power Bc Light Company.The review was conducted using NUREGs-0700 and-0801, and spanned: the period from July 1981 to July 1983.The review was conducted in four phases, as follows:~.Phase 1-Pro'ect Plannin.o Preparation of a review planning document which discusses Review methodologies Review documentation Status, personnel qualifications, and project organization Assessment and prioritization of discrepancies Reporting{findings, assessment, and schedules). Phase 2-Control Room Review.This represents the period in which data collection, reduction, and analysis was conducted, resulting in Human Engineering Discrepancy reports and draft reports.Phase 3-Enhancement Bc Desi n Solutions. Human Engineering Discrepancies were collated, alternate enhancements and design solutions were gene-rated, and the results were considered in trade-offs. Phase 4-~Re ortin.Baokfit sohedoles and Detailed Control Room Design Review results will be provided to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Figure l-l shows, in general, the phases and task flow for the Detailed Control Room Design Review.A brief discussion of the activities conducted in each phase of the review follows this figure.The Detailed Control Room Design Review was conducted using the NUREG-0700 guidelines. Planning, staffing, technical approach, and prioritiza-tion were conducted in accordance with the guidelines as stated in NUREG-0700. The present Detailed Control Room Design Review report closely follows the outline recommended in Section 5.2 of NUREG-0700. Specifically, this final report discusses: o The Detailed Control Room Design Review phases o'he technical activities review of operating experience assembly of control room documentation system/function/task analysis conduct of control room surveys verification of task performance capability validation of control room functions t C: I el~~5'<</~p~I 0 g')~I 0~'I~~~w~)~P I~C I~]8~" PHASE I PLANNING PHASE II REVIEW PHASE III ENIIANCEMENT AND DESIGN SOLUTIONS PHASE IV REPORTING REVIEW PERATION EXPERIENCE SYSTEMS FUNCTIONS AND TASK ANALYSIS VERIFY TASK PERFOR.MANGE CAPABILITY DEVELOP REPORT DEVELOP PROGRAM PLAN ASSESS DISCRE-PANCIES IDENTIFY AND SELECT OPTIONS ASSEMBLE CONTROL ROOILII DOCUMEN-TATION CONDUCT CONTROL ROOM SURVEYS VALIDATE CONTROL ROOM FUNCTIONS DEVELOP SCHEDULE FlGURE 1-1 THE FOUR PHASES AND THE TASK FLON RELAT!ONSHlP OF THE CR REVlBhf 0 If v I I r e o Method of assessment of discrepancies o Method of identification and selection of enhancement and design solutions o Review results of Human Engineering Discrepancies, Human Engi-neering Discrepancy Assessment, and the selected enhancement and design solutions will be organized into the following groups: survey findings (annunciator, communications, etc.)task analysis findings (panel/workspace) human factors engineering suitability and validation of functions findings (control room traffic, workload distribution, and man/machine functional allocations) o Improvements to be made enhancements/justification/extent of correction design alternative/justification/extent of correction o Schedule of implementation.

• P 4i'I 1%

1.2 Review Procedures This section presents, in general terms, the review procedures employed.In Section 2.0, Findings, detailed descriptions of the procedures employed, and results of each, are presented. 1.2.1 Phase 2-Control Room Review The Control Room Review phase was subdivided into six subtasks as follows: o Review of Operating Experience o Assemble Control Room Documentation o Review of System Functions and Task Analysis o Control Room Surveys o Verify Task Performance Capability o Validate Control Room Functions. 1.2.1.1 Review of Operating Experience -This task was composed of two subtasks: 1)conduct of operator interviews, and 2)review of plant operational experience through Licensee Event Reports, technical specification modifications, etc.This review task was conducted in accordance with the guidelines of NUREG-0700 published September 1981.1.2.1.2 Assemble Control Room Documentation -In this task, a control room data base was established to support subsequent evaluation. A library was established with control room related documentation (technical specifications, drawings, etc.), control room components were photo-documented, and a 1/3 scale photomosaic was constructed. The library and photo-documentation were centrally located to support the effort.In addition to the library and photographic documentation; a control room inventory of components was developed, identifying for each component, its location, system relation-ships, functions, and characteristics. Inventory data has been filed for subsequent use.1.2.1.3 Conduct Control Room Surveys-Much of the detailed assessment of the control room was conducted via surveys.Surveys required the collection of data using preconstructed checklists and interview forms, and the taking of direct measurements of control room parameters such as noise levels, light levels, etc.The survey criteria are presented in Appendix A.For each survey, a draf t report (summarizing Human Engineering Discrepancies) was prepared for subsequent inclusion into the present final report.The surveys conducted were: o Noise-direct measurements of noise levels were taken and com-pared to individual checklists items. 4 7 p I~I}I I r o Lighting-measurements were taken under various conditions (e.g., nor mal and emergency lighting)and compared to individual. NUREG-0700 items.o Control Room Environment -assessments were made by direct measurement of the parameters listed below and by comparison to the data in the NUREG-0700 guidelines. temperature humidi ty ventilation workspace arrangement document organization, use, and storage control room access o Design Conventions -evaluations by survey for the conventions listed below.The data was subsequently compared to NUREG-0700 guidelines. coding methods (color, shape, pattern, etc.)standardization of abbreviations and acronyms-, consistency of control use consistency of display movement or indication o Controls-checklist evaluation of controls.o Displays-checklist evaluation of displays.o Computers-checklist evaluation of computer systems.o Emergency Garments-data were collected by walk-throughs, use of emergency garments, speech intelligibility analysis, and checklist application. o Labeling-checklist evaluation of labels.o Annunciators -checklist evaluation of annunciator systems;, direct measurement of annunciator fonts, signal intensities, etc.o Anthropometrics -analysis of reach and visual access to control room components given physical configuration of boards, panels, layout, etc.The data was subsequently compared to checklist item requirements. o Force/Torque -where indicated by operator observation, force/torque information for control types were collected for comparison to checklist items.o Communications -checklist evaluation of communications systems;speech intelligibility analysis of communications modes o Maintainability -checklist and questionnaire data concerning operator-maintained components (trend recorders, bulbs, etc.).1.2.1.4 Review of System Functions and Task Analysis (SFTA)-System functions and tasks were identified and evaluated in this task.A 4-step procedure was employed: o Identification of systems and subsystems by review of plant documen-tation ~~1 o Identification of event sequences to undergo Task Analysis.These were identified using: NUREGs-0737,-0660, and-0700 results of Operating Experience Review o Identification of system/subsystem functions through document review and operator interviews o Identification and analysis of control room operational tasks.Task Analysis data served as an input to the verification of task performance capability and to the validation of control room functions (see paragraphs 1.2.1.5 and 1.2.1.6).The results/products of this task were: o Response Selection Diagrams o Task analysis of functional sequences o Task analysis of event sequences o Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams of task sequences o Traffic Pattern Diagrams.1.2.1.5 Verify Task Performance Capability -This evaluation task involved two subtasks: 1)verification of instrument/control availability, and 2)verification of human engineering suitability. The first, verification of availability, was conducted using the Task Analysis and Control Room Inventory. In general, tasks associated with control room functions were examined in terms of appropriate instrumentation in the control room (i.e., task equipment demands vs.actual equipment present in the control room).Estimates of the frequency-of-use for all instrumentation were then generated based on the set of procedures examined.C Estimations of nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g., boration, etc.)were gene-rated via operator interviews. Also task sequences required in selected event sequences were estimated as to frequency of occurrence in the event sequences. Comparing both frequency and requirements data to the inventory, identification was made of: 1)the absence (in'the control room)of task-required information or control, 2)the estimated frequency with which the information or control is required, and 3)the conditions (events, procedures, etc.)under which the information or control is required.The second subtask, verification of human engineering suitability, involved using Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams, Traffic Pattern Diagrams, identified functional groups, and checklists to evaluate human engineering suitability in terms of sequence of component use, control/display proximity, and so forth.NUREG-0700 guidelines served as the principal source document for evaluation criteria.

1.2.1.6 Validate Control Room Functions-This task involved analysis of workload and distribution of workload for operators performing specific task and event sequences. Also overall control room traffic,was analyzed.The means of the analysis were task timelines and traffic analysis.' a~ 1D Documentation and Document Control Three types of documentation were addressed: 1)reference documentation, 2)process and Human Engineering Discrepancy documentation, and 3)Detailed Control., Room Design Review output findings and reports.1.3.1 Reference Documentation I A program library was established with reference documents to support the Detailed Control Room Design Review tasks.It contains: Licensee Event Reports Outage Analysis Reports Final Safety Analysis Reports Technical specifications and system descriptions Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams Floor plans Panel drawings and photographs Software descriptions Procedures Samples of computer printouts Various Nuclear Regulatory Commission and industry documents bearing on control room design (i.e., NUREGs-0700 and-0660, IEEE specifications and standards, human factors engineering texts, etc.).As required, control room this documentation was referenced to support specific tasks within the evaluations. 1.3.2 Process Documentation Data collection and.reduction methods were documented for reporting purposes.The general flow of information management is presented in Figure 1-2.Task plans served as the basic process documentation. '1.3D Guideline Human Engineering Discrepancy Documentation Data files for each Human Engineering Discrepancy were generated. For each task requiring a report, file space was reserved for that report.Human Engineering Discrepancy information was stored in a computer file which contained the following information: o Guideline number 8 0~~I l v.w=I 11%0 w~I N 1'I~y t~<~. FIGURE 1-2 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DATA COLLECTION DATA COLLECTION DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE 1 PROCEDURE 2'PROCEDURE N COLLECT DATA COLLECT DATA~~~~~~~~COLLECT DATA IDENTIFY HEDs I P ENTI FY H E Ps~~~o~~~~lDENTIFY HEDs DOCUMENT DOCUMENT~~~~~~~~DOCUMENT FILE (MANUAL 8L ADP)FILE (MANUAL 4 ADP)~~~~~~~~FILE (MANUAL 8E ADP)ASSESS HEDs UPDATE FILES (MANUAL 8c ADP)IDENTIFY RESOLUTION UPDATE FII.ES (MANUAL 5 ADP)DEVELOP SCHEDULES RESOI.UTIONS) REPORT I" N J o Human Engineering Discrepancy description o Human Engineering Discrepancy assessment o Human Engineering Discrepancy locations (components which are discrepant from the NUREG-0700 guidelines) o Action to be taken on the Human Engineering Discrepancy. Figure 1-3 presents the Human Engineering Discrepancy form used to document and report findings.1.3.4 Component Human Engineering Discrepancy Reports A manually maintained file was established which documented, for each component, Human Engineering Discrepancies cited against that component (generic Human Engineer.- ing Discrepancies, such as label font, were not recorded on component sheet).In addition, the header for each Component Level Human Engineering Discrepancy contains the following Control Room Inventory information: o Panel/workstation o Unique location code o System relationship o Component function and use o Component type and characteristics. The Human Engineering Discrepancies noted against a component are, where appropriate, listed on the bottom of the form by Human Engineering Discrepancy number (which corresponds to a NUREG-0700 guideline number).The Component Level Human Engineering Discrepancy form used is presented in Figure 1-4.1.3.5 Task Reports For each survey, a separate report section has been generated detailing: o Objectives of the survey o Actual data collection and analysis methods employed o Criteria used as a baseline or guideline for evaluation o Summary of findings.10 ~, tP'1A PI~tits-~1 l f l I~ FIGURE 1-3 HUWtAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY REPORT NO: REVIEWER NAME: a)HED TITLE: PLANT.UN!T' DATE: b)ITEMS INVOLVED: ITEM TYPE NOMEN CLATURE LOCATION PHOTO NO.c)PROSLEM DESCRIPTION (GUIDELINES VIOLATED): d)SPECIFIC OPERATOR ERROR(S)THAT COULD RESULT FROM HED: ~r eW s l'l j I l P I I II I 1 V I 1I L'1 FIGURE 1-3 (continued) e)SUGGESTIONS FOR POTENTIAL BACKFITS 1)ESSEX REVIEW DATA COLLECTOR DATA COLLECTION MGR PROGRAM MGR DATE DATE DATE g)DISPOSITION CI FURTHER REVIEW BY 0 TO BE CORRECTED BY Q REFER TO OPERATIONS 0 NO ACTION OTHER DATE DATE EVALUATION COMPLETED FPL PROJECT DIRECTOR DATE electee I e he tee~~~g,~~~r ff~I t~err~~r~~I:e*)I,'e I Ier~her e Ml I f r4we~.~~eee~~~I~I e~~st ee e'I'Wet I ee we~C er e eer le~~therm~~~I VI~~cere eee>>~'t'e I eeetee tet I'Itret Ire te erie Ilt, I te~I'e I f'~I~~~~~~~ FlGVRE 1-4 COMPONENT LEVEL HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG DlSCREPANCY REPORT COMPONENT(S) LABEL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION N LINE 1 IINE 2 PANEL IOC CODE TYPE LINE 3 SUBSYSTEM'ONTROI. MODES/DISPLAY RANGE: USE: HED NUMBER CAT HED NUMBER CAT K t I)~.E 1A Technical Approach~.The technical approach (review procedure) employed is briefly introduced in this section.Detailed discussions of review methodologies are presented in Section 2.0, Findings, where text is provided which describes the activities for the following tasks: o Review of operating experience o Assembly of control room documentation o Review of system functions and task analysis o Surveys noise lighting control room environment design conventions controls and displays'computers emergency garments labeling annunciators anthropometrics force/torque communications maintainability o Verification of task performance capability o Validation of control room functions o Assessment of discrepancies. Each survey report addresses: o Task Objectives -The type of data to be collected or human performance variables under analysis.o Review Team-The personnel required to conduct the task.o Criter ia-Generally, the review guidelines appropriate to the evaluation being conducted. o Task Definition -Steps or procedures followed in the conduct of the task.o Outputs and Results-Task results.These are Human Engineering Discrepancies which may be drawn upon by subsequent tasks (e.g., Task Analysis). I I I~1~'4 r~~pl 1.5 Assessment and Implementation Once a Human Engineering Discrepancy was identified, its disposition had to be determined. This section of the summary report: 1)describes the means whereby Human Engineering Discrepancies were assessed for error-inducing potential and.system conse-quences of induced errors, arid 2)details the means by which Human Engineering Discrepancies will be disposed of (redesign, additional 3ob Performance Aids, etc.)The assessment portion, in essence, determines the scheduling of backfits as a function of the potential consequences of the Human Engineering Discrepancy. The disposition portion determines the means by which a Human Engineering Discrepancy will be ameliorated. Assessment is initially divorced from disposition in terms of selection of backfits;however, Human Engineering Discrepancy disposition may, in some instances, drive scheduling of backfits due to availability of materials, extent of engineering redesign, and so forth.Also candidate backfits undergo assessment to ensure that human engineering discrepancies have been adequately addressed. 1.5.1 Assessment The basic assessment process is divided into four steps, as follows: o Assess extent of deviation from NUREG-0700 guidelines o Assess Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on error occurrence o Assess potential consequences of error occurrence o Assign Human Engineering Discrepancy scheduling priority.A Human Engineering Discrepancy Assessment Form an'd a Logic Diagram are presented in Figure 1-5.1.5.1.1 Assess Extent of Deviation from NUREG-0700 Guidelines -This step required that a subjective assessment of the extent of discrepancy from NUREG-0700 guidelines be made with regard to the control room.For example, symbol/background contrast might be 40 percent rather than 50 percent, or only small amounts of parallax may exist in a display.A judgement was made based on the content of the guideline being applied and the control room component under assessment. Extent of deviation was subjectively scaled from"1" (some deviation) to"5" (complete deviation). There was also a catagory N/A (not applicable) for Human Engineering Discrepancies which are not described in NUREG-0700 (discrepancies from other documents such as military standards, human factors engineering texts, etc).Extent of deviation judgements are not used directly to assess priority or scheduling of backfits, but relate to assessment of 0 15 ~'l g L (C r operational error potentials. It is possible to have little deviation from the guidelines and high error assessments, and vise versa.1.5.1.2 Assess Human Engineering Discrepancy Impact on Error Occurrence-Given that no control system can be designed to be operationally error-free, the assessment here was to estimate Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on hypothetical (unknown)baseline error rates of control room components; e.g., will additional errors be induced by discrepancies from the guide'lines? Estimates of Human Engineering Discrep-ancy impact on error occurrence were qualitatively arrived at by consideration of the following: o Body physiology fatigue/physical stress discomfort injury anthropometry o Sensory/perceptual performance VISIon audition proprioception touch o Information processing overload confusion recall pattern matching/recognition data manipulation (comparing, extrapolating, etc.)o Learning inhibition habituation response predominance transfer response competition response latency o Task demands frequency duration competition sequence speed communication precision information. 1.5.1D Assess Potential Consequences of Error Occurrence -Review team, tech-nical staff, and operations representatives evaluated system consequences of hypothesized operational errors.Four determinations are required: 16 o Does the Human Engineering Discrepancy relate to plant safety functions? o Does the Human Engineering Discrepancy relate to plant functions required to mitigate the consequences of an accident?o Could an error lead to unsafe operations or plant conditions? o Could an error lead to violations of technical specifications? Each of these requires a yes/no type response.The Logic Diagram on Figure 1-5 (Human Engineering Discrepancy Priorit@shows how these data are integrated to assign categories and priorities to Human Engineering Discrepancies. Category I Human Engineering Discrepancies are those which have been noted from documented operational errors.All Category I Human Engineering Discrepancies are deemed to increase error potential, but consequences must still be assigned to determine ultimate scheduling priority.Category II Human Engineering Discrepancies are those discrepancies noted during field surveys and/or operator interviews which have been determined to be of valid concern and require corrective action, but for which no documented cases of operator error were found during the Review of Operating Experience. Category III Human Engineering Discrepancies are those discrepancies noted by field surveys and/or operator interviews which have been determined to have little or no impact on operator performance, and for which no documented cases of operator error were found during the Review of Operating Experience. Assessment of error occurrence was estimated for the following: o Overall operator performance is/is not degraded by the Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on body physiology? o The Human Engineering Discrepancy does/does not degrade sensory perf ormance?o Information processing capability is/is not exceeded via the Human Engineering Discrepancy? o The Human Engineering Discrepancy does/does not induce direct error due to principles of learning?o Task difficulty and reliability is/is not affected by the Human Engineering Discrepancy? Based on the above, a subjective error assessment was generated on a 5-point scale;"1" indicating a low probability of induced errors is expected as a result of the Human Engineering Discrepancy, and"5" indicating a high probability of additional errors being induced.17 FIGURE'I.5'ED ASSESSMENT FORM 1.EXTENT OF DEVIATION FROM 0700 GUIDELINES 1 2 g~MP~4 5 2.ERROR ASSESSMENT N/A~W 1 2 2 i 5 2.SAFETY FUNCT)ON NO 4.NON SAFETY RELATED, REOUIREO TO MITIGATE CONSEOUKNCES OF AN ACCIDENT YES S.CONSEOUENCES OF ERROR OCCURENCE A.UNSAFE OPERATION YES NO 5.VIOLATION OF TECH.SPECS.YES NO 1.DEV$0'?NO FILE HED YES 2.ERROR NO ASSESSMENT st CATEGORY III HED TA YES TA t CATEGORY II C HED TECH SPEC VIOLATED OR UNSAFE OPERATION'2 YES CATEGORY II A YES 5, SAFETY NO FUNCTION OR 08JECTIVE? 18 TECH SPEC VIOLATED OR CATEGORY II C UNSAFE HED OPERATION? YES CATEGORY II 8 HED 1.5.1A Assign Human Engineering Discrepancy Priority Scheduling -Priority for scheduling of backfit was assigned per the following: o Priority A-Prompt-first outage, given availability of materials and engineering lead time.o Priority B-Near Term-second refueling outage given availability of parts and engineering lead time.o Priority C Long Term-at any time.19 2.0 FINDINGS This section presents results and findings of'the Detailed Control Room Design Review.Section 2.1 discusses the Equipment Inventory. Section 2.2 presents findings for the Operating Experience Review.Sect'ion 2.3 presents findings and results of the Control Room Surveys.Finally, Section 2.4 discusses the System Functions and Task Analysis findings.Where applicable, all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified via the evaluation processes are presented. 2.1 Equipment Inventory 2.1.1 Objective The objective of the Equipment Inventory was to identify and reference all instrumentation controls and equipment within the control room for: 1)assessment of task equipment demands, 2)Component Level Human Engineering Discrepancy documen-tation, and 3)priority assessment. The inventory included all components and major assemblies with which operators interface in the control rooms.2.1.2 Review Team Responsibilities A human factors specialist with control room operating experience assembled the Equipment Inventory using the form presented in Figure 1-4.(One form was completed for each component or major assembly). 2.1 3 Criteria Criteria for this task included: o The inventory should include all controls, displays and other com-ponents on the control boards, peripheral consoles, back panels, etc.-that is, the components with which operators interface at all work stations.(NUREG-0700, p.3-19).o Each component should have a unique identifier (NUREG-0700, p.3-20).1 o The inventory should identify the system, subsystem, function/sub-function, purpose, and characteristics (range for scaled displays, colors for indicator lights, and position labels for controls)for each component (NUREG-0700, p.3-19).20 ~II'1 2.1.4 Task Definition A photomosaic of the control room was used as the basis for most of the inventory work.Because the panels are long, they were divided into sections for the purpose of assigning alphanumeric identifiers. The console consisted of the following sections (from left to right facing the console): Coolant Volume Control System, Reactor Control, Steam Flow/Feed Flow, and Electrical. The back panel was divided into the Reactor Coolant System;Reactor, Steam Generator and Reactor Trip;Condensate, Feedwater and Turbine-Generator; and Electrical. The Safeguard Panel was divided into four sections and numbered 1 through 4, from left to right.Each component was assigned a unique alphanumeric code.All components sharing a single label were given the same code.One Component Level Human Engineering Discrepancy Report (component sheet)was completed for each unique alphanumeric code.Information not available from the photomosaic was collected on-site.Components were divided into subsystems within each panel by a human factors specialist with control room operating experience, and this information was included on the component sheet.The bottom half of the component sheet includes a list of Human Engineering Discrepancies noted for each component. The Human Engineering Discrepancy number shown refers to the NUREG-0700 guideline which was violated by the component. Although the control room Equipment Inventory was intended for use in Task Analysis, the references to Human Engineering Discrepancy numbers on the component sheets also provide Florida Power Bc Light with a list of Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with each component. The component sheets are filed by unit, by panel, by component type within each panel, and finally by location code within component type.The control room Equipment Inventory was completed Duly 1983 after the majoarity of data collection was completed. A 2.1.5 Outputs and Results The output of this task is a filing system containing a data form for each component in the control room.The form contains information describing the component and a list of associated Human Engineering Discrepancies. The Human Engineering Discrepancy number references NUREG-0700 guidelines and the appropriate Human Engineering Discrepancy. 21 2.2 Operator Interviews/Operating Experience Reviews 2.2.l Objective Interviews were conducted with operating personnel in order to obtain information on control room design and operability from users of the system.Questions were intended to gather information on workspace design and panel layout, environmental features, alarm and warning systems, computer systems, communications, procedures, maintenance, and staffing and training.Potential discrepanices as well as positive human factors engineering features were identified. 2.2.2 Review Team Responsibilities Interviews were'conducted by a human factors analyst experienced in interview techniques. The human factors analyst was responsible for briefing each interviewee regarding the purpose and general content of the questionnaire, and for recording responses appropriately on the interview forms.Briefings and interviews both were conducted individually. Operations personnel participating in the interviews included a majority of the reactor operators, senior reactor operators, watch engineers (shift technical advisors), and shif t supervisors. 2.2.3 Criteria The specific items presented during the interviews are presented in Appendix A.2.2.4 Task Definition/Methodology An operations representative was designated to arrange times and places for individual interviews. It was decided that since Unit 3 was off-line it would be most convenient to brief and interview individual operators (one at a time)in an alcove off the control room.The close proximity to the primary operating zone allowed the interviewee rapid return to control room duties if required, allowed demonstrations of incidents or, problems on the control board, and provided sufficient privacy to achieve a confidential interview. Each operator was briefed on the purpose of the inteview and its contribution to the overall control room evaluation, as well as about the role of human factors engineering in the design of power plant control systems and interfaces. The interviewees were also assured as to the anonymity of their responses. 22 Each question was read aloud and then paraphrased to ensure that the intent was clear.The interviewer listened carefully to each response, asking questions when state-rnents were unclear, recorded responses on the questionnaire (Appendix A), and read each'ecorded response aloud to the interviewee to ensure accuracy.Prior to each subsequent data collection task, the relevant section of each questionnaire was reviewed to ensure that all of the interviewees'oncerns were evaluated and verified.Questionnaires are retained in comprehensive project files to provide supporting data for this and other aspects of the evaluation. t 2.2.5 Output and Results Responses to individual questions were tallied and any clustering of answe'rs noted.A listing of the most frequently noted (clustered) responses is contained in Table 2.2.5-1.Many insights were identified only once (by one interviewee); yet when verified in the control room (with the three control room operators on shift), the insight was found to be shared.Therefore, all potential human factors engineering problems were reviewed and verified;not simply those problems most frequently identified. An area where this was particularly evident was in panel layout where a variety of potential grouping and arrangement problems were identified. Each negative observation (noted during interviews) was documented on Human Engineering Discrepancy forms and verified or discredited via subsequent surveys and/or Task Analysis.A number of negative observations were deleted where previously scheduled control room modifications ameliorated the potential discrepancies. TABLE 2.2.5-1 SAMPLE OF MOST FREQUENT INTERYIEW RESPONSES Positive Res onses Response Occurrence Ne ative Res onses 0/o Response Occurrence Works ace La out Bc Environment o Control Room Layout-compact, accessible o Panel Layout-system grouping 57 o Noise/Traffic Excessive (6113c,d)Annunciator Warnin S stem o System/Function Grouping 71 o Nuisance alarms present (6313a1)o Size too small (6335a)o No dark board/some normal"ON" (6332e)o New annunciators not grouped (633 1a)50 43 43 43 Communications o Availability of various alternative or backup systems 50 o Page system overcrowded (62183c)o Bell phone lines overloaded (night shift especially when no switchboard operator available) (62llc)o PAX phones unreliable 78.5.50 78.5 Process Com uters o Present functions helpful and easy to use 86 o More functions needed no trends/graphics (6733a,c,d) 43 TABLE 2.2.5-1 SAMPLE OF MOST FREQUENT INTERVIEW RESPONSES (COhfPD)Positive Res onses Response Occurrence Ne ative Res onses Response Occurrence Corrective and Preventive Maintenance o Vital instruments well maintained PMS on recorders weekly 57 71 o Operators not allowed to set the priorities (no HED generated) 50 Procedures o Changed/updated too often to allow memorization o Emergency procedures too long o No operational input to the writing (no HEDs generated) Staffin and Job Desi n o Control room understaf fed (3 CROs per shift for 2 units inadequate) (6112a)o Paperwork and communication duties overload and distract from operational duties (6112b)78.5 64~Trainin o Simulator training helpful 78.5 o Simulator not plant-specifc o Classroom and requalification training not long enough o Instructor undermanned (no HEDs generated) 78.5 57 57 2.3 Surveys This section presents the objectives, review team, evaluation criteria, task definition/methodology, and results/finding of each control room survey.These include: o Noise o Light o Environment/Workspace o Controls and Displays o Conventions o Process Computer o Emergency Garments o Labels and Location Aids o Annunciators o Anthropometry o Force/Torque o Communications o Maintainability. 26 2.3.1 Noise Survey 2.3.1.1 Objective-The'purpose of the Noise Survey was to ensure that noise levels within the control room do not interfere with aided and unaided voice communications and signal audibility. Noise, signal, and communication levels were measured to determine whether or not they met NUREG-0700 guidelines. 2 3.1.2 Review Team Selection and Responsibilities -The survey was performed by a human factors analyst familiar with the operation of the sound level meter used and fundamental properties of sound.2 3.1 3 Criteria-The following guidelines were used for data collection, analysis, and discrepancy documentation: o Ambient noise levels, under normal operating conditions, do not exceed 65 dB(A)(NUREG-0700, 6.1.5.5.b) o To ensure the audibility of signals and alarms, each is at least 10 dB(A)above the ambient noise level (NUREG-0700, 6.3.2.l.a) o Acceptable levels for voice communication are as indicated in Figure 2.3.1-1.2 3.1.4 Task Definitions Basal Level Reading and Contributing Noise Sources-Noise measurements were taken at a basal level, without contributing conversation, communication, or noise from signals and other oscillating sources.Contributing sources were measured first as individually as possible, then simultaneously. Potential noise sources include: o Audible Alarms o Printers o Communications equipment (ringing telephones, radios, loudspeakers) o Emergency or typical environmental control systems (air condition-ing, exhaust fans)(since this noise could not be eliminated, it as well as backroom relay clatter was included in all,basal measurements) o Loud conversation o Adjacent control room alarms o Open doors leading out of control room (noise from outside sources).Measurements at'Operating Positions and Desks-Measurements were taken at each operator position that requires verbal communication and/or auditory discrimination of a signal or communication. These positions included at a minimum all control room operators'esks and work stations (each panel).A diagram of the control room layout was prepared, and each measurement position was identified by number or code.27

CC 18 5~~o 8 O~I gl~v)4<o CL AREA WHERE UNAIDED COMMUNICATIONS ARE INADEOUATE dg+J C~O'Co cb+o AREA WHERE COMMUNICATION IN NORMAL VOICE IS ADEOUATE DIFFICULT 16'W X 2 o X D 0.5 80 70 80 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL, dB(A)0.25 110 FIGURE 2.3.1-1 VOICE LEVEL AS A FUNCTION OF DISTANCE BETWEEN SPEAKER AND LISTENER AND AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL{FROM NUREG 0700)28 Microphone Positions at Control Panels-Microphone positions for measurements t at control panels were: a o Toward panel o Toward nearest operator desk or station o Toward source o Straight up without obstruction, for omnipositional measurement. Microphone Positions at Operators'esks -Microphone positions for measurements at operators'esks were: o Straight up o Toward nearest operator o Toward source of noise.Weightings for Measurement -Readings were taken in dB(flat), dB(A)and dB(C)weightings. Special attention was given to dB(A)readings since these simulate subjective responses to noise.The flat (dB)response is an indiscriminate mode, attributing the sound level to no specific frequency range.To be able to make single figure measurements that take the frequency response of the ear into account, three frequency weighting curves, A, B, and C, based upon the response of the ear, have been devised.The C-weighted mode has, essentially, a uniform response from 30 Hz to 8 kHz.The dB(A)mode is the most commonly used mode for industrial standards, and is the mode upon which the E:ssex survey recommendations were based.This mode favors the frequencies between 1 and 4 kHz, peaking at 2.5 kHz.Steady-state noise measurement is best made in this mode because it discriminates most sounds which are audible to the average ear over a period of time.Noise that was difficult to attribute to a specific source, when measured by using general weightings, was measured by using the octave band selector on the sound level meter.All readings were appropriately recorded.Ambient Noise Corrections -Accuracy requires that the background noise be at least 10 dB below the noise level being measured, in each octave band.E:ven with this 10 dB difference,. the background noise will add about 0.4 dB to the measured SPL.The ambient noise corrections given in the table may be used to compensate for the effect of background noise. AMBIENT NOISE CORRECTIONS (DB)4 Difference Between Total Measured Sound Pressure Level and Measured Sound Pressure Level of Ambient Noise Only Correction to be Subtracted from Total Measured Sound Pressure Level to Obtain Sound Pressure Level of Noise Source Only 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ll 12 13 14 15 2.2 1.7 1.3 1.0.8.6.3.3.2.2.1 r (From SNI Sl.13)Data Analysis-After data collection the measured noise levels were compared to the evaluation criteria.Equipment/Facility Requirements -A certified industrial sound level meter was necessary for executing the noise survey.This meter was capable of measuring in dB, dB(A), and dB(C)weightings as well as in a variable octave band range from 30 to 16,000 Hz.The survey was conducted using a Genrad Model 1982 sound level meter and attachments. The unit was calibrated, per the instructions in the operations manual, prior to the collection of the data.Inputs and Data Forms-All readings were recorded on a floor plan of the Turkey Point Control Rooms.Remarks regarding any acoustical considerations and recommenda-tions were also recorded.Measurement positions were numbered or coded according to the first diagram.Outputs-Data were extracted from the Noise Survey form and diagrams and were analyzed for any anomalies. Readings that proved discrepant, resulting from excessive or inadequate levels, were reported on Human Engineering Discrepancy. Report forms.30 Recommendations were made for the solution of problems that were found in the course of the survey.Typical recommendations were acoustical absorption backfits and signal attenuation. 2 3.1.5 Findings/Results -Figures 2.3.1-2 through 2.3.1-8 present the noise level r data taken in the Turkey Point Control Rooms.Summarizing these data, Figure 2.3.1-2, basic ambient noise levels are in the acceptable-range of 59 to 66 dB(A).Noise sources which were identified and considered as significant contributors to ambient noise were: 1)the instrumentation power trans-formers located behind the operators panels, 2)the ventilation system, and 3)the overall control room vibration from (apparently) the turbine deck and major machinery. Sources which momentarily contributed to ambient noise (other than audible signals)included: o Opening and closing of accesses o Normal conversation o Habitation noises (paper shuffling, etc.).Figure 2.3.1-3 presents ambient noise levels for ten audible frequencies. The data indicate high levels of noise in the lower frequencies (63 to 80 dB in the 31 to 63 Hz frequency range)and moderate levels of noise (51 to 41 dB)in the middle to high frequency ranges, which represent the primary speech frequencies and most audible signal frequencies. Figures 2.3.1-4 to 2.3.1-8 present sound level data for ambient plus noise contri-buted from audible alarms.Note that significant auditory masking occurs: 1)when the frequencies of the target and the masking stimuli are about the same, and 2)when the masking stimulus is of a sfirlhtlv lower frequency than the target stimulus.The point of the above is that audible signal detection is a function of: 1)masker frequency, 2)masker intensity, 3)target frequency, and 4)target intensity. For all measured audible alarms, exept the Unit 3 annunciator audible, the alarm signal intensity (for the signal frequence) was greater than potential ambient masking frequencies for the same and adjacent lower ambient frequencies (see table below). FIGURE 2.3.4-2 AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS (dB(A))Z~x 0<MECH.SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE 85 DESK COMPUTER CONSOLE (FUTUREI 83 DESK 59 S9 CONSOLE CONSOLE eO S9 VERTICAL PANEL'A'ERTICAL PANEL'A' FIGURE.-3 SOUND LEVELS (dB)AT THREE PRIMARY OPERATING LOCATIONS FOR 10 FREQUENCIES (Hz)z z~oz MECH.SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE I=v 8 I I I III I Jk dB LEVELS f A CO III z CI.O I K III 8%i CONSOLE COMPUTER CONSOLE{FUTUREI Qe C6~CONSOLE III O I'II z ill I III 31$83 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K BK 16K 78 83 57 53 50 49 50 49 44 44 78 67 56'8 57 51 50 49 46 43 80 66 5$50 53 48 48 44 43 41 VERTICAI.PANEL'A'ERTICAL PANEL'A' H~t~~e) FIGURE 2.3.1-4 SOUND I.EVELS (dB(A))V/ITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM UNIT SHARED ANNUNCIATOR MECH.SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE F<it I J I.h lU K C.O I Ul DESK CONSOLE COMPUTER CONSOLE (FUTURE)DESK 75 CONSOLE C m O'0 X m I VERTICAL PANEL'A'ERTICAL PANEL'A'NIT SHARED ANNUNCIATOR SOURCE MAXIMUM MEASURED NOISE LEVEL WAS 80 dB(A)'e 8000 Hz ~le l~g P~J t 1 j1~0~'E~'P i'>2~R V~P FIGURE 2.3.1-5 SOUND LEVELS (dB)NITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM SITE F!RE ALARM z QJ~Z-OZ I MECH.SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE LOCATION OFFICE C r I I>J,O~w b~~4s D N 4f Vg PV\'L',I 1V I E~g)w I FIGURE 2.3.1-6 SOUND LEVELS{dB)WITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM UNIT 57LNNUNCIATOR AUDIBLE MECH.SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE Fv i I I I I I I 3 4 DESK CONSOLE COMPUTER CONSOLE IFUTURE)55 55 56 DESK CONSOLE 5B 5B 58 (ill 0 I 0 r Ill I tO VERTICAL PANEL'A'ERTICAL PANEl.'A'NIT 3 ALARM AUDIIBLE LOCATION MAXIMUM MEASURED AUDIBLE dB LEVEL WAS 62 Cru 63 Hz I f 2 l7j'1 II f'~p I ea lg f I-4 4',C'a~4~Y~'4 rs Vs~V i..s 1 FIGURE 2.3.1-7 SOUND LEVELS (dB)NITH CONTRIBUTED NOISE FROM UNIT 4 ANNUNCIATOR AUDIBLE MECH.SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE Fg F I IVPB 5.TP3 VPB2 6.TP3 NIS pane 7.Computer Desk 8.TP4 NIS 9.TP4 CRO's Desk 10.TP4 VPB1 ll.TP4 VPB2 12.TP4 VPA 13.TP4 Console 14.Lower Wall 15.Floor Normal Illumination fc 86 91 40 40 51 69 91 71 88 53.5 42.4 45.55 81.5 42 40 68 Emergency Illumination fc 7.60 9.60 1'.95 0.99 0.99 Min.3.0 Max 8.0 2.71 0.99 6.30 0.80 0.90 3.40 4.50 Average Luminance F+L 44.0 on blotter 17.7 6.9 6.5 9.4 6.9 (37.1 on paper)8.0 48.0 on blotter 5.9 10.0 20.6 15 9.5 23.3 Average Reflectance 51 21 17 14 8%(41%off paper)55 12 22 36 24

z~r gZ I MECH.SHAFT QD Qii FIGURE 2.3.2-2 LIGHTING SURVEY MEASUREMENT POINTS (SEE TABLE 2.3.2-2 FOR MEASUREDICOIHPUTED VALUES)Fv f l>4 OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE TOILET Qi~Qs Qa COMPUTER CONSOLE (FUTUREI DESK DESK Q CONSOLE CONSOLE VERTICAL PANEL'A'ERTICAL PANEL'A'i

FIGURE 2.3.2-3 ILLUMINATION LEVELS USING BLUE FLORESCENT LIGHTS OVER VERTICAL PANELS (FOOT-CANDLES) Z Ull Z oz wD'hC MECH.SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE Fv r I I I l I I l5 LU z O.O I K LU 33 25 7S DESK 73 CONSOLE 78.5 COMPUTER CONSOLE (FUTUAE)SL5 DESK 70 CONSOLE 32 ill O l Ll X'll I 33 VEATICAL PANEL'A'5 VERTICAL PANEL'A' Contrast-Contrast reduced by grime on miscellaneous labels, pushbutton legends and mechanical flags were found discrepant as well as the low contrast of printed numerals on impact recorder chart paper.47

2.3.3 Control Room Environment Workspace Survey 2.3.3.l Objective-The objective of the Control Room Environment Survey was to evaluate the control r oom environment to ensure safe, comfortable, and efficient operation. The assessment included furniture and equipment layout;document organization, use, and storage;supervisor access to control room;ambiance and comfort;and temperature, humidity, and ventilation. 2 3.3.2 Review Team Selection-The personnel required to conduct this survey and their responsibilities included: o'A Human Factors Engineer was responsible for data collection, data analysis, and final report preparation. o Various Control Room Operators, familiar with the control room operations and problems, to assist in the assessment of the control room environment. Their input was contributed through informal and formal interview processes. o A Technical Assistant to aid in the collection of measurements and data.2.3.3.3 Criteria-The following are the summarized guidelines from NUREQ-0700 used to evaluate the control room environment. Detailed criteria are contained in the attached checklist. Furniture and Equipment Layout-Work stations, including desks, consoles, and panels, will be placed and spaced to facilitate unobstructed viewing, movement and communications. o L-shape, U-shape, concentric, or wing configurations facilitate sight, movement, and communications. o Enough space is allowed to enable a single operator to perform required tasks.A minimum of 50 inches is suggested between a single row of equipment/panel arid a wall or other opposing surface.A minimum of 50 inches is recommended between two rows of facing equipment. o A minimum of 8 feet of space is recommended between opposing rows of equipment where more than one operator must work simul-taneously or where kneeling or bending is necessary. Document Organization, Use, and Storage-A good system for organizing and storing documents is required to enhance their location and use.All documents are easily accessible. Documents are clearly labeled.Supervisor Access to Control Room-The shift supervisor's office is readily accessible to the control room.48 Temperature, Humidity, and Ventilation o Air temperature at floor level and at head level should not differ by more than 10o F.o The ventilation system should introduce outdoor air into the control room at a rate of at least 15,cubic feet per minute per occupant.Ambiance and Comfort-Features to consider in creating a pleasant and com-fortable atmosphere in the control room are: o Color combination o Color and lighting o Visual relief from instrumentation o Comfortable seating o Carpeting. 2.3.3.4 Task Definition/Methodology The below procedures were performed for each of the control room envirnoment subcategories. Furniture and Equipment Layout.o The control room work stations were determined to include the Control Room Operator's desk, the entire bench console, vertical panels A, B, and NIS, and the computer printer table.Also examined were entrance/exists from the primary area, and walkspace/ passageway dimensions surrounding work stations.o Maintenance and operational requirements were reviewed (to elimi-nate those criteria not applicable to this control room).o Sample components were evaluated using the checklist. Document Organization, Use, and Storage o The plant procedures documents were selected for evaluation as these were the only documents stored within the primary area of the control room.o The procedures were evaluated on a sample basis, according to the NUREG-0700 guidelines, using the checklist. Supervisor Access to Control Room-Access for the Nuclear Plant Supervisor and Nuclear Watch Engineer were evaluated, using to the NUREG-0700 guidelines and the prepared checklist. Meetings were attended regarding the possible relocation of, these offices, to assess operational requirements and possible alternatives to the present design.49 Temperature, Humidity, and Ventilation o Temperature and Humidity were measured 24 hours each at head and floor level using a 7-day continuous circular trend recorder.o Ventilation was measured using a Davis Ball Bearing Anemometer hand-held six feet above the floor at three equally spaced locations of vertical panel A (A-F on attached drawing)for each unit.Other workspace locations sampled (e.g., G-J)produced no significant readings on the scale.Five 1-minute readings within a 2-foot square matrix (approximate space occupied by one standing operator)were taken at each location, averaged, and the correction factor applied to derive actual air velocity in feet per minute (FPM).A multiplication factor of 2 cubic feet (size of measured matrix)was used to convert feet per minute to cubic feet per minute (CFM)yielding air quantity in each location.o Temperature, Humidity and Ventilation measurements were evaluated using NUREG-0700 guidelines and the prepared checklist. Control Room Decor-Operator interviews were reviewed, and each feature of control room decor was evaluated, according to NUREG-0700 guidelines. 2DD.5 Results/Findings -The output for this survey includes the completed checklist for each subcategory of the control room environment, Human Engineering Discrepancy Reports for each parameter conflicting with NUREG-0700 guidelines, and a tabular listing of ventilation measurements. Table 2.3.3-1 summarizes Human Engineer-ing Discrepancies identified during this survey.In general, the Turkey Point control rooms met the NUREG-0700 guidelines. Two Human Engineering Discrepancies of particular interest were: 1)supervisor visual access to the control room and 2)mirror imaging in the control rooms.Each is discussed below.Supervisor Visual Access-Figures 2.3.3-1 and 2.3.3.2 show control room visibility from the shift formen's and watch engineer's offices, respectively. Note that a good deal of each control room is obscured by the nuclear instrumentation system (7-foot vertical)panels.A variety of means to ameliorate these discrepancies have been considered, from"bulging" the offices out into the control room between the nuclear instrumentation system panels to elevating the office floors to a point when visibility over the nuclear instrumentation system panels would be afforded.Florida Power&Light elected to extend the Nuclear Plant Supervisor's office into the control room area, which allows complete control room visibility. Unit Mirror Imaging-Mirror-imaging in design is considered to potentially present a problem in terms of its impact on human performance in systems operation. The potential impact of this design is represented in plant staffing: if each unit had separate 50 TABLE 2 3.3-1 ENVIRONMENT/WORKSPACE SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.2 1 9 35 10, 27, 38 39 40 20 24 28 28 29 HEDu 6112A 6112B 6113A 6113G 6114A 6114 Bl-3 6115,C,D 6116A 6123F 6131E 6131E2 6131E2 6132 6151A 6151A 6152B TP-3 III IIC III III IIC IIA iir IIB III IIC IIC IIA III IIC III Cate or TP-4 III IIC III IIC IIA III IIB IIC IIC IIA III IIC III Descri tion Staffing paperwork Utilization of additional personnel Component visibility .Unguarded openings Storage space in control room Document organization and storage No provision for storage Supervisor office location NPS phone layout Unit 4 information in Unit 3 Equipment integration and interference Unit dedicated phones Mirror imaging Air conditioning reliability control room temperature too low Excessive ventilation flow FIGURE 2.3.3-1 CONTROL ROOM VISISILITY FROM SHIFT FOREMANS OFFICE MECH.SHAFT OFFICE: TOILET OFFICE OFFICE Fv f I J I l VISIBLE AREA FIGURE 2.3.3-2 CONTROL BOOM VISIBILITY FROM SHIFT WATCH ENGINEERS OFFICE ill r 02 hC MECH.SHAFT OFRCE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE e T'f I IJJ VISIBLE AREA staff the problem would not exist.At the Turkey Point Nuclear Power Plant there are two units each with their central control areas and respective control room operator.Both unit control areas are housed in the same room.In addition, there is a control room operator who is available to work either unit.The inherent issue lies in the monitoring and controlling of the nuclear instrumentation for both units on an alternating basis.Mirror-imaging of Turkey Point control panels is limited to the Safeguard Panels which are partial mirror images of each other.Mirror-imaging is called"partial" for the purposes of explanation in this study.It is partial because mirror-imaging occurs only on the vertical"B" panels.Figure 2.3,3-3 should help clarify this.In other words, a major group of'components located on the right side of a panel for one unit will appear on the left side of the panel for the other unit.For the most part, component sequence and arrangement within the group remains intact and identical between units.The potential impact with this design lies in the change in movement and orientation patterns for-the operator who conducts tasks on both Units 3 and 4 Safeguard Panels.The following describes a study that was conducted to pinpoint some of the task sequences and control room locations where any deleterious effects of mirror-imaging are most likely to occur.The study was based on the findings and data of the Turkey Point system, functions, and task analysis.Oper ator orienting, timing, and search pattern requirements were compared between units for task analyzed sequences. This was conducted using Task Analysis and Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagams to depict interrelationships between temporal and sequential aspects of the task sequences..In addition, traffic patterns were used to evaluate movement between panels and the effects of mirror-imaging. The results indicate a divergent operational sequence for personnel who operate both units.Figures 2.3.3-4 and 2.3.3-5 show, for the same task sequence (reactor startup from hot standby), the traffic requirements for Units 3 and 4, respectively. Note that circulating patterns are similar, but 1)links differ in length, and 2)directions are revised.Figures 2.3.3-6 and 2.3.3-7 make this point move dramatically. In micro, task sequences conducted on the vertical ("B")panels are mirrored.Figures 2.3.3-8 and 2.3.3-9 show a task sequence for Units 3 and 4, respectively. Note that this is the same task sequence for each unit.The major concern in this example is the visual similarity of the panel layouts, particularly in the area of the recirculation and sectioning values (Task 2).Here a definite possibility of control substitution exists.From the above, two distinct concerns are apparent: 1)divergent traffic patterns between the two control rooms, and 2)once vertical"B" panel has seen accessed, mirrored left/right sequences. Fach of these is discussed below.54

FIGURE 2.3.3-3.TURKEY POINT UNIT 384 MIRROR IMAGING OFRCE TOILET OFRCE OFRCE Ft f gJ J THESE POATIONS MIRROR IMAGED DESK COMPUTER CONSOLE (FUTURE)DESK THIS PORTION HAS IDENTICAI. LAYOUTS CONSOLE CONSOLE VERTICAL PANEL'A'EATICAL PANEL'A' RCS REACTOR STM GEN CONDIFW ELEC Qr4/////CVCS RX CONT SFIFF 60 DESK FIGURE 2.3.34 UNIT 3 TRAFFIC FLON FOR Rx STARTUP FROM HOT STANDBY NOTE: DASHED LINES REVEAL SRO MOBILITY SOLID LINES REVEAL RO MOBILITY NIS RAD MON RCS REACTOR STM GEN CONDtFW TURB GEN ELEC CVCS RX CONT SFJFF ELEC 60 FIGURE 2.3.3-5 UNIT 4 TRAFFIC FLOW FOR Rx STARTUP FROM HOT STANDBY DESK 62 NOTE: DASHED LINES REVEAL SRO MOBILITY SOLID LINES REVEAL RO MOBILITY 83 NIS RAD MON RCS REACTOR STM GEN COND/FW TURB GEN ELEC.18 0 05 20 7 23$9 88 8 io a/90 ly I CVCS 35 85 9 RX CONT SFIFF ELEC I 4 I I l I 4 DESK FIGURE 2.3.3.8 UNIT 3 TRAFFIC FLOW.FOR Rx START-UP COLD TO HOT 23 NOTE: DASHED LINES REVEAL SRO MOBILITY SOLID LINES REVEAL RO MOBILITY NIS RAD MON RCS REACTOR STM GEN COND/FW TURB GEN ELEC 10 20 23 7 CVCS RX CONT SFIFF ELEC (sas 85 QFIGURE 2.3.3-7 UNIT 4 TRAFFIC FLOW FOR Rx START-UP COLD TO HOT Qs DESK 24 NOTF DASHED LINES REVEAL SRO MOBILITY SOLID LINES REVEAL RO MOBILITY NIS RAD MON FIGU.3.3-8 SIX STEP TASK SEQUENCE FOR TP UNIT 3 00 Oo 00 00 00 END GOO 000 OOO OOO OOO 000 000 Ooo ooo 0 0 Go OO 00 00 0000.0000 OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO Ooi~0 Dle DIS DIS Dls NS Dla 00 00 Q>>Q>>Q>>Q>>00 Is START Q>>Q>>Q>>Q>>Q>>00 00 00!2[2 e Q 00 00 00 00 Qew Qa Qa Qs 00 00 00 00 Q 00 00 00 00 Qa Qe Qaw Qaw 0 IS 0 0 Qs-Qaw 00 00 0~s Qsw Qaw 0 0 0 s s 4 5 5 00 00 00 00 , Qaw Qsw Qs s 00 00 00 00 Q>>00 00 00 Qaw 00 0 Q>>00 00 Q>>00 00 Qsw 00 00 00 Qsw Qs 00 00 Qs Qxo 00 OO OO Qe Qa Qw 00 00 00 Qsw Qs Q 00 00 00 Qw Qs Qw 00 OO OO Qsw Qs Qw FIGU.3.3.9 TP UNIT 3 TASK SEQUENCE WITH DEMARCATION CONTAINMENT SPRAY VALVES Oo oo END RWST LEVEL vOG 000 VVV GOO SAFETY IN J ECTION CONTAINMENT ACCESS CONTAINMENT ISOLATION vo ooov Ooi~v vo 0000 0000 00 00 00 PRESSURIZER PROTECTION TEMP OOO OOO 000 000 000 ooo 0 Rx TRIP 00 OO OOOO OOOO OO OOOO OOOO 00 OOOO OOOO RB PRESS DI5 OIS Dla DI5 DI5 OIS IS OIS DIS OIS DIS OIS 00 DIESEL GEN.START CONTAINMENT SPRAY Qi 00 Sl BLOCK I RESET 3 3 START 6 Sl ACTUATION PHASE PHASE AQI, Q,B 00 sw 00 0 0 SAFETY INJECTION VALVES D 00 OO Qsw Qsw RWST VLVS 00 00 00 Qa Qs DIS 5w 4 SAF INJE ION PUMPS 5 5 1 IS OIS 0 0 sw 4 SW 5 00 oo oo 00 Qi Qs RHR DISH VLVS 00 00 Qsw sw 00 00 00 00 00 00 SAFETY INJE TIONVA VES 0 0 0 8 00 00 00 00 QI TEAM LINE ISOLATION Qt Qi Qi CONTAINMENT ISOLATION FW BYPASS R&M PHASEA PHASE Q~Q~Q~Q~Q~Q~Q~CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VALVES 00 oo oo oo oo oo oo'a Qsw Qw Qa Qa Qw 00 00 00 00 00 00 Osw Osw~Osw Osw Osw Qw oo oo oo oo oo oo Qaw Qs Qsw Qsw Qs Qsw RECIRC VLVS 00 Oo Qsw (sgw Qsw, Qsw S CTIONIN VLVS 0 0 2-2 Qxo QSW QSW Qs IQW oo oo Qsw Qsw Qs Qsw Qso Qso Q 0 00 00 Qa Qw disrupted. In other words, an operator may initially orient himself to the right, rather than the left, to begin access to the panel.However, there are numerous noncognitive cues to panel location, probably the most significant being the periphery of vision and the acoustical environment:. Additionally, the only error type anticipated are those concerning temporal access to controls and displays.Here if a misorientation occurs, it would be readily identified and reorientation would take place.In this case, temporal errors would probably be measured in milliseconds. Given this, essentially no severe adverse operational effects from mirror-imaging of control room overall layout are expected or predicted. Mirrored Left/Ri ht Se uences-Qf greater interest to the issues of operability is the mirroring of the designs of the vertical"B" (Safeguards) panels.As mentioned earlier with regard to the example task sequences of Figures 2.3.3-8 and 2.3.3-9, the principal errors that could be involved are control and display substitution errors.Again, however, the stimuli for orienting to, and accessing, controls and displays are not entirely homogeneous. That is, the visual periphery and acoustic cues are not identical and therefore may not greatly facilitate substitution errors.Indeed many cues exist which may faciltate correct responding. For example, as both units, the safety injection controls/displays are located between the vertical"A" panel and containment isolation on the vertical"B" panels.Panel orientation will probably be towards (or away from)significant stimuli, e.g., vertical panel"A".In humans, left-right discriminations based on interoceptive (or internal, or cognitive) stimuli are at best unreliable. Far more reliable discriminations are exteroceptive cues, e.g., vision and sound.However, different response patterns to similar stimuli do exist, and some cues may be added to help mitigate any deleterious effects of left-right stimulus transfer.That is, additional stimuli can be added to the panels to facilitate correct responding; in this case, demarcation and summary labels.Figures 2.3.3-9 and 2.3.3-10 show the same task sequence for Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 on the vertical"8" panels.The demarcations in these figures clearly break up the panels and provide many additional component localization cues.It is considered to drastically reduce component localization time and increase the probability of correct responding. With demarcations and summary labels as indicated in these figures, minimal negative transfer is anticipated. Mirror-imaged panels (Safeguard Panels)were compared on a component basis to identify those components which appear out of sequence within a functional group between units.The potential for operator substitution error exists since the mirror-image 62 CONTAINMENT ISOLATION FIG.3.3-10 TP UNIT 4 TASK SEQ CE WITH DEMARCATION SAFElY IN J ECTION CONTAINMENT SPRAY VALVES Ii (.(i 9 CONTAINMENT ACCESS (i 0 ()0 (3 O 0 0<r ()0 0 0 (3 (i V 0 0 0000 0()l'>0 ()(g ()000 OO OOOO OOOO OO 0 0 ()()0 000 000 0 0 (.)OOO 000 000 000 END PNST LEVEL 00 00 00 00 DIESEL GEN START Qr Qr Rx TRIP 00 00 Qr BPR ES OIS PRESSURIZER PROTECTION TEMP STREAMLINE ISOLATION 0'r Or CONTAINMENT ISOLATION RN BYP PHASE B PHASE A Or Or Or Qr Qr gr Sl ACTUATION Or Or Sl RESET Sl BLOCK 3 3 SAFETY IN J ECTION PUMPS CONTAINMENT SPRAY 00 Sl VLVS 00 00 CONTAINMENT ISOLATION VLVS 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw 00 00 00 00 00 00 Qs Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw S'IS 0 0 5 SW sw SI VLVS 00 00 DIS sw 0 00 (st Qs Qsw Qs 00 00 Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw oo oo oo oo Qsw Qs Qsw Qs 00 Q Qsw Qsw Qsw Qsw SIS SECT VLVS 0 0 f s 2 2 00 00 Usw Qsw 00 00 QKO QKO Qsw Qsw RECIRC VLVS 00 00 Usw Usw 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Q RNST VLVS 00 00 Qsw Qs Qsw 00 OO OO OO Qsw Qsw Qsw Qs RHR DISH VLVS 00 OG 00 00 Qsw Qs Qsw Qs design disturbs the left-to-right or top-to-bottom sequence an operator would expect to find on both units.Specific controls and displays which violate expectancies and conventions are listed below.o Several controls in the grouping for S.G.BLOWDOWN, S.G.SAMPLE and BORON INJECTION are in different arrangements between units.o Sequence of displays for HOT LEG and COLD LEG FLOW differs between uni ts.o Arrangements of controls for the SAFETY INJECTION group located in the center of the panel are identical betweeh units with the exception of the bottom four controls which are in reversed arrange-ment between units.Control substitution is highly likely.o Sequence of indicator lights for RECIRCULATION SUMPS are reversed on Unit 4 with SUMP B NORTH to the left of SUMP A o Arrangement of the display group for RHR INTERLOCK, RHR OUTFLOW, COMPONENT COOLING TEMPERATURES differs in the lef t-to-right sequence between units.o Arrangement of the COMPONENT COOLING WATER controls differs between units.The top-to-bottom sequence of PUMPS A, B, C and adjacent related controls are not identical between units.o Group sequence of AUX BUILDING VENTILATION controls differ between units.Arrangement on Unit 3 is as follows (left-to-right): -SUPPLY FAN A, B, EXHAUST FAN A, B.Arrangement on Unit 4 is as follows (left-to-right): EXHAUST FAN A, B, SUPPLY FAN A, B.This is potentially confusing because an operator uses adjacent or surrounding components for cues in locating a needed component. o Sequence of controls differ between units for PRZR STEAM SAMPLE ISOL, LOOP ARAB SAMPLE ISOL, ACCUMULATOR SAMPLE ISOL, RC DRAIN TK GAS ANAL ISOL.o Component appearance for RHR LTDN TO CVCS controller'differs between units.Unit 3 controller has a black face plate, Unit 4 controller has a silver face plate.o Label terminology differs between units for identical components. A and B CONTR ROD DR COOLER DAMPER (controls and displays)RECIRC SUMP A and B (indicator lights)CONTAINMENT SPRAY PUMP DISCHARGE (controls) Sl PUMP DISCH HRD ISOL OPEN (controls). 64 2D.4 Controls and Displays Survey 2.3.4.1 Objective-The.purpose of the Controls and Displays Survey was to identify and document Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with the detailed design of controls and displays.Details of design include for example: color coding, sizes/shapes (e.g., of switch handles), control/display orientations, and so forth.2.3.4.2 Review Team Responsibilities -The review team consisted of two human factors specialists who collected data and documented the discrepancies. Operations personnel available in the control room at the time of data collection answered plant-specific questions regarding the operator-control board interface. In addition, many guideline items required access to engineering, maintenance, and instrumentation and control personnel for resolution and identification of Human Engineering Discrepancies. These personnel were contacted on an as-needed basis.2.3.4D Criteria-Criteria for controls and displays are presented in the control and display checklists which consist of NUREG-0700 recommended guidelines that are applicable to assessment of detailed control and display design.The specific checklists -used by the review team are presented in Appendix A.2.3.4.4 Task Definition/Methodology -The Controls and Displays Survey was divided into a number of component-specific checklists (e.g., meters, rotary controls), each of which was designed to be used independent of all other checklists. 'll checklist items for a particular control or display type were applied to each component in that class.Each component that did not meet a criterion was listed in a Human Engineering Discrepancy discussing the guideline violated.All Human Engineering Discrepancies resulting from this survey are listed on the appropriate control room inventory forms, providing Florida Power Bc Light with a list of control and display detailed design discrepancies associated with each component. 2D.4.5 Results/Findings -Table 2.3.4-1 lists each Human Engineering Discrepancy identified as a result of the Controls and Displays Survey.The table contains the finding number, category, description, and related comments.Control Board Maintenance -Obsolete components have not been removed, meter scale face coding has not been updated to match expected scale values, and dynatape is used to change scale ranges and position labels rather than modifying or replacing the control or display with an appropriate component. Other problems with component use are also a product of plant age.Tape used to code operating zones on meter scale faces is peeling off and paint from position labels has chipped, rendering a subset of the labels unreadable. TABLE 2.3.4-1 CONTROLS Bc DISPLAYS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.9, 10, ll 12-15 16 17 18 30 19 HEDu 64llbl 64llcl 64llc2 64llel 6412 6412b2 6421 6422f3 643lb 643lc 6432d 6433a 6433b3.4 6433c3 6442a 6444el TP-3 IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC III Ill III IIC IIC Cate or TP-4 III IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC III III IIC IIC Descri tion Unguarded/unnecessary control Selection of controls Human suitability -inching valves not marked Durability/control selection Prevention of accidental activation Movable covers Direction of movement Contrast with panel (low contrast)pushbutton-indication of activation (feedback) Surface not frictionalized Guarded pushbutton-ease activation Distinguishability legend pushbuttons Legend contrast Provision for lamp failure*shock hazard High torque designs Knob skirt dimensions TABLE 2 3.4-1 CONTROLS*DISPLAYS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'0)File No.HEDII TP-3 Cate or TP-4 Descri tion 27 28 29 25, 26, 27, 28 24 28, 79 3 (6 HEDs)29 30 31 32 6444e5 6445b2 6445dl 6445e4 6445f 65llb 65llc 65lle 6511f 65llf 6512a 6512b 6512e 6513a 6513bl,2 6513b3 6513d 6514a III III III Ill IIC IIC IIC IIC III IIC III III IIC III III III III III IIC IIC IIC IIC III IIC III IIC III Knob dimensions Control positioning Lack of pointer/visibility Control dimensions -thumbwheels-Spring momentary controls-torque Completeness of information Unnecessary components Demand information vs.status information Display failure Fa>lure>nd>cations Scale is larger than necessary or unnessary Usability of display values Scale size marking and transformations Display character height-label Inconsistent font style Label not in all caps Character dimensions Measurement units missing TABLE 2.3.4-l CONTROLS Bc DISPLAYS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'D)File No.8,39,40 43-45 9, 10 46 ll 50, 51 52, 53 16 55 57 18 58 61 64 64 HEDII 6515al 6515b 6515c 6515d 6515f 6522a2 6522bl 6522b2 6522b2 6522c 653lal 653la2 653la3 653lcl 653ld 6533 6533 6533a2 TP-3 III III 111 III IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC Cate or TP-4 III III Ill III III Ill IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC 111 IIC Descri tion More than nine marks between numbered scale points Scale format Scale increments Scale markings inconsistent Multiple indications Poipter tip form Pointers not close enough to index Pointer parallax Parallax Pointer visibility Lamp test/master light test Failure of display not apparent Ease of bulb replacement tools for bulb replacement Precautions to avoid misinterpretation Use as alerting indicators Design of legend light indicators Legend design Readability/contrast TABLE 2.3.4-1 CONTROLS Bc DISPLAYS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'D)File No.HEDII TP-3 Cate or TP-4 Descri tion 81 66 67 68 69 84, 72 73 74 20 75 76 21 22/25 6541 654la 654lb 654ld 6541f 654li 6541k 6542b2 6542b3 6542b4 6551a2 655la3 655lc 6552a2 6552a>6552a5 IIC 111 III IIC III IIC IIC IIC IIC III 111 III III III 111 IIC IIC IIC liC IIC IIC IIC IIC III III.111 III III Recorder maintenance Quality of materials Paper/scale mismatch Recorder paper takeup Recorder paper maintenance Paper speed adjustability Visibility Channel identification on instrument Recorder readability Channel selection capability Numeral width:height ratio Grouping of numerals Counter drum movement Slanted characters Counter numeral height Separation between numerals Population Stereotypes -A number of controls and one display in each untt do not operate in conformance with, control room conventions. Some controllers have conventional 0-100 scales for valve position, but the"100" indicates that the valve is 100 percent closed.A clockwise rotation of the associated knob, therefore, closes rather than opens the valve.Some rotary controls have"off" or"stop" to the right of the"on" or"start" positions. Control Panel Contrast-No controls are presently color coded.Silver thumb rotaries, keyswitches, and toggle switches on the main control panels and black discrete rotaries on the nuclear instrumentation system channels should not be coded by their present colors, however, because they do not contrast sufficiently with the panel color.All other controls may be coded by their present color.Inadvertent Actuation-Rotaries on the Safeguard Panels are guarded by placing magnetized metal covers over them.The covers have either red or green construction paper taped to them, indicating whether the valve is normally open or closed, and the valve number is written on the construction paper.The guards are inadequate because they may be moved easily and do not always cover the control.They are not desirable from a human factors standpoint because they sometimes obscure the control labels or indicator lights, may be placed somewhere on a panel other than over the intended control, and must be moved when the guarded control is used, possibly interfering with the operation or observation of adjacent controls or displays.Rotaries on process controllers which should not be manipulated by control room operators are coded with a red dot.These controllers are, however, interspersed in a row of identical controllers and all are guarded in the same away.Similarly, fuses which, when pulled, will result in a reactor trip are not guarded or marked to distinguish them from less important fuses.Pushbuttons -The following discrepancies with pushbuttons were noted: o Nonlegend pushbuttons provide no form of positive feedback when activated. o Some illuminated pushbuttons on the area radiation monitor are not concave or frictionalized. o egen pus L nd pushbuttons on the area radiation monitor look like the legend be lights on the process radiation monitor.One of the two should e coded in some way so that they are distinguishable. Key-Operate wi c es-d S t h-At the time of the evaluation, key-operated switches were only installed in Unit 3.Analogous controls had not yet been installed in Unit 4.if, 70 once installed, they are identical to those in Unit 3,,the Human Engineering Discrepancies discussed will apply to both units.The following discrepancies with keyswitches were noted: o Keys are not inserted with teeth pointing up.o Locks are not oriented so that the switch is"off" when the key is in the vertical position.Rotary Controls-The following problems with rotary controls were noted: o J-Handle controls are too small and provide more than the recom-mended clearance when in the"pull-to-lock" position.o Both the continuous rotary knobs and the knob skirts on process controllers are too small.o Black discrete rotaries on nuclear instrumentation system channels may be positioned between detented points.o Rotaries on nuclear instrumentation system channels are not provided with a visible indication of position.Information Displayed-Necessary information is not always displayed to the-required degree of specificity, or is not available when necessary. The following are the noted instances: o All three condensate storage tank indications are powered by the same supply.If that supply were to fail, none would be available. o The RCP VIBRATION RECORDER, the only indication of pump vibration, takes two minutes to provide a trend.o CCW Header A and B level meters normally read between 0 an'd 10 but the scale is 0-140.o Some scales must be multiplied by a factor other than ten, making interpretations of these displays more difficult. In addition, scale multipliers are not well labeled.o SECONDARY WATER CONDUCTIVITY is displayed in Micromhos/cm rather than ppm, the units of measurement used by operators. Scaled Displays-Discrepancies associated with the design of the instrument generally resulted from poor scale or pointer design.Discrepancies with scale design include the following: o Some graduations are missing or too small.o Major, intermediate, and minor marks are sometimes used inappropri-ately.o Adjacent meters measuring the same parameter do not always.have compatible markings.71 o Meters with curved faces have parallax problems at all but the middle, part of the scale.Discrepancies with pointer design include the following: o Pointers on vertical meters are more than 1/16 inch from graduation marks.o A single pointer is used with multiple scales.o Pointer tips on impact recorders, horizontal meters on process controllers, and semicircular meters associated with rotary controls obscure graduation marks and/or scale numerals.o Pointer/background contrast on RWST level meters is insufficient because a temporary black label has been added behind the black pointer.Light Indicators -Discrepancies with indicator lights are of two types: use of lights-in'nappropriate situations, and misinterpretation of light meaning because of component design.Indicator lights are (but should not be)used to alert operators to unfavorable conditions and to imply equipment status..The OMS legend light has a split window which illuminates completely when either side lights up.Trend Recorders-Trend recorders are of two types: continuous (strip charts)and discrete (impact recorders). The following trend recorder discrepancies were noted during the evaluation: o The Tracor Westronics strip charts installed in Unit 4 have pen vibration. o Recorder paper scale does not always correspond with the integral recorder scale.o No recorders (other than the Tracor Westronic) have variable paper speeds.o Impact recorders do not identify the channel being displayed. o Impact recorders are often loaded beyond their channel capacity, making it difficult to identify any one trend.o It is not possible to select a single impact recorder channel for display before awaiting completion of the sampling cycle.72 2.3.5 Conventions Survey 2D.5.1 Objectives -The objectives of the Conventions Survey were to identify plant conventions and to determine if these were in compliance with the field survey document.Where discrepancies were identified an assessment was'made to determine if there were deviations from acceptable in-place control room conventions, and to determine if a lack of convention was detrimental to efficient plant operation. 2.3.5.2 Review Team Responsibilities -Human factors representatives interviewed 4 operators, applied checklists, and identified discrepancies. Operators were requested to identify conventions, sequences, and violations of conventions. 2.3.5.3 Criteria-Detailed criteria are contained in the checklists in Appendix A.2.3.5.4 Task Definitions/Methodology Interview-Control room operations personnel were interviewed to determine what conventions exist in the control room related to arrangement of systems and components, coding, abbreviations and acronyms, and control operation. Questions were presented to determine whether or not confusion existed due to certain conventions, deviations, or lack of conventions. Sample-A sampling of components, systems, labels, and other performance aids were used to verify interview findings.If 50 percent or more of each group were similar in arrangement, coding, and operation, then a convention was assumed to be established. Deviations were reported, as well as lack of convention. Checklist-A checklisting procedure was employed to determine if existing conventions are acceptable by human factors standards. Some items required operator assistance. 2D.5.5 Results/Findings -The data collected is contained on the raw checklist along with interview questions and comments.The identified discrepancies were documented on Human Engineering Discrepancy Report forms.Table 2.3.5-1 summarizes findings (Human Engineering Discrepancies) of the Conventions Survey.Suggestions or recommendations for the resolution of each discrepancy are docu-mented on the Human Engineering Discrepancy Report forms and were discussed at joint Essex/Florida Power h Light Human Engineering Discrepancy review meetings.In general, very few conventions have been established in the two control rooms;therefore, there are not many discrepancies regarding inconsistent use of conventions. In a complex control room it is recommended that conventions be established (and be adhered to d consistently) to reduce operator reliance on memory and reading errors.Definition an implementation of a standard set of control room conventions will aid in overall operations and reduce potehtial confusion. TABLE 2.3.5-1 CONVENTIONS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.10 14 23 10, ll 31 20 24 25 28 28 14 80, 15 49 56 17 19 84 HEDII 6212b7 622lb 6222a 6342b4,6 6421 6422d 6441 6443b 6443d 6445b2 65llb 6516d 6516dl 652la 6523a 6523b 6542al 6542a2 III IIC III IIA IIB IIC III III III III IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC Cate or TP-4 IIC IIA IIB III IIC N/A N/A III III IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC Descri tion Color coding of communication equipment Communication audible signal coding Telephone bell coding Annunciator control coding Direction control movement Control shape coding Direction of control activation Key orientation Key orientation Control posi tioning Lack of color coding Color coding consistency -pushbuttons Color coding consistancy -indicator lights Directability of movement Scale face coding Zone marking interference Color identification Recorded channel color coding 2 3.6 Process Computer Survey 2.3.6.1 Objective-The objective of the Process Computer Survey was to evaluate the design characteristics (system hardware and operational characteristics) of the existing process computer man-machine interface. Those characteristics were observed at the process computer terminal, or were identified through interviews with a plant Digital Data Processing System cognizant engineer and reviews of system design documentation. The system characteristics gathered from the above sources were then compared to human factors engineering design guidelines, and deviations from these guidelines were recorded as Human Engineering Discrepancies. 2 3.6.2 Review Team Responsibilities -The review team included a human factors analyst, a computer-cognizant engineer{Florida Power Bc Light employee)responsible for the Digital Data Processing System modifications, maintenance, etc., and the plant/control room operators who utilize the Digital Data Processing System.The computer-cognizant engineer provided information that was not easily accessible to the evaluator from documentation sources, and the control room operators provided system operations information as required.2.3.6 3 Criteria-The guidelines used for evaluating the man-machine interface characteristics of the process computer were the following: Detailed Design-The guidelines checklist in sections 6.7.1, 6.7.2, and 6.7.3 of NUREG-0700 provided the criteria for the survey.The characteristics evaluated by means of these checklists typically address harwdare design characteristics. Of equal importance are the operational characteristics of the Digital Data Processying System..For example, while the design guidelines specify the appropriate delay period for system response to keyboard requests for information, no guideline was suggested for evaluating the efficiency of the information access strategy required to reach the necessary level of information detail.Many of the above system operational characteristics were addressed in checklist fashion.Task Requirements -Additionally, the outputs of the function and task analyses (NUREG-0700 recommended studies)where they address the operation of the plant process computers were reviewed by the personnel conducting this survey.The survey evaluators are the evaluation team personnel most familiar with computer operation (from the hardware standpoint) and are the logical candidates to perform an evaluation of system operational characteristics; i.e., be involved in the conduct of an analysis of process computer operational tasks.Issues addressed by the analysis include the following: 75 'o Have the operational information display functions{e.g., operations monitoring, operations analysis, etc.)been provided for in the display system design?o Has the information access structure been organized to facilitate the most frequently used functions and subfunctions, i.e., display system mode and submode organizational efficiency? o Does the allocation of functions to either man or machine capitalize on their respective functional capabilities? o Are the display formats appropriate to the displayed information type?o Does the display system design provide display page formatting flexibility which accommodates individual operator decisionmaking styles?Has too much flexibility been provided resulting in degraded decision-aiding support?2.3.6.4 Task Definition/Methodology -The two CRTs with corresponding key-boards and the printer that comprise the cont'rol room Digital Data Processing System were evaluated according to NUREQ-0700 guidelines using the checklist contained in Appendix A.The checklisting was conducted by an Essex Research Scientist using the avenues of observation, measurement, document review, hands-on demonstration, and interview as data sources.Additional data and confirmation of survey findings were contributed by the review of operator interviews and the Task Analysis.Identified discrepancies were documented on Human Engineering Discrepancy forms.2.3.6.5 Results/Findings -The results of the Process Computer Survey include the completed checklist and Human Engineering Discrepancy Reports for each parameter not in agreement with guidelines. Table 2.3.61 summarizes all Human Engineering Discrepan-cies identified during the survey.In general, the discrepancies found related to the limitations of the equipment and programming. For example, o The computer printer did not print rapidly enough o There is no scroll function or page designation for data contained on multiple pages o The dialogue does not contain delay feedback messages 76 TABLE 2.3.6-1 PROCESS COMPUTER SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.9 10 12 13 14 15 17 16 18 19 20 21 HED/E 6713A,B 671>C 6714 6714D,G 6716B,C 6716B 6718 A2,4 6718B 6721C 6721F 6721G 6723F 6724 A,C 6725F 6725H,I 6725M 6726B 67261 6726K TP-3 IIC III III IIC 111 IIC IIC IIC IIC 111 III III IIC III IIC IIC IIC Cate or TP-4 IIC III III IIC III IIC IIC Ill IIC IIC III 111 III IIC III IIC IIC IIC Descri tion Prompting/Structuring Mode File Designations Unused Keys CRT Keyboard Design Printer Speed Computer Updates Computer Procedures Computer Index CRT Letter Contrast CRT Resolution CRT Screen Fluctuation Keyboard and CRT Location Complex Number Printout CRT Screen Layout No Page Designation CRT Screen Loading Computer Set Points No System Feedback Messages No Delay Feedback Messages TABLE 2.3.6-1 PROCESS COMPUTER SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONED)File No.22 23 24 25 HEDII 6727A,E,3 6731E3 6732 6733 A,B,D, TP-3 IIC III IIC IIC Cate or TP-4 IIC III IIC IIC Descri tion~'ighlighting Printer Maintenance Alarm Messages Computer Graphic Capability o Prompts and feedback messages cannot be requested by the operator o Alarm messages cannot be.requested by the operator o No coding or priorization of alarm messages exists o Graphic capabilities of the system are inadequate. Other discrepancies involve computer procedures, keyboard dimensions and location, CRT legend readability, and the presence of unused function keys on the keyboard.79 2.3.7 Emergency Garments Survey 2D.7.1 Objective-The objective of the Emergency Garments Survey was to identify Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with the use of emergency garments and breathing apparatus. Using checklists drawn from NUREG-0700 and a standard rhyme test, the emergency garments and breathing apparatus were evaluated. The evaluation consisted of anthropometrics, communications while wearing breath-ing apparatus, storage and placement of emergency gear in the control room, the ease of access to and donning of emergency gear, and operation of the control boards while wearing emergency clothing.2.3.7.2 Review Team Responsibilities -The evaluation team was composed of two Essex Corporation staff members, one utility staff member from the Health Physics Department, and one control room operator.The Essex staff, composed of research scientists and associates, served as human factors specialists. Utility Health Physics personnel functioned as operations specialists and evaluation process expediters. The experience of the control room operator aided in identification of plant-specific discrep-ancies relevant to the survey.2D.7D Criteria-The control room emergency garments should comply with the guidelines contained in NUREG-0700. Operator Protective Equipment'Types of Equipment-Protective equipment includes protective clothing and breathing apparatus. o Anthropometry -Protective clothing and breathing equipment are compatible with operator body size and tasks to provide adequate tactile sensitivity and ability to see, reach, move, communicate, and hear.o Periodic'Checks-Operator protective equipment is periodically checked to determine if it is in good condition. o Quantity-Protective equipment is available in sufficient quantities and sizes for the required number of operators. o Marking-Protective clothing sizes are clearly identifiable. o Expendables -There is an adequate supply of personal protection equipment expendables, such as filters.o Accessibility -All protective equipment is easily and readily accessible. o Training-Operators are well practiced in donning protective equip-ment.o Procedures -Instructions for donning, doffing, and controlling per-sonal protective equipment are provided.80 Emergency Communications -Voice communications with masks survey guidelines: o Emergency face masks are equipped with diaphragms that are specially designed to transmit speech.o The diaphragms separate voice from exhaust valve action.o If not equipped with diaphragms, masks are equipped with electronic speech systems which pick up the voice with an internal microphone and transmit it to a loudspeaker attached outside the mask.2D.7.4 Task Definitions/Methodology -A human factors specialist with Health Physics training observed and timed Health Physics personnel dressing out in anti-contamination clothing.Overall time and task times, along with pertinent human factors l observations, were recorded.A touch-and-feel test for the identification of an assortment of hand-held objects was conducted with a subject wearing anti-contamination gloves.A subject was observed donning the breathing apparatus. Overall time and task times along with pertinent human factors observations were recorded.A modified rhyme test requires a subject (listener) to identify a set of spoken words from a list of phonetically similar (rhyming)words.A modified rhyme test was conducted with the talker wearing the breathing apparatus mask to test the intelligibility of speech when attenuated by the mask faceplate. The test was then repeated using a mask equipped with an electronic speech system.The talker's instructions used during the test were: 1.Each list was presented by the following statement: "This is test t where the blank was replaced with the list identification letter found at the bottom left corner of the Talker's List.2.Each word was embedded in the carrier sentence"Please circle in group", where the first blank was the target word from the Talker's List and the second blank was the word group number from the corresponding Listener's Sheet containing the target word.3.The presentation rate was approximately 4 seconds between target words.2.3.7.5 Results(Findings -Several HEDs were identified in the course of this survey.These are presented in Table 2.3.7-1, and address 1)the availability of procedures for donning/controlling inventory of protective equipment and clothing, 2)the storing and packaging of protective clothing, 3)accessibility and labeling of protective clothing, and 4)labeling of fire fighting equipment. Results of the survey subtasks are presented below.81

TABLE 2D.7-1 EMERGENCY GARMENT SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.25 26 27 HEDGE 614la,h 6142 6143b TP-3 IIA IIC III Cate or TP-4 IIA IIC III Descri tion Protective equipment storage/donning. Procedures for donning/accessing/ controlling Fire equipment Labeling of storage locker Emergency Garment Dress-Out-Observed task times and observations are recorded on Table 2.3.7-2.As noted, it took approximately six minutes to dress out.(without breathing apparatus), including exiting the control room, accessing the equipment, dressing out, and returning to the control room.An additional 25 seconds were required to don and adjust breathing apparatus (Scott air packs), making total dress out time 390 seconds.This amount of time is considered reasonable, and, therefore, no Human Engineering Discrepancies were generated. Glove Sensitivity -Common pocket items and/or tools were used to test tactile identification and glove sensitivity. Subjects (human factors analysts)attempt to identify items by feel picking up while wearing the provided anticontamination gloves, the objects identified below: Item Correctly Identif ied Remarks Key Yes Pencil Yes Pen Yes Coins: 25)coin 10$coin Paperclips (Large)Yes Yes/No Yes Potentially confused for penny Paperclips (Small)Small clamp Eraser Yes Yes No Human Engineering Discrepancies were identified during this subtask.It was, however, noted that when using prophylactic gloves with cotton undergloves, freedom of hand movement was somewhat restricted and the muscles controlling hand motion were fatigued rather rapidly.This seems due to the muscles having to overcome the elasticity of the glove materials. TABLE 2.3.7-2 ANTI-CONTAMINATION DRESS OUT TIME Task Descri tion Task Cumulative Time Task Time-(Sec)(Sec)Remarks Start from main control board area and go to dress-out area.40 40 Get key from NWE Go to locker (over 2 rope barriers)Open 2 padlocks and a latch (Task 8)approx.15 sec.more to return to CR (inadequate space in front of locker to dress out).Locate and open garment storage, layout garments.Don overalls.19 59 Overalls were a little large so extra time was required to tape the waist (take up slack)(see step 5).Don boots and hat.Tape seams, prepare tape for gloves.25 92 217 No hat was provided.Tape was hard to handle as the roll was large and unwieldy.Perhaps a tape dispenser would be of assistance. Bag and tape badges, TLD, dosimeter. 254 Don and tape gloves.Return to control board.96 15 350 365 Total time 365 sec.=6.1 minutes Speech Intelligibility With Breathing Mask-This test (a modified rhyme test)was run under free-air, low (minimum)ambient noise level conditions. During the initial conduct of the test a distance of approximately six feet was maintained between the listener and speaker.In this test, the speaker, while wearing a Scott air pack and mask, presented 55 words (see Table 2.3.7-3)to the listener (see Table 2.3.7-4), of which 34 words or 62 percent were correctly identified. The test was repeated twice (at 6 and 10 ft.)using a mask equipped with a"Speak Ezee" electronic voice amplification device and new subjects.Intelligibility was significantly improved with use of the"Speak Ezee" advice.With this device attached, 55 words presented to two additonal listeners. Listener 1 correctly identified 50 of 55, or 91 percent, of the speaker words.Listener 2 correctly identified 47 of the 55 words, or 85 percent correct identification. Total correct responses were then 97 correct out of 110 words, or 88 percent accuracy, a significant improvement from the unaided speech intelligibity. Given.contextual cues to enhance speech intelligibility, use of the"Speak E:zee" device with breathing apparatus should provide good communications. TABLE 2.3.7-3 MODIFIED RHYME TEST TALKER'S LIST WELL 1 BENT 2 HOLD 3 PACK 4 DIME 5 LAME 6 BIT 7 RUST 8 ROPE 9 TEAM 10 DIG 11 BED 12 PAGE 25 CAPE 26 COIL TAB FIN TAME KEEL BARK HEAT CUP LAW 28 29 30 SHOP, 27 SIN PALE PICK PEAS BUFF.SAD BUN 49 50 TOLD 13 JAR 14 SIN 15 DUD 16 SUN 17 SEEM 18 NOT 19 VEST 20 PICK 21 BASS 22 WAY 23 BIG 24 HEN PUP BEAM SEAT HIP KID SANG HOOK MAD RAY SANE WILL 39 40 41 42 44 45 46 47 48 86 TABLE 2.3.7-4 MODIFIED RHYME TEST LISTENER'S SHEET LISTENER DATE CONDITION TIME 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ll 12 13 14'5 16 17 18 19'ELL WELL SENT TENT COLD SOLD PAD PACK DIME DINE LAY LACE BIT WIT BUST DUST POPE DOPE TEAM TEAR DILL DIP LED WED TOME TQE MAR JAR TIN DIN DUNG SUB SUN SUB SEEN SEEM TOT HOT HELL BELL WENT DENT HOLD FOLD PAT PATH DIVE DICE LAND LAKE KIT HIT MUST RUST LOPE COPE TEAK TEACH DIN DIG BED RED TOAD TONE FAR CAR PIN FIN DUG DUD SUM SUP SEEP SEEK NOT POT SELL TELL BENT RENT TOLD GOLD PAN PASS DIRE DIKE LATE LAME FIT SIT GUST JUST HOPE ROPE TEAL TEASE DIM DID FED SHED TOLD TOLL BAR TAR SIN WIN DUCK DUN SUNG SUD SEETHE SEED GOT LOT 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 32 34 35 VEST BEST PIG PIP BACK BASS WAY PAY PIG WIG PALE PANE CANE CAKE SHOP TOP COIL TOIL TAN TACK FIT FILL SAME TAME PEEL EEL HARK BARK HEAVE HEAL CUP CUFF THAW PAW PEN THEN PUFF PUS TEST WEST PILL PIT BATH BQT MAY DAY BIG RIG PACE PAY CASE CAME MOP HOP QIL BOIL TANG TAM FIB FIG NAME CAME REEL KEEL DARK PARK HEAR HEAP CUT CUSS LAW JAW HEN DEN PUCK PUP REST NEST PIN PICK BAD BAN SAY GAY DIG FIG PAGE PAVE CAPE CAVE COP POP SOIL FOIL TAP TAB FIZZ FIN GAME FAME FEEL HEEL MARK LARK HEAT HEATH CUD CUB RAW SAW MEN TEN PUB PUN 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 BEAN BEAK HEAT SEAT DIP TIP KILL KICK HANG RANG TOOK HOOK MASS MAT RAY RAVE SAVE SANE FILL HILL SILL SING BALE TALE WICK LICK PEACE PEACH BUN BUG SAG SACK FUN GUN SCORE BEACH BEAD NEAT MEAT SIP LIP KIN KING SANG FANG COOK SHOOK MATH MAN RAZE RAKE SAME SAKE KILL TILL SICK SIT GALE PALE SICK PICK PEAS PEAT BUS BUCK SAT SAD SUN RUN BEAT BEAM FEAT BEAT HIP RIP KIT KID BANG GANG LOOK BOOK MAP MAD RATE RACE SALE SAFE WILL BILL SIP SIN SALE MALE KICK TICK PEAK PEAL BUT BUFF SASS SAP BUN NUN 87 2.3.8 Labels Survey 2.3.8.1 Objective-The objective of the Labels Survey was to'determine the appropriateness and clarity of labeling in the control room to enhance operator perfor mance.2.3.8.2 Review Team Responsibilities -A human factors specialist was responsible for data collection, analysis, and report preparation. A control room operator was required to assist in collecting the necessary information and to advise the human factors specialist of problems that have been encountered. 2.3.8 3 Criteria-The criteria used for the labeling survey are contained in the labels checklist and are presented in Appendix A of this report.2.3.8.4 Task Description -All components, panels, and systems requiring identifi-cation and manipulation were examined to ensure that they were labeled, as were the positions of all discrete controls.In addition, the location and orientation of each label were evaluated for readability and consistency. Panels without hier archical labeling were identified. Label content was reviewed for clarity, brevity, and spelling.Label readability was evaluated. Measurements included character height, width, width-to-height ratios, and visual angle subtended at the eye;stroke width-to-character height ratios;space between characters, words and lines;and character-to-background contrast.P Type style was assessed for consistency, simplicity, and use of all capital letters.Components with unique labeling requirements (e.g., contrast on electronic counters)were evaluated. Temporary labels, including equipment"tag-outs", were assessed to ensure that they conform with human engineering criteria applied to permanent labels.The procedure for adding a temporary label to the board was evaluated. 2 3.8.5 Results/Findings -A list of all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified during this survey are presented in Table 2.3.8-1.A summary of these findings regarding labels is presented below.Need for Labeling-Many components lack sufficient descriptive labeling, and some have only temporary dynatape labels.In particular, the Area Radiation Monitor panel and the Hydrogen Recombination panel have inadequate labeling.Labeling criteria requires each component to have a permanent label horizontally oriented above the element.Descriptive labeling for vertical meters is vertically oriented on the display face with the engineering nomenclature on a horizontal label above the component. Many recorders are lacking legend cards to identify pens or channels as well as a descriptive functional label.Most panels lack a hierarchical labeling scheme with letter gradations to 88 TABLE 2.3.8-1 LABELS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No-30 30 32 4 5 33 64 65 70 20 75 21 HEDII 6433b3 6433b4/6533b4 6512b 6513a 6513bl, 2 6513b3 6513d (6642d)6533a 2, 3 6542al 655la2 655la3 6552a2 TP-3 IIC IIC IIC III Ill IIC IIC IIC III III Cate or TP-4 IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC III III Descri tion Legend contrast is inadequate due to collected dirt and wear Legend content is highly ambiguous Display information not provided Character height is insufficient for viewing angle and distance Type style is used inconsistently Use of lowercase letters Character dimensions and spacing are inadequate Legend has more than three lines of lettering-legend lights Legend readability is degraded by low contrast and letter size Recorder pens and parameters are not clearly identified Numeral width-to-height ratio is inadequate Grouping of digits are not separated by commas, decimals, space Character font is slanted TABLE 2.3.8-1 LABELS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'D)File No.22$23 1, 36 3,35 19 40 41, 42 6,7 26 43, 44 HEDGE 6552a3 6552a5 6611 6611 6612 6612a3 6612b3 662la 662la 662ld 662lf-6622a 6623a TP-3 IIC III IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC Cate or TP-4 IIC IIC-IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC Descri tion Character font is too small for viewing angle Horizontal spacing between numerals is inadequate Need for control position and component labeling Labeling is inaccurate Group labeling Lack of component level labeling in hierarchical scheme Lack of hierarchical scheme with letter gradations Labels not located above Label mounted insecurely Label not located in close proximity to component Adjacent labels are too close together Meter zone marking labels are not securely mounted Labels are diagonally or horizontally oriented TABLE 2Ã.8-l LABELS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONPD)File No.HEDII TP-3 Cate or TP-4 Descri tion 45, 46 47 9,49, 68 ll, 12, l>14 15, 65 16, 17 18 50, 51 20, 27, 28 22 23-26 29 30, 54-56 6624a 6624b 6624d 663la 6632 a,b 6632f 6633b 6634e 6636 66S7b 6a8a 66S8h 6638c 6639A)B 6641 (664lal)IIC IIC IIC,III IIC IIC IIC IIA IIC, III III IIC IIC IIC IIC, III IIC IIC IIC IIA identified IIC, III III IIC Label obscures display information, recorded matter, figures or scales Labels obscured by component Engraved labels have low contrast Labels unnecessary, unclear or missing Label content is either excessive inadequate or inconsistent Incorrect spelling in label content Inconsistency in label content, numbering, abbreviations Labels use Roman numerals Labels are highly similar Inconsistent in label placement Control position labeling missing Control direction of motion not Position label not visible Panel access openings not labeled Character height is insufficient for maximum viewing distance for labels and display printing TABLE 2.3.8-1 LABELS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT%3)file No.HEDII TP-5 Cate or TP-4 Descri tion 57 58, 59 6641(6513b1,2) 664la2 IIC III IIC Font size and style is inconsistent Character heights vary from one label to another 60 62, 63 61 64 664lb 665la,b 665ld-h 6652 IIC III IIC Labels have low contrast IIC 111 Temporary labels;o Not used only for high necessity o Not temporarily used o Not administratively controlled o Don't comply with good Human'ngineering principles Tag-out labels: o Not secured to components o Obscure labels o Don't prevent control actuation Ill Lack of procedures and administrative control of temporary labels represent systems, subsystems, components and their parts.The lack of this type of design has resulted in highly similiar and redundant wording of component labels.Label Location.- It was found that many functional component labels are not located in accordance with NUREG-0700 guidelines. In general, labels are positioned inconsistently throughout the boards with placement beside, below,,and above the described component. For example, display units of measurement appear at the bottom or at the top.Meter labels are vertically oriented on the display face.It is recommended that one arrangement be adopted-placement above the component-and be consistently followed.In many instances component identification may be confusing because labels are not located in close proximity to the associated component and because adjacent labels appear to be continuous.'he mounting of some labeling is precarious. Although most labels are screwed onto the panel, some have broken off and have been loosely taped back on.The visibility of portions of recorded matter, figures, or scales is degraded by labels and legend cards located on the display face.A specific rotary control was identified which conceals part of the position label.Control position labels on the Radiation Monitor Panel are partially concealed by the knob skirts.Label Content-It was found that there are instances of labeling in which content was either excessive or inadequate. The primary function of a component should be described in a concise and explicit manner.Some labels are ambiguous, unclear or inaccurate due to improper word selection. In one case a pushbutton which uses an arrow to indicate flow status is reversed showing an inaccurate condition. Clarity of label content is often degraded by the usage of inconsistent abbreviations, acronyms or alphanumeric codes.For instance, some identifiers consist of a three-character alpha code which may be confused with an abbreviated word or acronym.Some control position labels are inconsistently labeled.Breaker control positions are inappropriately labeled as"ON" and"OFF", while pump control positions are labeled as"TRIP" and"CLOSE".Cases of misspelling and the use of Roman numerals were identified. Maintenance -Various function and position labels and legends on pushbuttons have become dirty from the collection of grime and dust thereby reducing letter-to-background contrast and readability. It should also be noted that the use of white letters on a dark background is not recommended due in part to the greater likelihood of loss of readability from dirt.Dark characters on a light background would generally prevent this from occurring. There is widespread use of temporary labels on all panels.Such usage is not limited to conditions of high necessity for a temporary period, and appplication is not administratively or procedurally controlled to comply with good human engineering principles. Some"tag-out". labels were in the form of red and white slips hung over the switch handle.They were not s'ecured to the component to prevent control actuation, and often obscure associated and adjacent labels.Label Format and Readabilit -Label readability was found to be degraded by the following lettering characteristics. o Inconsistent character dimensions o Insufficient character height for viewing angle and maximum distance o Inadequate width-to-height ratio of counter numerals o Use of lowercase letters o Letter width-to-height ratios and stroke widths for component and position labels are less than the recommended dimensions o Spacing between characters, words and lines is less than the required minimum for legend lights and Electronic displays (LEDs)o Legend letter size is too small and has low contrast with background o Use of a slanted font and a font with serifs o Legends have more than three lines of lettering o Counter numerals are not separated by commas, decimals or spaces where appropriate. 94 2 3.9 Annunciator Survey 2.3.9.1 Objective-The objective of the Annunciator Survey was to assess the operability and usability of the system using the guidelines outlined in NUREG-0700, and to document and assess all resulting discrepancies. 2.3.9.2 Review Team Responsibilities -The members of the review team included a human factors specialist to conduct the annunciator survey;a nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systems information (i.e., interrelationship of various compo-nents, the impact of loss of a pump on plant operations); and a plant instrumentation and control engineer to answer questions, provide information, and obtain any necessary documentation for completion of this task.2.3.9.3 Criteria-The criteria used to evaluate the annunciator system are described in the Annunciator Checklist. The specific criteria for each subtask are contained in Appendix A.2 3.9.4 Task Definition/Methodology -This survey was conducted by: 1)applica-tion of checklists, and 2)by verification of operator concerns identified during operator interviews. The checklists were separated into two major parts: visual displays and auditory warnings.These checklists addressed maintainability, identification, coding, operation, and arrangements of the annunciator system.The checklisting was designed to be conducted on-site.Operations personnel were interviewed about the system, and were asked to demonstrate the alarm systems operability. Observations and notations were recorded on the checklist sheets.For those items found to be in conflict with checklist criteria, Human Engineering Discrepancy reports were written.2.3.9.5 Results/Findings -Table 2.3.9-1 lists all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified in the course of this survey.Following are the general findings of this survey.Annunciator Controls-Only one set of annunciator controls exists in each control room, and no test or reset functions/controls are provided.Figure 2.3.9-1 shows the location of annunciator controls for each unit.Certain advantages exist for the Turkey Point control rooms having one annunciator control station for each plant.The orienting responses to alarm control stations will be stronger (since only one response station exists), which should tend to reduce response latency.Also given the size and arrangement of the control rooms and the central location of the annunciator response stations, operator responses to anomalies could be facilitated. Several disadvantages also exist, including potential for increased control room traffic, for increased visual distances to annunciator tiles, and for possible crowding of the annunciator control locations during periods of high activity.The distance from the annunciator control location to the 95 TABLE 2.3.9-1 ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.8 10 9 12 ll 13 14 15 16 17 18 HED/P 6312al 6312al 6312al 6312bl,cl 6312cl,3 6313al 6314 6315a,b 6321a 632lf 633la 633lcl 6332b 6332e 6332e 6333cl 6333cl,2 6334a 6334b TP-3 IIA IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIA IIA IIC IIA IIA IIC IIC IIC Cate or TP-4 IIA IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC IIA IIA IIC IIA IIA IIC IIC IIC Descri tion Nuisance alarms/fire false alarms Set points/nuisance alarms Alarm parameter selection Annunciator location Lack of ref lash Reactor first out Prioritization nonvital annunciators No alarm clear signal Annunciator audible alarm Audible alarm location code Annunciator location/group Annunciator tile interchange Flash rate'Dark'nnunciator panels Normally on annunciators Cover interchangeability Annun window matrix Wordy/unclear legend Local indication summary annunciators TABLE 2.3.9-l ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS (CONT'D)File No.HEDu Cate or TP-4 Descri tion 19 20 21 22 23 6H5al,a2 6335c 634lb 634ld 6342b4,6 IIA IIC III IIA IIA IIA IIC Ill IIA IIA Font size/style; readability Impermanent labels Annunciator control location Brightness/lamp test Annunciator control coding FIGURE 2.3.9-1 LOCATION OF ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL STATIONS MECH.SHAFT OFFICE TOILET OFFICE OFFICE F I I I)DESK COMPUTER CONSOLE (FUTURE)DESK UNIT 4 ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL STATION UNIT 3 ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL STATION VERTICAL PANELS PRINCIPLE ANNUNCIATORS ARE LOCATED ALONG THE TOP OF THE VERTICAL PANELS VERTICAL PANELS

individual windows, and therefore window readability, is of the most concern.Additional control stations would relieve this discrepancy, as would larger, more legible tiles.Annunciator Readability -Annunciator font-size was determined to be too small from the central operating station (at the console)to any annunciator window location.The window size is also very small which prevents a significant increase in legend font size without replacing the entire annunciator system.It is recommended that enhance-ment (coding)techniques and inceasing font size be used to improve readability. Coding-During the survey, no coding (other than first out panel location coding)was being used.A means to prioritize is currently being developed and will be implemented. Nuisance Alarms-Operator interviews identified several nuisance and general alarms as follows: "Normally in" alarms were identified by operators as being: o RCP bypass flow low (2 observations) o Source range loss of detection voltage (1 observation) o RHR heat exchange to flow (3 observations) o CR local-normal control (1 observation) o FW HTR levels (1 observation) Nusiance alarms were identified by operators as being: o SG level (2 observations) o Steam flow (1 observation o Feed flow (1 observation) o FW HTR hi/lo level (1 observation) o PRZR cubicle hi/low temp (1 observation) o Condensate recovery tank hi level (2 observations) o Waste boron panel trouble (3 observations) o Ht tracing trouble (2 observations) o WTR plant trouble (1 observation) o Radwaste (1 observation) It is recommended that a review of set points on (or the necessity for)the identified nuisance annunciators be conducted; and, an alarm for Reactor Coolant Pump vibration be added to Unit 4.Functional Groups-In general, annunciator tiles are well grouped.Seven tiles were identified by operators. as being poorly located as follows: 99 o,SI pump low suction pressure o CCW surge TK level o RCP standpipe hi/low level o Bypass low flow o Breathing air system trouble o SG blowdown TK hi pressure o SG blowdown TK hi/low level 100

2D.10 Anthropometry Survey 2.3.10.1 Objective-The objective. of the Anthropometry Survey was to determine whether controls and displays are located in a manner which makes them highly visible, within reach, and precludes inadvertent actuation. 2.3.10.2 Review Team Responsibilities -Two human factors engineers took the measurements necessary for performance of the Anthropometry Survey.With those measurements, a human factors specialist analyzed reach envelopes and visual angles, applied all checklist items, and identified and documented all discrepanices. 2.3.10'riteria -The criteria used are from the NUREG-0700 guidelines. These are detailed specifically in Appendix A and generally below: a.All controls are within reach of the 5th percentile female (i.e., the person who is smaller than 95 percent of the female population) (6.1.2.2.b.1). b.The 95th percentile male can reach all controls without stooping (6.1.2.2.b.2). c.All displays are visible from any point at which they must be monitored, based on eye height of both the 5th percentile female and the 95th percentile male.This includes viewing of annunciators from their associated acknowledge. controls (6.1.2.2.e). d.Controls are placed far enough back on the board to avoid inadver-tent actuation (6.1.2.2.d.l). e.All controls and displays involved in a.single task sequence are located to minimize the requirement for operator movement (6.1.2.2.f). f.Consoles are designed to allow sufficient leg and foot room and, if necessary, space for writing (6.1.2.2.g). g.Controls and displays which are frequently used or important are located in the most favorable position with regard to viewing or reaching (6.1.2.5.a Bc 6.1.2.5.b.2). h.CRTs are easy to view with a minimal amount of head movement (6.7.2.>). 2D.10.4 Task Definition/Methodology -There were two subtasks in this survey: 1)evaluation of reach envelopes and visual angles, and 2)measurement of distance criteria.Reach Envelopes and Visual Angles-A silhouette drawing of the board was obtained from Florida Power Bc Light and verified by taking measurements on-site.The required measurements were the distance from floor to benchboard, the distance from benchboard to panel top, and benchboard angle and depth.Using a scale drawing made 101 from board dimensions, angles from eye height (displays) and functional reach from shoulder height (controls) were drawn in for both 5th percentile female and 95th percentile male.The points at which reach envelop lines cross the board and the points at which the angle from line of sight to display face is less than 45 were marked, measured, and converted to full scale dimensions. These points were measured on the board on-site, and then lines were marked on board drawings to indicate the pass/fail area for each checklist item.Horizontal visual angles were assessed by listing controls and displays used together (identified through the task analysis). For each display to be monitored while activating a control, the viewing angle was measured to ensure that it is less than 45 from line of sight.Distance Criteria-In addition to the measurements involved with reach envelopes, a number of board measurements were taken.The distance between controls used in a single task sequence, the'distance of controls from the front of the benchboard, control and display height on vertical boards, height of emergency or frequently used controls and displays, and height of consoles which the operator must be able to see over were measured as part of this survey.Workspace and furniture applications were assessed through measurement of floor-space between furniture, consoles, and walls on-site to ensure that sufficient space has been allocated for the smooth flow of pedestrain traffic.2.3.10.5 Results/Findings -Table 2.3.10-1 summarizes all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified in this survey.In general, no discrepancies deemed significantly debilitating to operations were observed.Most of the Human Engineering Discrepancies deal with the height on the vertical boards for control display mounting, and of these many deal with: 1)low frequency of use components, and/or 2)components deemed insignificant (by operations personnel) to safety issues.Figures 2.3.10-1 and 2.3.10-2 show, for the 5th percentile female and the 95th percentile male population, functional reach and extended functional reach envelopes on the main operating consoles.Figure 2.3.10-3 shows the vertical reach envelope for the vertical panels"A" and"B" in the control rooms.102 TABLE 2.3.10-1 ANTI-IROPOMETRIC SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.ll 12 14 15, 16 17, 18 HEDu 6113f1 6122b,c,e 6122el 6123g 6125a1,2 6125bl,2 TP-3 III III IIA III~IIC/III IIA III Cate or TP-4 III IIA III IIC/III IIA Ill Descri tion Available walkspace Reach to console controls Components mounted too high or low on vertical boards Console dimensions Control height for precise operation Display mounting height for accurate reading SCALE IN INCHES 0.42 24 36 48 2 4 8 810 1116182022 2828303234 3840124448 5052545858 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I]I I I I 80 72 88-66 84 62 60 EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH (28.9")FUNCTIONAL -REACH (25.2")~48 52 50-44-42 40 18" SHOULDER~-HEIGHT{48.4")38 36 24 5)tt 4tt 7tt i~<a uR+OR pu~CTgO 4tt Ngg R~f 5tt Cg)20~18 16 14-12 10 8 8-4 46" 30~/4" FIGURE 2.3.10-1 REACH ENVELOPE FOR 5th PERCENTILE FEMALE-OPERATOR'S CONSOLE 104 SCALE IN INCHES 0 12 24 38 48 80 6 6 10 1418162022 2826303234 3640424446 5052545656 l)l)l))l)l l l l I I I I l l l l ll l l 72 70 66 66 84 62 80 52 50 48 EXTENDED FUNCTIONAl. REACH (39")FUNCTIONAI -REACH (35")SHOULDER 4-HEIGHT (60.8")18'tt 28 24 51" 20~16 16 12 10 6 8~4 4gtt 30 sly" FIGURE 2.3.10-2 REACH ENYELOPE FOR 95th PERCENTILE MALE-OPERATOR'S CONSOLE 105 FIGURE 2.3.10-3 REACH AND VISUAI ENVELOPES FOR VERTICAL PANELS ANNUNCIATORS ?ft SEE HEDs 6125 A1, 2 AND 6125 81, 2 FOR CONTROLSIDISPLAYS MOUNTED IN THIS AREA ANGLE POINT 6ft 70" HIGHEST LIM)T FOR CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS 4ft 3ft 2ft SEE HED 6122E1 FOR DISPLAYS MOUNTED IN THIS AREA SEE HEDs 6125 A1,2 AND 6125 81, 2 FOR CONTROLSIDISPLAYS MOUNTED IN THIS AREA 41" LOWEST LIMIT FOR DISPLAY LOCATION 34" LOWEST LIMIT FOR CONTROL LOCATIONS Oft FLOOR LEVEL 2 3.11 Force/Torque Survey 2 3.11.1 Objective-The objective of the Force Torque Survey was to identify control room equipment, via operator interview, which require too little or too excessive force for their operation, and to evaluate conformance of any potentially discrepant equipment to applicable human engineering criteria.2.3.11.2 Review Team Responsibilities -The evaluation team consisted of a human factors engineer qualified to take force/torque measurements and a control room operator.Where control actuation was necessary to subjectively assess the force/resistance of a control, operations personnel directed the activity.2 3.11.3 Criteria-The force criteria for operation of switch types are contained in the checklists in Appendix A.The source document for the checklist was NUREG-0700. 2.3.11.4 Task Definitions/Methodology -Several control room operators were interviewed using a preconstructed force/torque questionnaire (see Table 2 3.11-1).Individual component~tes were activated by a control room operator to test conform-ance with criteria, and were evaluated'using the checklist. 2 3.11.5 Results/Findings -Table 2.3.11-2 presents the Human Engineering Discrepancies identified by this survey.As indicated in the table, only two Human Engineering Discrepancies were identified. No additional control resistance problems exist in the control rooms.107 TABLE 2.3.ll-l FORCE/TORQUE QUESTIONNAIRE 1.Do you recall any inadvertent switch actuations as a result of coming in contact with the switch mechanism? If so, do these switches appear to be too easily actuated?GO TO FIRST PANEL, THEN REPEAT QUESTIONS AT EACH PANEL 2.Are there any controls, pushbuttons, or legend pushbuttons which appear to be too easily actuated or difficult to actuate?3.Do toggle switches have an elastic resistance that increases as the control is moved and drops as the switch maps into position?4.Are knobs for spring loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls large enough to be easily held against the spring torque for as long as necessary? t 5.Does rocker switch resistance gradually increase then drop to zero when the control snaps into position?6.Does the resistance for the rocker switch preclude the switch from being placed between positions? 7.Do any control knobs or handles rotate or move loosely on their shafts?8.Do any controls give the"feeling" that internal wear has occurred or that breakage might occur, or have the"feel" that sensory feedback has altered over the life of the control?108 TABLE 2.3.ll-2 FORCE/TORQUE SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.32 23 HEDII 6432d 6442a TP-3 III III Cate or TP-4 Ill III Descri tion Guarded pushbutton ease of use High torque design on several rotary selector switches 2.3.12 Communications Survey 2.3.12.1 Objective-The objective of the Communications Survey was to assess the degree to which various modes of communication transmission and reception used in the control room conform to the human factors guidelines outlined in NUREG-0700. Through the evaluation pr ocess generic discrepancies and discrepancies specific to individual communication devices were identified. 2.3.12.2 Review Team Responsibilities -The members of the review team and their responsibilities included: o A human factors specialist to conduct the checklisting, identify discrepancies, and report the survey findings.o A senior human factors scientist to observe the system operation during an emergency drill and identify discrepancies, and to assist in conducting rhyme tests.o Communications system operators (Control Room Operator, Nuclear Plant Supervisor, and Nuclear Watch Engineers) to supply operational information and demonstrate system operations. o Plant technicians (Instrumentation and Control and Electric Depart-ment personnel) to provide and to obtain necessary documentation for completion of this task.2 3.12 3 Criteria-The criteria used to evaluate the various communication syst'ems are based on NUREG-0700 guidelines. Other source books included NUREG/CR-1580 and MIL-STD-1472C. The specific criteria used are contained in Appendix A.2 3.12.4 Task Definition/Methodology -The four procedures used to conduct this survey were: 1)conduct of operator interviews, 2)application of human engineering checklists, 3)observation of emergency drill communications, and 4)conduct of a modified rhyme test.Each is discussed briefly below.Interview-The operator interviews collected in the"Review of Operating Experi-ence" task were reviewed for identification of potential communications discrepancies. The discrepancies were then targeted for verification in the control room and evaluated according the survey criteria.Human Engineering Checklist-The checklist, applied on-site, was concerned with the following issues: maintainability, identification, coding, operation, audibility, usability, and accessibility. Operations personnel were asked specific questions about the different communi-cations systems or were asked to demonstrate the system operation and capabilities. Instrumentation and control engineers and plant technicians were consulted concerning specific system capabilities (e.g., frequency ranges, power supplies, and maintenance). 110 Emergency Drill-A human factors specialist and a senior human factors scientist observed most of the communications systems in real-time operation during two of the emergency drills conducted for the Nuclear Regulatory Commission on March 15th and 16th, 1982.Discrepancies, not apparent during normal operations and operator demon-'strations of system operations, were noted and Human Engineering Discrepancy reports were written.Page System Rhyme Test-A modified rhyme test of the plant page system was conducted spontaneously, based on operator interivew findings.In this subtask, 15 words were spoken over the page system while the plants were in normal operating conditions. The procedure used was, except for talker's list length, the same as described in Section 2 3.7 of this repor t.2.3.12.5 Results and Recommendations -Table 2.3.12-1 summarizes the Human Engineering Discrepancy findings for this survey.In general, the communications system was found to be discrepant in several areas including emergency use, reliability/maintenance, identification/coding, location, and design.Interviews suggested intelligibility problems with the page system.Tables 2.3.12-2 and 2.3.12-3 present the target and test words used in a modified rhyme test.The test was presented and 87 percent correct recognition was made of target words.These findings are considered to demonstrate acceptable intellegibility for the page system. TABLE 2.3.12-1 COMMUNICATIONS SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.10, 12 2 j 5 9 10 14 HEDGE 62lla 62llb 62llc 6212b6 6213bl,2,4 6213c2 6216a 6216a2,f 6216el 6217b 6218b,c 622lb 6222a TP-3 IIC IIA III III IIA IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC Cate or TP-4 IIC IIA III IIA IIC IIC IIC IIC IIC Descri tion Emergency communications Phone intelligibility Communications procedures Location of handset cradle Sound powered phone set Switch from sound powered to page communications Security page Page communications system Page speaker location Volume controls on communications equipment Emergency equipment and communications Communications audible signal coding Phone bell coding TABLE 2.3.12-2 MODIFIED TALKER'S LIST FOR PAGE SYSTEM RHYME TEST Group ll 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 DIM SHED TOE'AR SIN DUG SWOG SEEN NOT WEST PIT.BAT SAY DIG PAGE 113 2.3.13 Maintainability Survey 2 3.13.1 Objective-The objective of the Maintainability Survey was to evaluate the adequacy of the control room design to support maintenance activities performed by operations personnel. The sur vey was organized into three parts: o Maintenance of Components with Integral Lighting o Recognition of Visual Display Failure o Spare Parts, Operating Expendables, and Tools.2.3.13.2 Review Team Responsibilities -The following personnel were required to conduct this survey: a human factors engineer, responsible for data collection and analysis and for report preparation; a control room operator, responsible for providing assistance during data collection and analysis;and an instrumentation and control technician, who was responsible for providing information and assistance during data collection and analysis.2.3.13.3 Criteria-Criteria used in this survey are summarized below.o Lamps should be replaceable from the front of the panel (i.e., components should not have to be removed to replace lamp.o Components are not susceptible to shorting out or, in the case of switches, to inadvertent activation du~ing the process of lamp removal or replacement. o Lamp replacement does not subject the operator to a shock hazard.o Covers having legends, color coding, or other component-specific information are physically keyed, or some form of procedural safe-guard is provided to prevent interchanging of covers.o If lamp replacement requires tile removal, there is a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location.o Dual-bulb or dual-filament light assemblies are used, or bulb-test capability is provided where lamp status cannot be verified.o Component design encourages immediate replacement of burned-out bulbs by providing for rapid and convenient bulb replacement with power on and without hazard to personnel or equipment. o Operator aids are provided if needed for lamp replacement. o When panel instruments such as meters fail or become inoperative, the failure is apparent to the operator (i.e., a failed meter displays an of f-scale indication). o Spare parts, such as indicator lamps, and any tools required by operating personnel are stored in suitable designated space(s)within the control room.o An adequate supply of expendables and spare parts (e.g., fuses, bulbs, ink, recorder charts, printer paper, etc.)are provided.114 o Expendables and spare parts are readily accessible. o All tools required to replenish expendables and install spare parts are available. o There should be adequate storage space for expendables and spare parts.o When different types, sizes, or styles of expendables and spare parts are required, they should be clearly and distinctively marked to avoid confusion or misapplication. o Records should be maintained concerning the status of expendables and spare parts.o The paper, ink, and other expendables required to maintain graphic recorders should be provided and accessible in the control room.o The design of graphic recorders permit quick and easy replenishment of paper and ink.o Fresh replacement batteries for walkie-talkies are accessible and well marked.o The stock of batteries is sufficient to support continuous emergency operation of walkie-talkies. 2.3.13.4 Task Definition/Methodology -The following procedures were followed to conduct this survey.Maintenance of Components with Integral Lighting-All components having inte-gral lighting were identified. Components were organized into generic classes (e.g., legend switches, annunciators, etc.).Next, representative components were selected from each class for evaluation. r Maintenance procedures for lamp replacement for each sample component were reviewed and assessed.Finally, each sample component was evaluated according to the above criteria by using the checklist contained in Appendix A.Whenever necessary, the control room operator or the instrumentation and control technician demonstrated required maintenance activities. Recognition of Visual Display Failure-All visual displays were identified. Visual displays were organized into generic classes (e.g., vertical meters, strip charts etc.).Next, representative displays from each class were selected for evaluation; and display failure modes, indications, etc., were identified by interviewing the control room operators and/or instrumentation and control technician using the interview form contained in Appendix A.Each sample display was evaluated according to the above criteria using the checklist contained in Appendix A.Whenever necessary, the operator or instrumentation 115 and control technician simulated display failure either by disrupting the electrical signal to the display, or some other means, as appropriate. Where it w'as impractical to simulate display failure, display specifications were reviewed to determine display failure response.Spare Parts, Operating Expendables, and Tools-All control room components requiring maintenance by'perations personnel in the form of replacing parts ot replenishing expendables were identified. The components were organized into generic classes (e.g., transilluminated displays, graphic recorders, printers, etc.).Next, for each class of components the associated spare parts and/or operating expendables required for maintenance by operations personnel were identified and described. Information entered on the data form included: o Component-component name or designation (e.g., graphic recorder)o Type-type of spare part or operating expendable (e.g., paper)o Size-cubic dimensions of spare part or expendable, as stored (approximate) o Markings-provisions for labeling or otherwise designating similar items to avoid confusion o Replacement frequency-how often the item must be replaced (e.g., once per week)o Tools-tools required to replace spare part or replenish expendable o Storage location-where in the control room the item is stored.Storage closets, lockers, etc., were also identified and described. Information entered on this form included: o Designation -name assigned to locker, closet, etc.(e.g., Storage Locker$/1)o Location-where in the control room the container is located o Size-internal dimensions of the container o Stored items-items stored in the container o Labeling-bins, compartments, etc.o Frequency of stocking-schedule for restocking container. The control room design was evaluated with respect,to spare parts, operating expendables, and tools by using the checklist contained in Appendix A.In conducting this evaluation it was important to consider the following: o Adequacy of supply-to determine if the supply of expendables and spare parts is adequate, one must determine the frequency with 116 which the spare part or expendable is replaced, as well as the periodicity of stock replacement (i.e., the likelihood that an item will.run out before the shelves are restocked). o Adequacy of space-to determine the adequacy of storage space, one must compute the volume of all items contained in the storage space when the shelves are fully stocked.2.3.13.5 Results/Findings -Table 2.3.13-1 presents the findings of this survey.A summary of the discrepancies noted on Human E:ngineering Discrepancy forms follows: o Display failure is not apparent and no lamp test is provided for simple indicator lights, annunciators, and bright is right o Some meters and strip charts fail on-scale (failur e is not apparent)o Illuminated displays f o Most digital displays have no indication of failure o Storage and labeling is inadequate (absent or inaccurate) o Stored item accessibility is reduced by location and by locked cabinets o Inadequate storage space is provided in, or accessible to, the primary area o No inventory is kept for replenishment of spare parts and expendables o Tools, when provided, do not fit/work.117 TABLE 2.3.13-1 MAINTAINABILITY SURVEY

SUMMARY

OF FINDINGS File No.HEDII TP-3 Cate or TP-4 Descri tion 36 37, 38 10 19 3, 79 57 18 81 66 67 83 23 6114a 6115 6115e 6115f 64Hc3 65llf>>I 6Hlal,2 65>la3 6541 654la 654lb 654lf 673le3>>C>>I>>C>>C IIC>>C>>I>>C>>>>C IiC/>>I>>I>>I>>I>>C'>>I>>C>>C>>C>>C>>C>>C>>C>>C/I>>>>I>>I>>I'Storage space in control room No provisions for storage Spare bulb storage and maintenance Spare parts Inventory Computer failure and shock hazard Display failure indication Lamp test/display failure not apparent Tools for/ease of bulb replacement Recorder maintenance Quality of materials. Recorder stamping/marking/reading Recorder scaled paper supply Recorder paper maintenance Recorder paper maintenance 2 4 System Function and Task Analysis System Function and Task Analysis was conducted in four basic steps, as follows: o Identify/review systems, functions, and tasks identify system functions develop task lists and Response Selection Diagrams identify event sequences to be analyzed o Analyze tasks analyze tasks for each function develop Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams o Verify task performance capability/human engineering suitability o Validate control room functions. Each of these steps is discussed in the following sections.2.4.1 Identify/Review Systems, Functions, and Tasks The overall objectives of the System Function and Task Analysis were to identify and organize plant systems, functions, and operator tasks to support subsequent analysis.Subtasks are presented below.2.4.1.1 Identify Systems/Subsystems and System Functions-The objectives of this subtask were to identify and document the plant systems and subsystems which function to operate the reactor plant and generate and distribute power.This included the systems which are represented in the control room.Once the system and subsystem boundaries were identified, the functions which are performed within a subsystem division were identified and documented. The review team consisted of several senior operations personnel, four human factors specialists, and plant instrumentation and control engineers. The team members reviewed the Final Safety Analysis Reports, technical specifica-tions, system descriptions, and other available documentation which describe the reactor plant, power generation, and power distribution systems.A preliminary systems and subsystems list was developed. The team interviewed the operations personnel using the control room photomosaic to verify/revise the system and subsystem divisions which were identified by operations personnel as governing: o Reactor control and instrumentation systems o Safety systems o Feedwater systems o Radwaste systems o Power generation systems o Power distribution systems. The system and subsystem boundaries were identified and verified to reflect'the as-built operational status'and operating practices. The operations personnel were requested to provide, for each subsystem, the functions (or operations) of (and any operational variations associated with it)the subsystem and its components. Operational variations and the conditions under which they are employed were documented as function alternatives. This subtask identified the major plant systems, the functions which they govern, and the subsystems of each major system.The list of system functions underwent task Analysis.2.4.1.2 Develop Task Lists and Response Selection Diagrams-The objectives of this subtask were: 1)to identify and describe motor, perceptual, and information process-ing tasks associated with performance of system and subsystem functions, 2)to identify task sequences and dependencies, and 3)to graphically depict task sequences in Response Selection Diagrams.Through review of standard, abnormal, and emergency operating procedures and interviews with operations personnel; conditions which initiate operator tasks in relation to performing functions (initiators include alarms, routine monitoring, administrative procedures, etc.)were identified. Also identified were the prerequisite conditions for the conduct of functions and the possible variations in the conduct of functions based on presence or absence of prerequisite conditions. By reviewing system operating procedures and interviewing training instructors and operators, individual tasks and decision points involved in function performance were identified. Detailed descriptions of task actions were recorded in the form of Response Selection Diagrams which graphically represent task sequences (see Figure 2 4-1)and identify actions and decisions on the part of the operator.This subtask provided Response Selection Diagrams for each control room function, depicting: o Tasks o Task sequences o Decision points o Task dependencies o Detailed task descriptions. 120 See Figure 2.4.1.-1 for an example of a completed Response Selection Diagram.These Response Selection Diagrams were used as initializing information for detailed analysis of tasks.2.4.1D Identify Event Sequences-The objective of this subtask was to identify event sequences (postulated and experienced transients) to be evaluated in the task analysis.The specific list of event sequences selected for analysis were: o Plant Star tup/Shutdown/Change in Power o Loss of Coolant Accident o Inadequate Core Cooling o Multiple Steam Generator Tube Ruptures o Failure of Auxiliary and Main Feedwater o Failure of High Pressure Reactor Coolant Make Up o Anticipated Transients Without Scrams Loss of offsite power Stuck Power-Operated Relief Valve.2.4.2 Analyze Tasks The basic objective of this System Function and Task Analysis activity was to use the data previously generated to analyze, in detail, operator-allocated tasks for each of the functional sequences selected for analysis.Subtasks are discussed below.2.4.2.1 Analyze Tasks for Each Function-The objectives of this subtask were to analyze task requirements to determine information requirements, control requirements, communication requirements, constraints (time, etc.)on task performance, and decisions and skills/knowledge requirements; and to document task requirements in an accessible, usable format for each task and task sequence.The Response Selection Diagrams were used as a basis to determine detailed task requirements. Detailed task descriptions were analyzed, and for each task the following information was assembled on the Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram form (See Figure 2.4-1): o The required control action, if applicable (i.e., binary, multi-discrete, or continuous) o The control panel and the display or control code, associated with the task o The display requirement, if applicable (i.e., binary, multi-discrete, or continuous scale)o Parameter ranges and control features necessary for safe plant operation 121 o Skills/knowledge demanded of the operator for task performance o Workload assessment. 2.4.2.2 Develop Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams-The objective of this subtask was to present sequential task accomplishment graphically on line drawings of the board layouts.Using Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram data as input, human factors engineering analysts graphically represented task sequences on panel line drawings (i.e, Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams). The procedure for generating Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams is as follows: o Assemble line drawings of control board o Code components compatibly with locator codes on Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram forms o Sequentially link control board instrumentation and displays based on Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram data o Numerically identify links with task code numbers from Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagrams o Assemble and file Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams for subse-quent analysis.The outputs and results of this subtask were Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams for each system and subsystem function that identify: o Sequence of control/display use for each function o Frequency of control/display use for each function o Decision and task sequence output failure points.With the knowledge of the original design considerations and the design and human factors trade-offs that were conducted during the plant design phase, the Operations Department performed an integral role in the determination of task requirements. The outputs and results of this subtask were verification or identification of: instrumentation and design requirements for performance of tasks, operator skills and knowledge required for task performance, and workload assessment. 2 4D Yerify Task Performance Capability/Human Engineering Suitabili y This task required further analysis and evaluation of operator-allocated tasks.Subtasks for this task are discussed below.2.4.3.1 Develop Functional Sequence Diagrams-The objective of this subtask was to develop event-based Functional Sequence Diagrams for each event sequence listed in Section 2.4.1.3, above.122 For each event sequence which underwent evaluation, event evolutions (courses)were identified. Functional Sequence Diagrams generated from procedures represent the evolving plant and operational status ensuing after an initiating event.The procedure for developing Functional Sequence Diagrams was as follows: o Identify the previously defined functions and tasks as operationally sequenced in the event o Identify branch points (e.g., diagnostic decisions, etc.)o Timeline operations and tasks to identify event progressions. As Functional Sequence Diagrams were completed, sequential functions were overlaid on control room floor plans and sequentially numbered to identify and analyze control room traffic patterns.The traffic pattern analysis was conducted as follows: o Assemble Functional Sequence Diagrams for each event o Obtain control room floor plan drawings o Sketch-the traffic paths for all operators as required by the event sequence o Identify functional (operational) dependencies, as required.Figure 2.4.3-1 shows a typical Functional Sequence diagram.Figure 2.4.3-2 shows an example of a traffic analysis for the same sequence as presented in Figure 2.4.3-1.Outputs of this subtask are Functional Sequence Diagrams and Traffic Diagram checklists. 2.4D.2 Verify Human Engineering Suitability -The objective of this subtask was to identify man-machine interface problems that may affect task performance, but that may not be evident in component surveys.There are, four major design issues that this subtask addressed: 1)the grouping of components with respect to function, sequence, importance, and frequency-of-use crite-ria;2)control and display integration to ensure that associated controls and displays are not dispersed and that their designs are compatible; 3)component discrimination through enhancements such as demarcation and coding techniques; and 4)panel layouts for consistency of conventions across all panels/units. Specific checklist items regarding the above issues were used as compliance standards. The functional groups were identified in the system and subsystem definition of Task 1.The extent to which functional groups/systems/subsystems define an appropriate functional group with respect to operational requirements was then assessed using the Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams.These diagrams identify: 1)the components 123 which are involved in carrying out the subsystem functions, 2)the sequence of component use, and 3)the associated controls and displays for a particular action.In addition, by identifying corresponding functions between control panels arid units, where applicable, location and sequence aspects of the layout consistency were assessed.The checklist criteria items (Appendix A)were applied to each Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagram sheet, and discrepancies were noted.All the Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams involving a discrepant component were analyzed with respect to the component's frequency-of-use and importance as determined in Subtask 2.4.4.2.4.4 Validate Control Room Functions The objective of this task was to: 1)estimate the importance and frequency-of-use for equipment, and 2)verify the availability of required instrumention and controls in the contr ol room.2.4.4.1 Develop Frequency and Importance Data-The objective of this subtask was to determine both importance and frequency-of-use data for equipment used in task sequences and selected plant events.Based on: 1)event sequences, 2)normal operating procedures (e.g., startup), and 3)frequency estimates of nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g., Boron control, annun-ciator responses, etc.), frequency data for equipment use is estimated. The procedure for estimating task frequency was as follows: o Determine an estimate of the frequency of implementation of normal operating procedures (e.g., start-up,-shutdown, change in power)by interviewing senior operations personnel. o Similarily, determine estimates of the frequency of nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g., boration, volume control, etc.)for each function.o Assemble data on form.o Develop a frequency table for function call-up.o Develop frequency estimation for each instrument/control/ communication requirement based upon estimated frequency-of-function execution. o Sort and store frequency data (see Table 2.4.4.-1). Using a similar technique, indication of equipment importance was identified by weighting the importance of the events shown on frequency data form and then summing the weighted frequencies of equipment uses in function callups.The outputs and results of the subtask were estimated frequency-of-use and importance data for control room equipment by event/operation. 124 TABLE 2.4.4-1 ESTIMATED FREQUENCY OF FUNCTION CALLUP Procedures Frequenc Per Week or Fre uenc Per Month Total Frequency Per Year Rated~lm ortance 1.Startup 2.Shutdown Change in Power n.etc.Nonprocedurally Bound operations (function callups)1.Boration 2.Dilution 3.Cooling Water flow 4.Maintain SI Tk level n.PRZR Temp Maintenance 2.4.4.2 Verification of Equipment Availability -The objectives of this subtask were to identify availability (presence) of required instrumentation and controls in the control room to support performance of system functions, and to identify potentially extraneous control room equipment. The basic criteria for the subtask were: 1)the control and display designs should match the task needs and operators'apabilities, 2)frequently required or important instrumentation or controls should be located in the control room, and 3)infrequently used or unimportant instrumentation should be excluded from the control room inventory. The Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagrams were compared with the Functional Sequence Diagrams to identify the equipment requirements. To identify any deficient areas, the results were then compared to the control room inventory list representing the present equipment capabilities and characteristics. All equipment was evaluated for its A appropriateness to operating requirements using the checklist (see Appendix A).The calculated frequency-of-use data was examined to identify equipment with very high or very low frequency of use.Lists were prepared for infrequently used equipment located in the control room and frequently used equipment located outside of the control room.These lists were also annotated with the assessment of the component's importance to operations as previously developed. The outputs and results of this subtask include: 1)a list of required control room equipment located external to the control room, 2)a list of infrequently used equipment located.in the control room, and 3)a list of discrepancies based on Task Analysis of the equipment requirements and the present control room inventory. 126 3.0 IMPLEMENTATION The objectives of this phase are: 1)preparation of schedules for implementation of selected backfits, and 2)preparation and submittal of the final report.3.1 Develop Backfit Schedules Backfit implementation programs were prepared when Human Engineering Discrep-ancies had been identified, documented, and assessed.Scheduling of Human Engineering Discrepancy backfits will be a function of: o Human engineering discrepancy priority o Engineering and procurement lead time requirements and constraints o Overall plant outage schedules. Schedules will be reviewed and updated as part of the implementation program.3.1.1 Phase 3-Enhancement and Design Solutions The basic procedure to be employed in identifying and selecting enhancements and design solutions is based on Figure 3-1.o Analysis of correction by enha'ncement o Analysis of correction by design alternatives o Assess extent of correction. 3.1.2 Analysis of Correction by Enhancement Discrepancies selected for correction are first examined for possible correction by enhancement (labeling, demarcation, procedure aids, etc.).Each Human Engineering Discrepancy is considered, and, where such correction is possible, the discrepancy is reassessed for its effect on operator'performance. Human Engineering Discrepancies are, as appropriate, re-evaluated via checklisting and Task Analysis until human factors engineering suitability is verified.Where it is determined that correction by enhancement is not possible, the Human Engineering Discrepancy is analyzed for correction-by-design alternatives (see Figure>-2).3.1.3 Analysis af Correction by Design Alternative Identification of design alternatives was achieved by the examination of the Human Engineering Discrepancy, reference to task analysis data, and identification of potential 127 HUMAN ENGINEER)NG DESCREPANCIES TO BE ANALYZED FOR CORRECTION (FROM THE HED SELECTION PROCESS)ANALYSIS FOR CORRECTION BY ENHANCEMENT CORRECT WITH ENHANCEMENT? YES NO DESIGN AND VERIFY Not Corrected JUSTIFY AND DOCUMENT Partially Corrected ANALYSIS TO IDENTIFY DESIGN IMPROVEMENT ALTERNATIVES AND SELECT RECOMMENDED SOLUTION~FUNCTION ANALYSIS~ALLOCATION I MAN I MACHINE I~VER FIY ALLOCATION

---

~T I DESELECT PREFERRED DESIGN ALTERNATIVE I~VALIDATE DESIGN----Futty Corrected ASSESS EXTENT OF CORRECTION IMPLEMENT AND DOCUMENT SCHEDULE IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENT JUSTIFY AND DOCUMENT SCHEDULE IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENT FIGURE 3-1 ASSESSMENT:

SELECTION OF DESIGN IMPROVEMENT (FROM NUREG-0700) 128

FIGURE 3-2 FLOW FOR CORRECTION OF HEDs SY ENHANCMENT HEDs NOTES: CONSIDER ENHANCEMENT ALTERNATIVES Using photomosalc REEVALUATE HED Using 0700 guldellnes HED RESOLVED?YES NO PROCESS Using NUREG 080t and 0700 NO ERROR YES ASSESSMENT ~2 HED SELECTED FOR CORRECTION BY DESIGN ALTERNATIVES DETAILED ENHANCEMENT DESIGN, IMPLEMENTATION AND DOCUMENTATION Detailed design proceeds, using 0700 guidelines where appropriate, as design requirements 129 constraints (e.g., availability of equipment, Reg.Guide 1.75, etc.)and was dispositioned by taking into account plant safety, design restrictions, operator performance, and cost effectiveness. The acceptability of design alternatives will be verified by further evaluation using the following: o Functional analysis o Task analysis o Reapplication of appropriate checklists. Figure 3-3 presents the general activity involved in the analysis of correction-by-design alternative. 3.1.4 Extent of Correction For all human engineering programs implemented or Human Engineering Discrep-ancies selected for correction-by-design alternatives, the extent of correction (by enhancement or redesign)will undergo evaluation. To achieve the assessment, a simple reapplication of program guidelines and verification of human factors engineering suitability will be performed. Figure 3-4 is the form used to document extent of correction assessments. In cases where a generic program is consistently implemented (i.e., labeling, color coding, etc.), only a sample of enhancements will be re-evaluated for extent of correction since the results will be the same in all cases.Correction assessments will occur as part of the implementation program since the full extent of enhancements cannot be evaluated until a sample survey of filed implementation is made.130 FIGURE 3-3 PROCESS FOR ANALYZING HED DESIGN AITERNATIVES HED REVIEW SYSTEMS, FUNCTIONS AND TASK ANALYSIS IDENTIFY ALTERNATIVES EVALUATE ALTERNATIVES HED RESOLVED?NO'O AL ERNATIVE YES ENHANCEMENT YES EXHAUSTED SOLUTIONS?POSSIBLE N HEDa NTRODUCED?JUSTIFY 4 DOCUMENT DESIGN FEASIBLE (ENQINEERINQ ?YES IMPLEMENT ENHANCEMENT SOLUTION SCHEDULE IMPLEMENT DOCUMENT PROCESS ERROR 131 HED BACKFIT ASSESSMENT ED NO.FIGURE 34 PROPOSED IMPLEMENTED I ENHANCEMENT a)LABELING I)b)DEMARCATlON b)c)CODING c)d)PROCEDURES d)I)TRAINING o)II DESIGN ALTERNATIVES g)RELOCATION e)b)REPLACEMENT b)c)CONFORMANCE TO PROCESS CONVENTION c)d)RELOCATION OF FUNCTION d)SACKFIT BAG KFIT REASSESSMENT OF PROBABLE ERROR AND DEVIATION 1.EXTENT OF DEVIATION FROM 0700 GUIDELIN ES N/A SOME COMPLETE'. ERROR ASSESSMENT l.ON HIGH SIGNOFF: HEPM 1DEV~0?RESOLVED DATE: 2.ERROR ASSESSMENT $%RESOLVED ygp REDESlGN SACKRT 3.2 HUMAN ENGINEERING BACKFIT PROGRAM 3.2.1 LABELING As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4, 44 of the findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1)identified, remain to be implemented as part of an ongoing labeling effort at the Turkey Point Site.The labeling effort developed at the Turkey Point Site follows NUREG-0700 as a guideline while taking into account the compact control room design, although compact, Turkey Point 3 and 4 common control room is functionally designed with a consistant pattern of controls and displays.The labeling guideline will standardize the different sections of the control board.'he subject guideline was developed using NUREG-0700 to establish criteria for: o Light height o Label configuration, i.e., number of lines of print per label o Label borders and space between lines o Font characteristics The developed guidelines provides: o Guidelines for the preparing, revising, and fabrication of labels for use in the control room and related areas.o A dictionary of standard abbreviations and acronyms to be used as a reference in control room labels and procedures. The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by the ongoing labeling effort.The findings are listed by section number as they relate ot NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL tracking system.A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item presented in Section 3.5 of this report.SECTION NO.6.4 FILE NO.5,7,10,29,35 6.5 6,19,30,70,86 Continued on next page.133 6.6 6.9 2~3~4~5~7~8~11pl2~16~17~18~19~22~ 48,49,50,51,53,60,62,63,66 134 3.2.2 DEMARCATION As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point 3 and 4 only 3 findings identified, remain to be implemented.(Summarized in Table 3.2-1).Turkey Point 3 and 4 common control room is compact but functionally layed out enjoying vertical grouping of associated controls and displays at this time.Appendix 2 was developed to provide, general guidence for designing and intergrating demarcation along with summary labels and mimic coding.The demarcation guidelines ensure that the final product maintains: o Simplicity of design o Intergration of summary labels o Use of mimics where beneficial to the operators and current panel space permits.Demarcation will be used to improve functional grouping and/or provide operators with visual keys to improve response time arid overall task performance. Appendix 2 contains: A guidence document which discusses the philosophy of hierarchical labeling and example demarcation scheme.The final demarcation disign selected will be developed using task requirements, system/functional relationship, and operating experience on the Turkey Point control rooms to identify those areas needing enhancement, the demarcation will be coordinated with the relabeling program and completed as part of the units overall control room upgrade effort.The following is list of the remaining findings to be corrected by the ongoing demarcation/labeling effort.The findings are listed by section number as they relate to FPdcL's tracking system.A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item are presented in Section 3.5 of this report.SECTION NO.6.1 FILE NO.18,24 6.8 135 3.2.3 ANNUNCIATOR REVIEW As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Units 3 and 4, 13 of findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1)identified, remain to be corrected as part of the ongoing Annunciator Review Program.The Annunciator Review Program address the following points to resolve the subject findins: o Re-engraving of alarm windows to alleviate: Congested tiles Incomplete messages Confusing messages Addition of new tiles Standarization of abbreviations o Prioritization of alarms by color coding o Reveiw of alarm windows to identify those with multiple inputs requiring reflash capability o Review of alarm location with regard to associated controls o Review of annunciators to identify those common alarms which could be combined into catagory alarms.Annunicator engraving specifications, prioritization coding and abbreviation list are contained in the Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 annunciator review report.The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by the ongoing annunciator program.The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPdcL's tracking system.A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.SECTION NO.6.3 FILE NO.5t6>7tllt12t15t16s17tl9t20 6.5 67,80 6.6 136 3.2.4 CODING CONVENTION As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Units 3 and 4, 7 of the findings (as summarized in Table 3.2-1)identified remain to be corrected as part of the established coding convention effort.The coding convention implemented in the Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4 control rooms will be consistant and standardized to reflect the original control room design philosophy. The subject coding conventions are applied to: o Indicator lights o Push buttons o Mimics o Power trains o Meter scales o Control handles The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by application of the developed coding conventions. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system.A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.SECTION NO.6.2 FILE NO.6.5 12,14,26,48,55 6.6 70 137 3.2.5 ENGINEERING INTERGRATION REVIEW As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4, there are 19 of the findings (as summarized in Table 3.2-1)identified as requiring design changes remaining to be implemented and/or engineering review completed and final dispositioning assigned.Of the 18 findings remaining in this catagory 9 have been disposition for design enhancement corrective action and will be implemented during the units refueling outage.The remaining 10 require engineering review with regard to design alternatives taking into account qualification of equipment, common operational concerns between the Turkey Point Control Rooms, coordination of construction support requirements and availability of equipment/materials. The remaining engineering review items will be dispositioned by Unit 3 outage of 3/85 completion and Unit 4 outage of 10/85 completion. Turkey Point HED's were written common to both Units 3 and 4 in almost all cases.This was done because of the common/identical control room design.In this section"Engineering Intergration Review" only one of the remaining findings is specificly for Unit 3.Because of the common HED's a redundency in file number appears in the following lists which appear by unit.Those finding which have already been completed on one unit are noted-complete.The following is a list of the findings currently scheduled for implementation during Turkey Point Units next refueling outages respectively. Turke Point Unit 3 SECTION NO.6.1 FILE NO.16,23 6.4 1,20,22 6.5 6.8 1,6 Continued on next page.138 Turke Point Unit 4 SECTION NO.6.4 6.4 6.5 6.8 FILE NO.omplete 1,20-Complete 21,22 2-Complete 1,6 The following is a list of the findings scheduled to have their evaluations and dispositioning complete by Unit 3 outage of 3/85 and Unit 4 outage of 10/85 completion. The results of the subject Engineering Intergration Review will be reported to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission Human Factors Branch by March 1, 1986 for their review of Florida Power and Light Companies proposed dispositioning. Turke Point Unit 3 SECTION NO.6.1 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.9 Turke Point Unit 4 SECTION NO.6.1 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.6 FILE NO.30 6,7,8 64,82 28 1,4 FILE NO.30 6,7,8 8 64 28 6.9 Continued on next page.1,4 139 ~Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.16)(HED No.6.1.2.5.a(l)) Controls requiring precise operation are mounted outside the recommended 34 to 53 inch zone above the floor.The blowdown controls are outside the reach of the fifth percentile female.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.16)The blowdown controls are being moved as part of control room modifications due to limited panel space.These controls will be lowered as much as board space permits.Florida Power and Light Company feels these changes, in relationship to the frequency of use and limited board space, will enhance the operation of subject controls.These changes are being made on PCM 82-264 Unit 3 and PCM 82-265 Unit 4.140 ~Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.23)(HED No.6.1.3.1.e(2)) There is no local indication for RCP vibration indication on Unit No.4.The Unit No.4 display is combined with Unit No.3 and located on Unit No.3.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.23)Florida Power and Light Company has completed the engineering review and currently the subject recorder will be replaced with vibration indication on both units during the 1983 outage.This work will be performed under PCM 82-264 on Unit No.3 and PCM 82-264 on Unit No.4 which has been complete.~Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.1)(HED No.6.4.1.1.b(1)) Several controls in the control room are no longer used and some have been disconnected. These controls should be removed.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.1)Non-functional i.ee2 deactivated controls were removed from Unit No.4's control boards.The subject controls will be removed on Unit No.3 during the 1983 refueling outage.Controls which are active but not normally used such as NMC 10 dine particulate monitor will not be removed since they may be used under off normal conditions. ~Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.20)(HED No.6.4.4.1)Several rotary controls do not move clockwise to increase.Reheater steam stop control MOV-3-1434 and purge control CV-3-2913 (PTP Unit No.3).~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.20)PWO 5237503 was issued to have the subject controls rewired to conform to left-close right-open convention. The subject will be corrected during Unit No.3's 1983 outage.141 ~Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.21)(HED No.6.4.4.1)Several rotary controls do not move clockwise to increase.Reheater steam stop;control MOV-4-1434 and purge control CV-4-2913 (PTP Unit No.4).~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.21)PWO's¹237504, 237540, 237542 and 237543 have been issued to correct subject control switch convention of operation. Finding (Section 6.4, File No.22)(HED No.6.4.4.1)The cold reheat steam piping drain control (Unit No.3)CV-3-3722 and (Unit No.4)CV-4-3722 move clockwise to close and counter clockwise to open.This is contrary to the normal control room convention. ~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.22)Presently the subject control switches are scheduled to be rewired to operate consistent with control room convention schedules for implementation are as indicated in Section 3.2.5 of this report.142 ~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.2)Display of extraneous information in the prime operating area is not advised.The subject displays are non-functional: 1)Containment sump level recorder 2)DACA System 3)Power range recorder stripcharts ~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No,.21)As a result of the Turkey Point review team meeting, the DACA controls were determined to be non-functional and scheduled to be removed in accordance with the schedules presented in Section 3.2e5 of this report.The subject recorders have been removed and relocated with new models on Unit 4.Unit 3 is being completed presently. PCM 82-264, Unit 3 PCM 82-265, Unit 4 Plorida Power and Light Company intends no future action on this item.143 ~Findin: (Section 6.8, File No.l)(HED No.6.8.1.l.c) The grouping of Tave/Tref, pressurizer pressure, pressurizer level and power range current are not located close enough to their related controls for reading accuracy required.~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No.l)The subject recorders are scheduled to be rearranged into a more functional arrangement during the scheduled control room modifications. The recorders of high use i.e., Tave/Tref, pressurizer pressure and pressurizer level will be better functionally grouped with their associated controls.The subject work schedules for Units 3 and 4 are presented in section 3.2.5 of this report.~F(ndin: (Seotion 6.8, File No.6)(HED No.6.8.2.2 and 3)The displays and controls for main steam flow and feedwater flow are not consistently arranged i.e., the top row of meters if associated with the bottom row of controls and vice-versa. Also the flow selector switch positions are reversed from the display arrangement. This is true on both units.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.8, File No.6)The display/control and selector switch/display orientation for the main steam flow and feedwater flow display/control arrangement will be corrected to conform to a top bottom-lef t right ascending order.Schedules for implementation of this work are presente in Section 3.2.5 of this report.144 A brief description of the subject findings and proposed design enhancement follows for those human engineering discrepancies which are schuduled to be implemented during the units refueling outages respectively. In addition a detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Sec.3.5 of this report.145 3.2.6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND TRAINING As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on Turkey Point Units 3 and 4, 4 findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1)identified remain to be incorporated in to site administrative procedures and/or the operator training program.The following is a list of the remaining findings still to be incorporated. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system.A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.SECTION NO.6.1 6.2 FILE NO.4,10 1,5 146 TURKEY POINT UNITS 3 AND 4 HUMAN ENGINEERING BACKFIT PROGRAM Slk&fARY INDEX FOR BACKFIT PROGRAM PROGRAM TITLE 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 SECTION NO'S/NO.ITEMS PER SECTION 6.8 6.9 PROGRAM TOTALS 1.LABELING 33 2.DEfARCATION 3.-ANNUNCIATOR 4.CODING CONVENTION ENGINEERING INTEGRATION 10 13 19 ADMINISTRATIVE/TRAINING 6'ROCEDURES CONTROLS JUSTIFICATION OF NO ACTION ITEMS 17 10 20 60 27 22 169 8.INVALID FINDINGS 10 23 9.COMPLETED ITEM SUB-TOTALS/ SECTION 14 41 23 36 88 71 24 310 28 310 TABLE 3.2-1 147 F' 3.3 WRITTEN JUSTIFICATIONlNO CORRECTIVE ACTION INTENDED 3.3.1 LOW ERROR ASSESSMENT As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review and Human Engineering Descrepancy Review Team meetings on Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 there are 169 findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1)which were identified as requiring no corrective action.These items are presented in detail along with Florida Power and Light Company's justification for taking no corrective action on these items.The following is a list of findings by section numbers as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file numbers as they relate to FPRL's tracking system.A complete listing of all items along with a brief descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.It should be noted that no differance has been made between units since the majority of the items are generic in nature and apply to both control rooms.SECTION NO.6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 Continued on next page.FILE NO.2,3,5,8,9,11,12,14,15,17,19,25, 28,33)34,39,40 4,9,11,12,13,14 1,3,4,8,13,14,18,21,22,23 11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,23,24, 25~26~27~28i30~31~32~33~34i36 3>4~5 F8~9>10~1 1~16717>18~20~21> 22s23>25s28>29>31s32s33>34u37 46'9 54s56t57t59t60>6ls63s65r66u 68,69,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,83-85, 87,88 1,6,13,14,15,20,21,23-26,29,33, 34~35~43~47~54~55~56~58~59 61,64,67,69,71 2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15, 6.8 6.9 2,3,4,5 2,5,6 149 Findin:(Section 6.1, File No.2)~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.2a)During certain transients and when bringing either unit on the line there is inadequate staffing to control both units.Three men are required on the unit having troubles while at least one man is required to be controlling the other unit (more if that unit is having problems)they are ,only three control room operators for both units.The watch engineer and shift supervisor are.required to stand back from the board and supervise. ~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.2)The third operator is normally scheduled during planned transients and/or evolutions. Florida Power and Light Company feels that the staffing is adequate per the units Technical Specifications. The Natch Engineer and Nuclear Plant Supervisor are also available if their assistance is required.Essex Corporation believes that the control room staffing is adequate as long as Florida Power and Light Company continues the practice of calling in additional operational support during scheduled startup and shutdown.In addition, increasing the control room staff by one more operator would only add to traffic flow, noise and available space problems during normal operation. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.150 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.3)~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.3a)The partially concentric layout allows full view of the control board except: 1.Operator must turn around to see NIS panel (behind operators desk)2.Operator must swivel chair to see the end of vertical panel B~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.3)The instrumentation located on the nuclear instrumentation panel is easily accessed by control room operators if desired as well as information provided by instrumentation located on vertical panel B.Due to space limitations Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject displays are functionally placed.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.151 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.5)~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.3f(1)) Walkspace between console and vertical panel A (taking guard rail into consideration is only 36 inches to 38 inches wide instead of the minimum separation of 50 inches recommended, making two person passage difficult. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, Pile No.6)The handrail located on vertical panel A was provided to prevent accidental operation of the control switches located on vertical panel A.There are no controls or displays located on the back section of the subject control console.The passage and panel area in question is a low traffic area and is normally used only by authorized operating personnel. Florida Power and Light Company believes that there is adequate protection provided to preclude the inadvertant operation of control switches on vertical panel A and that there is ample passage space provided for the intended traffic and operator tasks necessary to be performed in the area.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.152 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.8)~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.3a)The reactor coolant flow and steam flow displays are not visable from the control room operators desk due to obstructions. ~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.8)Control room modification, especially the new design of the operators desk will maximize the control room visability, also the incorporation of Safety Assessment System in conjunction with existing redundent indication minimizes the potential for operator error.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 153 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.9)~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.3g)They are ungarded openings in the panels, where equipment has been removed.Tools or unwanted objects can be placed into the hole causing wires to short.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, Pile No.6)The subject holes observed were due to control panel rework and modifications. When the subject work is completed the associated equipment will be reinstalled and no ungarded opening will be present on the subject control boards.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.154 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.11)~~~~~~HED No.6.1.2.2(b,c,e)) Controls associated with the chemical volume control system, reactor containment, electrical distribution and steam flow/feedwater flow are not within the extended reach of the 5th percentile female.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.11)The subject controls were verified as being accessible by a 5th percentile female during the field survey.The subject female could reach and easily operate the controls in question without excessive bending or stretching. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.155 Findin s: (Section 6.1 File No.12)~~~~~HED No.6.1.2.2e 1 The NMC Iodine Particulate display located on the hydrogen recombination panel is located outside of the visual field (75o above the horizontal line of sight).It can not be read with any accuracy without the aid of a foot stool.~Res onse: (Section No.6.1, File No.12)The NMC monitor is an installed spare.In the event the primary and redundant backup iodine particulate monitors are not functional the NMC monitor can be used.A step stool is available in the control room such that operators can read the subject display in the unlikely event it must be used the primary and backup displays are easily accessible and are monitored and maintained by chemistry laboratory personnel. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.156 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.14)~~~~~~HED No.6.1.2.3g)The chart table (computer console)located between Unit 3 and 4 has no knee hole for the operator to sit and examine prints.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, Pile No.14)There are no operations performed at this location which require the operator to be seated.Currently the subject console configuration is being changed, however, due to the size of the control room some compromizes will be made with regard to space usage in areas normally intended as leg/knee hole space.Florida Power and Light Company feels the current panels installed have been best optimized given the design and space constraints and considers this effort satisfactorily completed. 157

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.15)~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.2.5a(1)) Some controls on vertical panels SAS 4 (T.P.3), SAS 2 (T.P.3), Electrical (T.P.3), SFG 3 (T.P.4), Electrical (T.P.4)and Reactor Coolant System (T.P.38c4) are located below 34 inches causing the operators to stoop to operate them.These controls have a low frequency of use, low importance and also small deviation from quidelines. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.16)A field inspection was performed and the subject controls identified in the above finding are infrequently used, of low importance and only two to three inches out side the guide line limits i.e.31 inches.Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject controls are functionally grouped and their placement does not present a problem for operator performance since they are clearly labeled and operator use of these controls is infrequent. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.158 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.17)~~~~~~HED No.6.1.2.5b(1)) There are strip charts located on vertical panels SAS 1 (T.P.3), SFG (T.P.4), Turbine Generator (T.P.38c4) and Reactor (T.P.3tSt:4) which are below 41 inches causing the operator to stoop to read them (also causing possible paraQax and readability problems). ~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.17i The subject displays are located between 41 inches and 35 inches on the panels identified in the above finding.The chart recorders provide the operators with trend information and plant staff with historical records.These trend recorders monitor low priority items and have a low frequency of use.The subject recorders can be scaned by operators in a standing position and if more detailed information is required they may be read with little inconvience to the operator.Florida Power and Light Company feels that with the limited space available in the subject control room the recorders in question have been optimumly placed based on their importance and frequency of use and intends no further action on this item.159 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.19)HED No.6.1.2.8e)Chair seat depth is 21 inches.The recommended depth is 15 to 17 inches.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.19)Florida Power and Light Company representatives made a field survey of the chairs located in the Turkey Point Control Room.The chairs used by control room personel are standard office equipment chairs.The subject chairs are not 21 inches deep but 17 to 19 inches deep.No operators questioned had any complaints about back or leg fatigue due to the subject chairs.Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject chairs are adequate and intends no action on this item.160 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.25)~~~~~HED No.6.1.4.1a,h) Storage location of protective equipment is partially obscured by relay racks allowing insufficient room to dress.No breathing apparatus is stored there and there is only limitted training in its use.(What is control room habitibility requirements? How about clorine release on site'?)~Res onse:(Section 6.1, File No.25)The emergency locker inventory is correct as identified in the site emergency plan.The subject lockers are controlled storage lockers and are not located in an area which is intended for operator dressout.The personel using the equipment stored in the subject locker will dressout in the control room and office area directly behind it as they are relieved from shift responsibilities to do so.Personel required to use breathing apparatus are trained as part of their radiation training and are periodically requalified as required by existing site procedures. The units'ontrol room meets'll habitibility requirements and is intended to remain a radioactivity clean area.There are no requirements for storage of breathing apparatus in the control room.The units control room meets all habitibility requirements and is intended to remain a radioactivity clean area.There are no requirements for storage of breathing apparatus in the control room.Florida Power and Light Company believes the current emergency equipment storage space and existing training program for the use of the subject equipment is adequate and intends no further action on this item.161 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.28)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.5.1a)Ambient temperature is in the range of 65 to 75 degrees F maintaining 70 degrees F most of the time at head level.The criteria recommends a range of 73 to 77 degrees F.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.28)The control room operators have the ability to change the control room thermostat setting if desired.Operators maintain the control room temperature at a temperature which they feel is comfortable and is also within equipment requirements. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.162

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.33)~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.5.3f)Rod group counter windows reflect light from above lighting causing glare.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, Pile No.33)The subject counters only provide rod group indication. The operator may position himself over the display while reading it to eliminate the effect of reflected light.The primary rod position indication is provided by the analog indicators located on the vertical panel of the subject bench board which are easily read and also have rod bottom bistable indication. Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject displays are adequate for their intended function and intends no action on this item.163 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.34)~~~~~HED No.6.1.5.3h)Reflectance is below guideline values on upper wall and all vertical panels except vertical panel A on Unit No.4.Reflectance is above guidelines on lower wall, floor and white blotters on control room operators desk.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.34)The error assessment associated with this finding is low.In any environment which is illuminated from overhead, no matter what type of diffuser is used, the incedent light levels on the vertical panels will always be lower than the incident light levels on the horizontal sections.Due to the differences in colors i.e.gray panels and white floors and blotters it is only natural that the reflectance will be different. The information presented on the control panels is easily readable and the gray panel provides the operator with a soft background. Florida Power and Light Company believes the control room lighting conditions and ambience is satisfactory and intends no action on this item.164 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.39)~~~~~~HED No.6.1.2,3f)The Nuclear Plant Supervisor's phone layout is poor.Phones are difficult to reach from seat.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.39)As part of the control room upgrades that were performed to the Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4 control room call directors were added to the Nuclear Plant Supervisors office.Addition of the new telephone hardware has resolved the above finding.Florida Power and Light Company considers this finding closed and intends no further action.165 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.40)~~~~~~HED No.6.1.3.le)Bell and Pax phones on each unit have dedicated lines.A call received on Unit 4 for a 3 operator requires the call to be transferred. ~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.40)The bell extension number and Pax extension number for the units are the same except for the last digit which designates the proper control room i.e.for Unit No.3 control room the numbers are 233 and 303 respectively and for Unit No.4 the numbers ar e 234 and 304 respectively. Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing phone system and phone number convention is adequate and intends no action on this item.166 Findin s: (Section 6.2, File No.4)~~~~~~~HED No.6.2.1.3C(2)) There is no ringing mechanism tied into the sound powered phones.There is no capability for directly switching the sound powered phone to the paging system so that a desired party can be called to the line.~Res onse: (Section 6.2, File No.4)The sound powered phones are provided so that operation and authorized personnel can perform pre-arranged tasks such as core shuffels, plant maintenance etc.The party/page system is located through out the plant as well as plant utility phones so that plant personnel can page each other and also call specific locations using telephone communciations. Florida Power and Light Company believes the current system is adequate and pr ovide, sufficient flexability to operating personnel. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.167 Findin: (Section 6.2, File No.9)~~~~~~~HED No.6.2.1.8b,c) No means of clear transmission through face mask or respirators. Dial phones are difficult to use with gloves.~Res onse: (Section 6.2, File No.9)There are no requirements for control room operators to wear protective equipment while operating the plant.The control room meets the current habitability requirements for all accident scenarios and is intended to remain a radilogically clean area during an accident with all support personnel stationed at the technical support center and emergency of fsite facility.In the event of a fire or adverse condition the control room would be evacuated and plant shutdown controlled from outside the control room.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 168 Findin s: 'Section 6.2, File No.11)~~~~~HED No.6.2.l.la)Telephone conversation is colloquial. Several radio messages were received without recall or apparent confirmation. Simultaneous use of bell phone and radio was observed.Listener tried to listen to messages simultaneously instead of asking one party to hold the line.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No.11)The plant uses accepted terminology. Operation of hand held radios is up to the operator.The portable radios are used by field operators to supplement the installed permanent communciation system.Just as with the permanent communciations system it is the responsibility of the personnel operating the system to ensure that instructions and conversations are understood. Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing communication systems are adequate and intends no further action on the above finding.169 Findin: (Section 6.2, File No.12)~~~~~~~HED No.6.2.1.1b)Control room operator holds finger in left ear to hear conversation on phone.Either the background noise is too high or the signal intensity is to low.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No.12)The above finding was observed during a period of high construction activity in the control room.The construction activity in the control room is now significantly reduced as control room work has been completed. The control room operator also has the authority to clear the control room or stop any work activity if necessary. Florida Power and Light Company believes there are adequate administrative controls and the communciation equipment is adequate for the intended use and intends no further action with regard to the above finding.170 Findin: (Section 6.2, File No.13)HED No.6.2.1.6a)The security intercom located in the nuclear plant supervisors'ffice has a high level of background noise and emergency messages were interupted by non-vital comm uncations on this single channel corn munciations device.~Res onse: (Section 6.2, File No.13)The security intercom system was upgraded and some stations relocated. As a result of the system rework the background static was eliminated. The security intercom system is for the use of security personel and its use is physically controlled. Contents of communciations and priority of messages is controlled by security personnel. In addition to the hard wire intercom system which is designed to be used at specific control points the security personnel have other communication means available such as radios and telephones. Florida Power and Light Company considers the above finding resolved and intends no further action.171 Findin: (Section 6.2, File No.14)~~~~~~HED No.6.2.2.2a)Bell phone and Pax phone have similar rings.No sound coding is Usede~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No.14)As a result of the scheduled control room upgrades indicating lights were added to the control room operators phones to provide them with visual cues to identify the correct phone.Call directors were added to the Nuclear Plant Supervisors'ffice to consolidate the number of phones.The call director has illuminated pushbuttons to select the desired phone line.Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing communication system provides adequate visual cues for personnel to identify the proper instrument with the incomming call.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the subject finding.172 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.1)~~~~~~HED No.6.3.1.2a(1)) The radiation monitor located next to the shift supervisors office and copy machine has an illuminated pushbutton for"power on".When the system is energized the voltage surge causes a control room high radiation alarm'concurrent with local high radiation alarms.When control room operators have to replace the lamp associated with the power pushbutton the power to the radiation monitor system is interrupted and a number of false alarms may be generated depending on the number of times it takes the operator to remove the lamp and replace it.~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No.1)The testing of alarms and/or maintenance work which will cause false alarms are administratively required to be announced over the public address system to notify plant personnel. Any false alarm which is not announced would cause personnel in that area to follow those plant procedures for egress from a contaminated area.In either event plant personnel safety is maintained. Florida Power and Light Company believes the administrative controls which currently exist are adequate and intends no further action on the above finding.173 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.3)~~~~~~~HED No.6.3.1e2a(l)) Fire alarm system false alarms have been reported by plant personnel during periods of rain.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.3, File No.3)As'result of normal system maintenance the points of water intrusion were identified and sealed.Since the system repairs were complete there have been no false alarms due to water intrusion into the system conduit.Florida Power and Light Company considers the above finding resolved and intends no further action.174 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.4)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.3.1.2b(1),c(1)) The only way to determine which parameter is out of tolerance on multiple input alarm is verification of board indication or instruct field operation personnel to check equipment and take corrective action where necessary. There is no alarm printout on the computer to give the operator specific information on multiple input alarms.~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No.4)The plant supervisory annunciator system provides the operator with a quick means of advisory status.The supervisory annunciators located in the control room are functionaQy grouped with controls provided for the control room operators'se. The supervisory annunciators are placed and assigned responsibilities consistant with the plant design and Florida Power and Light Company operating philisophy. The control room operator and Nuclear Plant Supervisor direct field personnel, thus centralizing control of equipment and field personnel. The control room personnel determine proper prioritization of field work tasks based on overall plant conditions and requirements. Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing supervisory annunciator system is sufficent and provides adequate information. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.175 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.8)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.3.1e5a,b) No dedicated, distinctive audible signal exists for cleared alarms.No special flash rate or color coding denotes a cleared annunciator tile.~Ree once: (Section 6.3, File No.8)It is Florida Power and Light Company operating philisophy that annunciator extinguishment is adequate indication of a clearing alarm since there should be no alarms present during normal operating conditions other than some plant permissives and equipment out of service for maintenance. During transient conditions such as plant trip the ring back feature would introduce excessive visual and auditory noise in the control room environment. Clearing the ring back feature would require an additional operator manual control action to acknowledge each clearing alarm thus taxing the control room operator and increasing the risk of operator error during a potentiaQy critical time due to the shear volume of information which must be processed. Under normal and steady state conditions operators take delibrate corrective actions to clear alarms and monitor system status via plant process displays to ensure the alarm condition clears.In addition, Florida Power and Light Company is implementing an annunciator prioritization color coding convention. The prioritization coding will aid the operator in assessing the importance of the alarm and thus reduce the response time to implement corrective action and clear the off normal condition. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.176 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.13)~~~~~~~HED No.6.3.3e2b)Flash rate for all annunciator tiles under all alarm conditions is lk flashes per second instead of the recommended 3-5 flashes per second.~Res onse (Seotion 6.3, File No.13)The error assessment associated with the subject finding is very low and Florida Power and Light Company believes that the existing flash rate is adequate for operators to visually identify alarming windows.In addition, operators must identify the alarm prior to acknowledging and locking the subject window in.Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing system is adequate and intends no corrective action.177 ~Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.14)(HED No.6.3.3.2.e) The annunciator windows violate the dark board concept.The annunciators are dim when not in alarm state and bright when in alarm state.Some look bright during normal operation. ~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No.14)The present dim, normally off annunciator scheme provides the control room operator with a constant status of annunciator lamps condition. Annunciator lamp intensity i.e., dimly lit state can be adjusted by use of a slide resistor.Florida Power and Light Company contends that there is sufficient difference in illumination intensity between dimly lit-no alarm and bright-alarmed state for operators to easily differentiate between the two.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.178 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.18)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.3.3.4b)Annunciator windows such as Waste Boron Panel Trouble, Radwaste Trouble, Heat Tracing Trouble and Water Plant Trouble refer the control room operator to another more detailed annunciator panel located outside of the primary operating area.~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No.18)The subject alarms are supervisory/catagory trouble annunciators. They are provided in the control room because it is the control room operators and Nuclear Plant Supervisors responsibility to direct field personnel. This operating philosophy maintains a centralized control allowing for the proper prioritization of field work tasks based on overall plant conditions and requirements. Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing system design and administratives responsibilities are adequate and intends no action on the above finding. Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.21)~~~~~~~HED No.6.3.4.1b)Acknowledgement of annunciators is not possible from the vertical panels.There is only one alarm acknowledge pushbutton for each unit, in the center of the bench board/console. ~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No.21)The annunciator tiles will be re-engraved as part of the relabeling/annunciator review effort to improve message readability from the existing control station.The annunciator control station is centrally located on the main control board.Florida Power and Light Company believes that due to the small size of the control room, the increased annunciator tile letter size, the reduction of annuhciator tile verbage and existing functional grouping of associated annunciator tiles that one master annunciator control station in each control room is adequate and intends no further action on the above finding.180 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.22)~~~~~~~HED No.6.3.4.1d)With the bright equals alarm and dim equals normal operation, it is not clear whether the window is dim or if one of the two bulbs in the window is burnt out.The dual bulb windows do not provide adequate indication of bulb failure.~Res onse: (Section 6.3, Pile No.22)Florida Power and Light Company believes that operators experienced in the Turkey Point Plant control room can differentiate a window with a burned out bulb, a normal state dim and an active alarm state bright.The annunciator windows have redundant bulbs, which are both illuminated, installed behind the subject tiles and extinguishment of one or both of the subject bulbs is easily identified by operation personnel and can be diagnosed with the window in either the normal or alarm state.Florida Power and Light Company believes the system is adequate and intends no action on the above finding.181 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.23)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.3.4.2b(4),c) The annunciator pushbuttons do not employ shape coding to differentiate between silence and acknowledge. Also the pushbutton design allows operators to defeat the control by placing a quarter in the pushbutton. ~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No.23)The subject pushbuttons are clearly labeled and there are no other control stations requiring the same convention in the control room.Override of controls are administratively controQed. Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject pushbuttons are correctly arranged and that existing administrative controls preclude any unauthorized defeating of annunciator functions. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.182 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.11)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.2.1)The controls on the radiation monitor operate clockwise to stop, which is opposite to the population stereotype. The pump controls have indicator lights over them.The off (white)is over the start label and the on light (green)is over the stop label.The second control is spring return from fast to off (although it is not spring return from on to off).An operator reported that the filter has gotten clogged in the past because operators turn it to fast and let it go, assuming the center position is on rather then off.Resesonse: (Section 6.4, File No.11)The subject switching is spring return to center with start on the left and stop on the right.This system is normally on and pump status is displayed immediately above the pump control and is clearly labeled.The subject operate/fast filter switch is only used to advance the filter paper which is also indicated directly above by indicating lights.A category alarm alerts the operator to any abnormal operation. Florida Power and Light Company believes that the subject controls and associated indicating lights are adequately labeled and clearly identified. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.183 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.12)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.2.2f(3),d) Small silver thumb rotaries do not contrast sufficiently with the panel background. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, File No.12)The error associated with the subject rotaries is extremely low due to the fact that control room operators use deviation meters trend recorders, analog displays, etc.when making adjustments with the subject controls.In no instance is a direct reading from the subject rotary control required to perform an operational function.In some instances the rotaries are adjusted with calibrated test equipment and provide set points: However, these setting are fixed and not intended to be moved.Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject rotaries adequately perform the intended function and intends no action on the above finding.184 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.13)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.2.2f(3)) Controls do not contrast sufficiently with the panel.They are silver and the panel is gray.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.13)The error associated with the subject rotaries is extremely low due to the fact that control room operators use deviation meters, trend recorders, analog displays, etc.when making adjustments the subject controls.In no instance is a direct reading from the subject rotary controls required to perform an operational function.In some instances the rotaries are adjusted with calibrated test equipment and provide setpoints: However, these settings are fixed and not intended to be moved.I Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject rotaries adequately perform the intended function and intends no action on the above finding.185 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.14)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.2.2f(3)) Toggle switches are silver and have insufficient contrast with the gray panel.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, Pile No.14)The error associated with the subject toggle switches is extremely low.The subject toggle switch positions are clearly labeled.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.186 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.16)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.3.1b)There is no form of positive control activation feedback such as snap feel, audible click or integral light, etc.associated with pushbuttons. ~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.16)Pressing of a pushbutton is an initiating cue for a given task which has a definite beginning and a definite end i.e., activation of process, acknowledging of an alarm, etc.The end of a task is verified by visual feedback provided by instaQed instrumentation, indicating lights, computer messages, etc.Florida Power and Light Company believes that the pushbuttons in the control room do have adequate visual feedback and intends no action on this item.187 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.17)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.3.1c)Check source, power and horn disable pushbuttons on the radiation monitor panel are not concave or frictionalized to increase resistance. ~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.1V)The subject pushbuttons are'ufficiently large and activation pressure sufficiently low, as well as adequately separated to preclude the operators finger from slipping off the subject pushbutton and inadvertantly activating the others.Florida Power and Light Company believes the pushbutton design is adequate and intends no action on the above finding.188 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.18)~~~~~~HED No.6.4.3.3a)Pushbuttons on the radiation monitoring panel next to the supervisors office look like indicator lights on the panel.Design and labelling is the same except that the sides of the pushbuttons are white and the sides of the indicator lights are black, shape and size are the same.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.18)Investigation by Florida Power and Light Company personnel revealed that the subject indicating lights and pushbuttons are sufficiently different and that control room operators can identify them correctly. with out any potential for error.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.189 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.19)~~~~~~HED No.6.4.3.3c)It is not possible to change bulbs in illuminated pushbuttons on the radiation monitoring panel without activating the alarm.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, Pile No.19)This finding is a duplicate of File No.1 of Section 6.3 (HED No.6.3.1.2a(1)). The testing of alarms or maintenance work which wiQ cause false alarms are adminstratively required to be announced over the public address system to notify plant personnel. Any false alarm which is not announced would cause personnel in that area to follow those plant procedures for egress from a contaminated area.In either event, plant personnel safety is maintained. Florida Power and Light Company believes that the existing administrative controls are adequate and intends no further action.190

Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.23)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.4.2a)"J"-handle rotary controls are 2.25 inches in length, 1.5 inches shorter than the minimum recommended. In addition"J"-handle clearance is 2.33 inches when pulled to lockout instead of the recommended 1 to 2 inches.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.23)Control room operators were questioned on the subject"J"-handle use and performance. Operation personnel indicated that the subject controls were adequate and provided no source of possible human error associated with their tasks.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.191 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.24)HED No.6.4.4.3b)Keys are inserted with the teeth pointing in either the 4 o'lock or 8 o'lock position.They should all be inserted with teeth pointing up.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.24)Key switches have switch positions properly labeled and keys are consistantly oriented with teeth in the upward direction. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.192 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.25)HED No.6.4.4.3d)Key operated switch locks are not oriented so that the switch is"off" (key removed)when in the vertical position.It is diagonal either to the left or right.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.25)Key operated switches have switch positions properly labeled and keys which are consistantly oriented with teeth in the upward direction. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.193 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.26)~~~~~~HED No.6.4.4.1e(1)) Continuous rotaries with knob skirts have a'knob skirt diameter of one inch rather than the recommended 2 inches.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.26)The error associated with the subject rotary knob skirts is extremely low.The subject control were labeled and installed based on the existing dimensions. The current knob skirt diameters do not impare operator performance and Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.194 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.27)~~~~~~HED No.6.4.4.4e(5)) The knobs on continuous rotaries are less than k inch in diameter rather than the recommended .75 inches.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.27)The error associated with the subject rotary knob diameter is extremely low.The subject control knobs provide adequate gripping surface for operators to perform the desired tasks.The current knob diameters do no impare operator performance and Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.195 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.28)~~~~~~HED No.6.4.4e5b(z)) Black discrete rotaries on the nuclear instrumentation panel and radiation monitor panel may be positioned between detented positions. ~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.28)Florida Power and Light Company personel were unable to field verify the above finding.All discrete rotaries have detented positions and are not easily positioned between two detents.Some of the subject rotaries do have rest positions which are used in calibration procedures. The subject positions are detented and are used under administrative control.The subject rotaries are correct and Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.196 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.30)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.3.3b(3)) Legend pushbuttons associated with process controllers have poor contrast due to collected dirt and pushbutton wear.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.30)The subject pushbuttons associated with process controllers are periodically cleaned as part of the operators normal housekeeping routines and worn pushbuttons are replaced as part of normal maintenance. In addition, the subject pushbuttons are also consistantly color coded to provide the operators with visual keys as to the subject pushbuttons functions. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.197 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.31)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.2.2d)Rotary controls do not utilize size or shape coding to aid in distinguishing between different function controls.Different shapes are used based on the ability of components not on function.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.31)Presently Florida Power and Light Company has employed shape coding of controls in areas where operator errors have been noted or operators have suggested that the addition of shape coding would improve their performance. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the subject finding at this time.198 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.32)HED No.6.4.3.2d)Pushbuttons with"deepwell" type raised guards have too much resistance for some operators. ~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.32)Pressing of a pushbutton is an initiating cue for a given task which has a definite beginning and a definite end i.e., activation of a process acknowledging of an alarm, etc.The end of a task is verified by visual feedback provided by installed instrumentation, indicating lights, computer messages, etc.or a combination there of.Those pushbottons provided with elevated guards are usuaQy intended to be pressed once to achieve the desired result.The subject pushbottons are momentary types and are not intended to be maintained in a depressed position for any length of time by operators. Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject pushbuttons do no provide excessive resistance to operation and do adequately perform their intended function with no operator error associated with their activation. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.199 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.33, 36))~~~~~HED No.6.4;4.5e(4)) Switch depth on small silver thumb rotaries is less than the'inimum suggested depth of 0.625 inches.The subject rotaries are approximately 0.5 inch in depth.~Ree once: (Section 6.4, File No.33, 36)The error associated with the subject rotary knob depth is extremely low.The subject control knobs provide adequate gripping surface for operators to perform the desired tasks.The current knob depth does not impare operator performance and Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the subject finding.200 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.34)~~~~~~~HF.D No.6.4.4e5f)The spring loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls for: 1)2)3)4)Primary water to containment isolation, Component cooling make-up MOV-832, and R-14 source check (switch)Main steam stop bypass motor operated valves have small handles and require prolonged operator activation. The handle shape is inappropriate for prolonged useee~Res onse: (Section 6A, File No.34)When questioned about the functional correctness i.e.application of the subject control switch handles operation representatives present stated that the subject control switches and handle shapes were correct for the intended function (inching valves/control). The error assessment associated with the subject finding is extremely low.Operation of the subject control required that the operator verify by visual feedback that the intended task'has been complete.Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject control switch handle types are correct for the intended control function and intends no corrective action on the above finding.201 ~Find(6: (Seotion 6.4, Pile No.36)(HED No.6.4.4.5.e(4)) Switch depth on small silver thumb rotaries is less than the minimum suggested depth of 0.625 inches.~Ree once: (Seotion 6.4, File No.36)Duplicate of Pile No.33, Section 6.4.202 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.3)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.1f)2)3)4)~Res onse: 2)There is no lamp test available for illuminated pushbuttons on area radiation monitor panel.Counters and digital displays continue to display a numeric valve when failed and have no indication of failure.Strip chart recorders fail on scale.Failure of indicator transmitters causes meters to fail on scale (high or low)and static causes meter needles to stick or read higher or lower than the actual reading.(Section 6.5, File No.3)The subject illuminated status indicators are backed up with annunciation status and an analog display.Florida Power and Light Company believes the system is adequate, performs its intended design function and intends no action on this item.On loss of power LED displays extinguish. All digital displays in the Turkey Point Unit No.3 and 4 control rooms are provided as operator aids to be used in conjunction with existing analog displays, existing controls, plant process computer and annunciator system.Florida Power and Light Company believes that there is sufficient primary indication and supervisory annunciator support to allow the control room operators to quickly and accurately identify a digital display failure.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.3)The strip chart recorders in the control room provide the operator with a historical trend of various parameters. Failure of the input to the trend recorder would also disrupt the analog indicator, supervisory annunciator system and plant computer in various instances. Loss of power to the subject recorders would also be obvious since the paper would not be advancing and the pen would be lying still in one area of the chart causing large blotches.Florida Power and Light Company believes that there is adequate information available to the control room operators such as analog indicators, supervisory annunciator alarms, plant process computer, to allow the control room operator to quickly identify a failure associated with a strip 203 chart recorder.In addition, strip chart recorders are time marked and date stamped once per twenty four hours.Florida Power and Company believes there is adequate primary information available and administrative control to ensure the control room operator can determine a strip chart failure in a timely manner and intends no action on this item.4)Failure of a transmitter output will cause all associated displays associated with it to respond to the high or low out-put signal by an annunciator alarm signal.In the case of process signals such as level, pressure, temperature and Qow, alarm setpoints would be reached or indicators would be outside the normal coded operating bands which would be apparent to the control room operator.Florida Power and Light Company believes that there is adequate redundant instrumentation, implementation of range coding, supervisory annunciator alarms and normal routine watch log recordings of plant process status to allow control room operators to identify process transmitter failures.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.In summary Florida Power and Light Company believes the current control room design and normal watch duties provide the control room operator with the necessary information to determine display failure or a process associated transmitter problems.It is then the responsibility of the Instrumentation and Control maintenance personnel to isolate the failure and effect the necessary repairs.Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing equipment and administrative controls are adequate and intends no action on the above finding.204 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.4)HED No.6.5.1.3b(1),(2)) Labels on displays use font with serifs.In addition, the subject font is not consistant with the font used on all other control room labels.~Res ense: (Seotion 6.5, File No.4)Due to the vintage of the subject control room and equipment, various items have been repaired, replaced and added over the years.In some cases, availability of like kind replacements do not exist, therefore there will be a difference in display label font where manufactures differ.Displays provided are readable.Florida Power and Light Company will make every effort where possible to provide qualified consistent, clearly labeled and readable displays as a result of normal plant maintenance. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.205 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.5)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.3.b(3)) Many components have manufacturers names on them which are not in all caps.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.5)There is no operational error associated with consistency of manufacturer name plates.Florida Power and Light Company believes the manufacturer name plates are adequate and intends no action on the above finding.206 Pindin: (Section 6.5, Pile No.8)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.5a(1)) Most indicators have more than 9 graduations marks between numbered scales markings.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, Pile No.8i The subject indicator scales are process specific and due to the required accuracy, space limitations, and need for easily readable scales there are more than 9 graduations between numbered scale markings.However, major and minor mark coding is consistently applied with even multipliers, as weQ as range coding of normal and off-normal operating bands.Florida Power and Light Company believes that the existing range coding and major/minor marking conventions employed on indicator scale faces are adequate and do not pose an operating problem to control room operators. Plorida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.207 Findin: (Section 6.5, File NO.S)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.5c)Successive values of unit graduations do not conform to the recommended progression of values.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.9)The subject indicators are process specific with scale ranges, incruments and multipliers selected based on operating range, accuracy, readability and space limitations. Florida Power and Light Company believes the present indicators which incorporate range coding are adequate and that the scale multipliers are consistent with design and operating requirements. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.208 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.10)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.5c)Successive values of unit graduations do not conform to recommendation or multiples of powers of ten.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.10)The subject indicators are process specific with scale ranges, incruments and multipliers selected based on operating range, accuracy, readability and space limitations. Florida Power and Light Company believes the present indicators which incorporate range coding are adequate and-that the scale multipliers are consistent with design and operating requirements. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.209 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.11)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.5f)Recorders have a single pointer with multiple-scales; such a design should be avoided, unless justified as an operational benefit.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.11)The control room operator is aware of the ranges selected and information being presented on the Turbine Vibration Recorder, Turbine Valve Position/Turbine Speed Recorder, Condensate Dissolved Oxygen Recorder and Reactor Coolant Pump Vibration Recorders since all these recorder ranges are dependent on plant status and are manually selected by the control room operator.The subject recorders are clearly labeled and present a very low potential for operators error.Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject recorders do provide the control room operator with clear and easily identifiable trends.The subject recorder display formats are consistent with their intended function and Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.210 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.16)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.2.2b(2)) Pointers on recorders are not mounted close enough to scale to avoid parallax.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.16)Recorders are used, for trending and operators read recorders trends off of the scaled chart paper.Recorders also provide a historical source of information to be used by control room operators and plant staff.Scales are provided on recorders as an additional operators aid and are adequate for their intended function.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.211 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.17)HED No.6.5.2.3b)Green range coding has been placed along the vertical scale of some indicators to represent the normal operating range.Because it is beside the vertical component label on the scale face, it often obscures and reduces the labeling print/background contrast which is black on white.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.1V)Engraved component labels are mounted directly below their associated displays.Florida Power and Light Company believes the addition of normal operating bands to selected indicators as an operator aid far outweighs the obscurity of any label such as manufacturer's name or component description located on the indicators scale.Range coding has been installed such that operators may clearly read indicator scale numerals and division mark.The existing component labels contain the components name, identification number and other important information to allow the control room operator to quickly and accurately identify the subject components. Florida Power and Light Company believes the current labeling and range coding program best optimizes control room operator performance and intends no further action on the above finding.212 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.18)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.3.1a(3)) 1)Operator provided tool does not fit hexagon shape indicator lights and suction cup pulls flat top bulbs out correctly, but not round top bulbs.Operators use the metal clip on their identification badges to remove the bulbs which may break the bulb.2)No tool is provided for operators to maintain legend lights and back lit pushbuttons. Operators use a pocket knife to pry off legend tiles and identifications badges to remove bulbs.3)Other bulbs such as those on the pyro alarm panel require a screwdriver to replace them.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.18)Operators are provided with the necessary tools to replace the subject lamps which are their responsibility and have been instructed that any lamps requiring disassembly of equipment and/or controlled access are changed under normal maintenance procedures. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.213 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.20)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.5sla(z) On drum type counters the numeral width to height ratio is not 1 to 1.In most cases it is approximately 3 to 5.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.20)The subject finding has a very low error assessment associated with it since the subject drum type counter numerals are large enough to be easily read from their respective operator control stations.Florida Power and Light intends no further action on the above finding.214 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.21)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.5.2a(z)) All LED displays have characters which slant to the right instead of being upright.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.21)The subject finding has a very low error assessment associated with it since the LED displays in question are large and easily read by operations personnel from the equipments control station.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.215 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.22)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.5.2a(5)) Horizontal spacing between numerals on LED displays should be between k and k the numeral width.The refueling water storage tank level on Unit No.3 LED display numeral spacing is about the same width as the numeral size.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.22)The subject finding has a very low error assessment associated with it since=the LED display in question is easily read by control room operations personnel and can not be confused as being multiple displays or stand alone single digits.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.216 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.23)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.5.2(a)5) This is the same finding as File No.22, Section 6.5 except on Unit No.4.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.23)The response for this item is the same as that for File No.22, Section 6.5 (No action intended). 217 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.25)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.1b)Rotary switches for boron injection valves 4-841 A and B do not have status lights in array at the top'f panel SFG3 as do other rotary switches for safety injection. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.25)The subject valves are check valves and do not have status lights since they are automatic. The subject rotary control switches are provided for testing.The subject components are correct for their intended function and no operator error is associated with the above finding.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.218 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.28)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.1f)When there is a loss of a vital instrument bus the magawatt recorder stays where it is (fails on scale rather than off scale).There are backup analog indicators for this parameter. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.28)The is no error assessment associated with the above finding.Failure of a vital instrument bus would cause all the associated indicators, measurement channel instrumentation etc.to fail.A failure of this type would require immediate operator corrective action.'power faQure to any one recorder would cause that recorder to fail, which would be the same as a recorder pen drive failure.The recorders are time checked and date stamped once per twenty-four hour shift as well as normal operator log reading of control panel indicators once per hour.These normal operator watch routines would provide the operator with ample opportunity to identify the subject recorder failure.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.219 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.29)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.2.a) Component cooling header A and B flow indicators normally read between 0-10 (green band).This scale is 0-140 which is not consistent with the degree precision needed by operator.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.29)Component cooling header flow is controlled automatically by the various component temperature control valves.The control room operator needs the display in the control room to verify header flow during normal and off normal plant conditions. The flow indicator scale range is consistent with the intended operating conditions and design criteria.Florida Power and Light Company intents no action on the above finding.220 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.31)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.2e)The condensate dissolved oxygen is multiplied by a factor.This is not clearly marked on scales or label.The bottom scale on recorder for condensate dissolved oxygen must be multiplied by 5.This is marked on paper only.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.31)The error assessment associated with the above finding is extremely low due to the fact that the recorder is clearly marked as to the multiplier selected on the subject scale during unit startup.The subject recorders are normally used during unit startup along with chemistry reports.The control room operators are aware via logging of the subject reading as to the multiplier selected.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.221 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.32)HED No.6.5.1.3a)Labels on the hydrogen recombination panel, radiation monitor panel, nuclear instrumentation protection panel and LED displays are too small if viewed from the control room front operating console which is a distance of 8 feet away.The character height is to small.It does not subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.32)For the subject labels to be read from any position in the control room, the letters would have to be k inch in height.The existing labels are engraved to allow operators to read them from the subject equipment control station i.e., approximately two to three feet from the subject panel.The existing labels are adequate for the designed reading distance and Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.222 Findin (Section 6.5, File No.33)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.3d)The legend lights on radiation monitor panel and nuclear instrument protection panel have the following discrepancies: Space between character is less than the minimum requirement of one stroke width.Space between words is less than the minimum requirement of one, character width.Space between lines is less than the required one half character height.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.33)The subject legend lights are back illuminated making the letter to background contrast high and the subject legend easier to read.The legend lights in question are secondary backup information redundant to existing alarms and annunciators. The subject indicating lights are secondary operator aids and the error associated with them low since there are large primary displays which are used by the control room operator.In addition, the legend space limitation will not accomodate any increase in spacing since there would not be enough room for the necessary information. e Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.223 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.34)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.4a)Indicators for percent flux difference do not tell direction of change (positive/negative). However, this may be inferred by the position of needle on vertical meter.~Res onse: (Section 5.5, File No.34)Flux difference is not identified as positive or negative but rather as being high in the top or bottom of the reactor core i.e.axial offset.The indicators do clearly and correctly present the information being monitored. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.224

F indin: (Section 6.5, File No.37 thru 40)HED No.6.5.1.5.ael) There are more than nine major, minor and intermediate marks between numbered scale points.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, file NO.37 thru 40)The subject indicator scales are process specfic and due to the required accuracy, space limitations, and need for easily readable scales, there are more than nine graduations between numbered scale markings.Major and minor mark coding is consistently applied as well as implementation of operating range coding.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 225 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.41 and 42)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.5.a.1) There are more than nine major, minor and intermediate marks between numbered scale points.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, file NO.41 end 42)The subject indicator scales are process specfic and due to the required accuracy, space limitations, and need for easily readable scales, there are more than nine graduations between numbered scale markings.Major and minor mark coding is consistently applied as well as implementation of operating range coding.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.226 s Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.43 thru 45)HED No.6.5.1.5b)The height of index marks do not comply with minimum requirements and they are too small and difficult to discriminate. ~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.43 thrn 45)Trend recorders provide operators and plant staff with historical information. Trend recorder paper is scaled and clearly indexed.The subject recorder scale legends are clearly labelled and scale graduations are provided as an operator aid.Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject recorders and their scales do no pose any interpretation=-for control room personnel and intends no action on this item.227 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.46)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.5d)The scales on the adjacent steam header pressure meters are different. ~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.46)The steam header meter scales are not significantly different to cause reading errors.They all are 0 to 1000 psig in steps of 100 psig.Only the minor increments vary.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 228 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.49)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.2.1a)The scale value of the condenser vacuum increases with downward movement of the pointer.~Res onse: (Seotion 5.5, File No.49)The condenser vacuum indicator is a circular meter which depicts a decreasing pressure or conversely an increasing vacuum and is used throughout the industry.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.229 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.50)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.2.2a.2) The pointer on the condenser and turbine recorders conceals the graduation marks.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.50)The turbine and condenser recorders are trend recorders providing historical data.The operator can easily spot abnormal trends and investigate for precise reading from the chart paper.These recorders serve the function they are intended for.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.230 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.51)HED No.6.5.2.2a.2) Pointer tip of process control meter overlaps scale graduations marks and index numeral.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.51)These indicators can be accurately read because there is a significant distinction between the pointer tip and graduation mark.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 231 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.52 and 53)E No.6.5.2.2be1) Pointer tips on process indicators are too far from the graduation marks.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.52 and 53)Currently control room process indicators i.e., analog meters are range coded indicating normal operating, off normal and upper and lower limits were necessary. Indicators requiring high accuracy of reading are provided with mirrored scales to allow error free reading.Florida Power and Light Company contends the present indicators and implemented range coding program provides control room operators with the necessary degree of accuracy required and intends no action on this item.232 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.54)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.2.2.b.2) Due to a convex scale face and height of back panel, meters are subject to reading errors from parallax.~Res onse: (Seotion 5.5, File No.54)Range coding has been added on selected indicators to help operators when the need to quickly verify a system's operating condition exists.In addition, a re-evaluation by Essex determined that parallax is minimal from the normal operating station.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 233 ~Pindin: (Section 6.5, File No.56)(HED 6.5.2.3.a) The yeQow and lavender color code on vertical meters is difficult to distinguish because lines are very narrow and background has yellowed.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, Pile No.56)As part of normal maintenance and calibration, indicators are cleaned, range coding updated if necessary, and replaced if faded.Florida Power and Light Company believes the existing maintenance program is adequate and intends no further action on the above finding.234 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.57)HED No.6.5.3.la.2) No lamp test capability on the simple indicating lights and legend lights is provided.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.57)The control room operator maintains simple indicating lights as part of their normal routines.Lights, such as safety inject valve indication, are normally lit dimly to present bulk integrity. Safeguards equipment and related values are periodically tested along with their associated indicating lights.Florida Power and Light Company maintains that there is adequate information available to the operator such as analog indicators, trend recorders, and annunciators to verify equipment status as well as adequate surveillance testing and adminstrative controls to insure indicator lamp integrity. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.235 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.59)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.3.1c.1) The simple indicating lights for safety injection indicate valve status by a bright, dim or extinguished lamp.It is difficult to distinguish between bright and dim signals.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.59)The present simple indicating lights provide proper indication for the intended purpose.Other parameters are used by the operator to demonstrate safety injection flow.These lights are also periodically tested to maintain system integrity. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.236 ~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.60)(HED No.6.5.3.1.c(1)) Two lights instead of one should indicate whether access to containment is properly interlocked. ~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.60)Indication for containment access hatches provide the control room operator with indication of door position not interlock status.The subject inner and outer doors are mechanically interlocked and access to containment is administratively controlled.. The purpose of the subject indicator lights is to provide the control room operator with a quick indication of one of the penetrations effecting containment integrity. Florida Power and Light Company contends the subject indicator lights provide the operator with the necessary information intended.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this finding.23V ~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.61)(HED 6.5.3.1.d) High hydrogen common alarm indicator light should be accompanied by an audible alarm.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.61)The hydrogen recombiner panel is provided with an audible trouble alarm, to alert control room operators of an off normal condition. Plorida Power and Light Company contends the system design is adequate and intends no action on the above finding.238 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.63)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.3.3)Status and indicating lights on RCS panel contain legend messages of more than three lines.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.63)The legend messages are written to provide the operator with concise and adequate information and are easily comprehended. Due to the importance of these messages they cannot be shortened without some loss of information necessary to plant operation. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.239 Finding (Sect'on 6 5.File o.65 (HED No.6.5.3.3a.2 an~3 The legends of various indicators are not legible when bulbs are not lit.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.65)The subject indicators are operators aids by providing early warning signals.They are not intended to replace control room instrumentation for continuous monitoring and need only be acknowledged when lit.Florida Power and Light Company contends that sufficient process information is available to minimize the effect of the faulty indicator. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.240 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.66)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.4.1a)Leeds and Northrupt recorders do not have a back plate or support for stamping, causing potential for tears in chart and unclear paper identification. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.66)The charts of the most significant are removed daily and date stamped by the operator.Document control verifies all charts are identified and dated for the purpose of historical recorders. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.241 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.68)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.4.1.i) Recorders lack capability for paper speed adjustment. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, Pile No.68)The majority of recorders in the control room have only a single speed setting because there is no need for speed adjustability due to the nature of the process they monitor.In some instances, dual speed recorders are provided for use during unit startup or shutdown.Their purpose is to provide the operator with better resolution of time based processes. Florida Power and Light Company feels the recorders provided in the control room are adequate and intends no action on this item.242 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.69)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.4e1k)The metal impact recorder is located at the very bottom of the panel making it difficult to read.The scale face has been altered with hand-written scales taped onto scale face making it difficult to interpret scale face.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.69i The metal impact recorder was a temporary instrument used for a special test program.Its function has been replaced by a new impact monitoring system and the recorder has been disconnected and will be removed.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 243 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.V2)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.4.2b.2) Impact recorders are not equipped with a visible wheel to display the channel being plotted.~Res once: (Section 6.5, File No.72)The impact recorders contain an internal wheel which can be visually monitored with the recorder door open.The recorders are inspected and maintained under the Instrument and Control Department's preventive maintenance program to insure legibility of plotted points.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 244 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.73)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.4.2b.3) Impact recorders contain too many channels and overlapping of plotted points reduces legibility. ~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.73)The addition of the Safety Assessment System and Safety Parameter display system will includes a data process system which will allow the operator to trend plant information. This will reduce the significance of the impact recorders. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.245 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.74)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.4.2b.4) There is no provision made to select a single channel for immediate display on the impact recorders. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.74)The addition of the Safety Assessment System, Safety Parameter Display and Inadequate Core Cooling Display System will include a data process system which, will allow the operator to obtain trend data of a single channel.This will reduce the significance of the impact recorders. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.246 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.75)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.5ela.3) The batch controller display is not separated by appropriate commas, decimal points or spaces.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.75)The batch controller is preset by the operator through the batch integrator. The display is representative of the preset limit and adequate for it's intended function.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 247 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.77)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.2b)The transformer and generator temperature recorder scales are in degrees celcius which does not correspond with the standard control room practice of degrees farenheit. Resesonse: (Section 6.6, File No.77)The procedurs and documents associated with the subject recorders as well as setpoints are all in degree celcius.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.248 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.78)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.1b)Indicator lights for reheater vent valves consist of only one red light which is off when valve is closed.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.78)The subject valves are field verified when closed to insure system integrity. Reliance on the indicating lights is minimal.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.249 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.79)HED No.6.5.1.1f)If condenser vacuum meter fails it fails low.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.79)Condenser vacuum can be determined from the meter and the mercury column gauge.If the meter should fail the condenser low vacuum annunciator and the mercury column gauge will protect the condenser system, and provide adequate information to the operator.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 250 Findin: (Section 6.5, FQe No.83)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.4.1f)Tracer Westronics strip chart recorders are difficult to unthread.Slack paper on the take-up reel is the normal result.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.83)A Florida Power and Light field survey team tested the reloading quality of the Tracers Westronics recorder and could not reproduce the results of the finding.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.251 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.84)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.4.2a.2) Color coding of strip chart recorder pens are not consistent thr oughout the control room.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, Pile No.84)Recorders are individually labelled with corresponding pen coding providing the operator with the necessary information and minimizing associated errors.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 252 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.85)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.5.1c)RPI counter drums rotate downward rather than upward with increasing values.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.85)The RPI counter drum movement is a unique case where rotation downward corresponds with less rod control.This system functions correctly because it corresponds with reactor control analog indication of rod position is also provided and is the operators primary reference point of information. item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 253 ~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.87)(HED No.6.5.3.1.b) Various 24 series bulbs are used to replace burned out indicator lamps.Bulbs in this series vary in shape and some are difficult to grip and are hard to remove.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.87)Currently 24E series bulbs are supplied for lamp replacement. The subject bulbs provide the best performance and are the most easily removed from sockets.Bulbs are ordered from stores;however, depending on manufacturer availability supplies may be depleted and acceptable 24 series bulbs used in place of the 24E type.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item since the subject replacement lamps are qualified substitutes. 254 ~F(ndin: (Section 6.5, Pile No.88)(HED No.6.5.5.2.a(3)) LED displays have characters that are to small to subtend a visual angle of 15 minutes when the operator is standing at his desk.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.88)The control room operator has a CRT located at his desk which displays those plant parameters which are.vital to plant operation. Control board displays are designed to be read from their control station not from any location in the control room.Florida Power and Light Company believes the subject displays are correctly sized for their intended reading distance and intends no action on the above finding.255 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.1)HED No.6.6)Three letter codes used for valves is not the recommended-number/alpha/number. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.1)Valves are consistantly labeled throughout the plants.The legend codes agree with plant procedures and drawings.Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is intended on this item.256 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.6)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.2elf)Several rotary controls are labelled in such a way that the component type and the center position label run together.This gives the impression there is only one label.This is especially true with a 3 position switch.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.6)The subject labels do not provide inconsistant or confusing information to the operator.This finding was evaluated as a low error assessment. Switch escutcheon plates are consistently and clearly labelled.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 257 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.13)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.2b)Control and position labels on several rotaries make it unclear whether or not they are breakers.Inconsistant use of the words trip, close and start are confusing. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.13)Convention is such that open-trip-off is on the left and closed is on the right.Error assessment due to misinterpretation of switch operation is very low.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.258 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.14)~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.2f)The word"exhaust" is spelled incorrectly.-Exhause-this occurs on isolation valve indicating lights V2602 and V2603.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.14)Upon reinspection of subject finding it was found that the correct spelling is now used-exhaust-.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.259

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.15)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.3.b) New rotaries are being added that do not use the same valve labelling/number system as existing rotaries.This occurs when there are not enough numbers in a series to include aQ related components. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.16)Demarcation and labeling will reduce operator error.PTP-PC 067 (memo)explains that there were not enough numbers left in a series to completely number a system.Now numbering sequences were established and are being used as necessary. Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is required.260 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.20)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.8a)Discrete rotary controls do not have all positions labelled.Some have no position labels at all, while others have positions that are marked with lines but not labelled.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.20)The rotary's knob has a pointer and the active points are clearly marked.Florida Power and Light Company feels these rotarys are marked adequately for 261 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.21)HED No.6.6.3.8a)Discrete rotary controls do not have all positions labelled.Some have no positions labelled and some just have lines.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.21)Every switch position that is used is labelled.The rotary's knob has a pointer.The positions that are used are labelled and unuses positions are unlabelled, but may be scribed.Florida Power and Light Company intends no furthere action on this subject.262 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.23)NED No.6.6.3e8c)Continuous rotaries located at the top of the benchboard have three scales.These scales are difficult to read from the normal operating position, expecially for the 5th percentile female.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.23)Some of the controllers do not require adjustment. They are preset by instrument and control personnel. The other controllers are adjusted in accordance with other visual aids such as press/level/flow indicators. These rotaries do not represent a setpoint adjustment but rather process control.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.263

Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.24)~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.8c)The shape of the rotary control handle blocks the position label on the board.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.24)The position labels can be read by control room operators. In those cases where pointers cover labels only a portion of the position label is obscured.The operator or technician selecting different points on recorders which have obscured position labels can read the adjacent position labels and determine the channel selected for display.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.264 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.25)~~~~~~~HED No 6.6.3.8c)Continuous rotaries have a window on top through which a number can be read.These windows fill up with dust making the number unreadable. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.25)The subject potentiometer readings are not significant since process indicator readings determine the setting not the engraving on the control knob.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 265 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.26)HED No.6.6.3.8c)Position labels on top draws, for rotaries, of panel are not visible because they are obscured by the rotary handle.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File iVo.26)The subject controls are infrequently used.A step stool is available to allow the operator access and visual verification of switch position.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 266 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.29)HED No.6.6.3.9.a) The access panels are not labelled as to the contents within.None of the accesses leading behind the panels are labelled to identify the functions or items inside said panels.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File 2to.29)Access panels are for maintenance personnel. There are no gauges, meters, switches or operational duties for operators in these spaces.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.267 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.33)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.8c)Large star shaped handle, load limit, obstructs view of position labels.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.33)This is a momentary switch and is not held in position.Operators visual indication is a megawatt output.The subject rotary conform to switch convention increase-clockwise and decrease-counterclockwise. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.268 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.34)~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.8c)The top set of rotary control handles, on the NIS Channel 4 and radiation monitor, block control position labels.This is because of the high location on these panels.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.34)Presently the subject rotarys are infrequently used.When they are used the technician or operator uses a stool to gain better visability. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action at this time.269 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.35)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.1.1)Components on the hydrogen recombiner panel lack functional labeling to identify components. Trend recorders are labeled by legend cards only.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.36)This HED was prepared while the subject panel was still under construction. All applicable labeling has since been complete.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.270 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.43)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.2.3.a) Discrete rotary position labels are diagonally positioned. Guidelines recommend horizontal positioning to ensure accuracy, speed and ease of readability. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.43)Due to the compactness of Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4 control room some labelling must deviated from recommended guidelines. If guidelines were followed in this case the uniformity of physical size of label and lettering size would be violated.Turkey Point control room is functionally layed out, thus error accessments is extremely low.Florida Power and Light Company feels no action is necessary on this item.271 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.44, 56)HED No.6.6.2.3.a) Vertical meters are labelled vertically on the scale face.In many cases, this is the ony descriptive function labelling for the components. Reading errors, accuracy, time and speed could be affected.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.44, 66)Turkey Point Unit 3 and 4 control rooms are compact but functionally designed.To label vertical components with horizontal labelling, space would be needed that does not exist.Also horizontal labelling in these cases would violate label size and lettering size.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action and feels the subject labelling does not pose a problem.272 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.47)HED No.6.6.2.4d)There are procedures for periodic cleaning of labels by the operators. These procedures are not being conducted. It is important that horizontal bench boards that are highly prone to collecting dirt and dust be cleaned.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.47)As part of the ongoing labelling effort the labels being replaced are scribed from the back.This eliminates groved areas on the label fronts where dirt and dust can collect and build up.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.273 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.54)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.4e1)Component labels that appear on vertical scale faces have extremely small letter sizes and character height.This is inadequate for maximum required viewing distance.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.64)The subject meter faces can be read from 4 to 6 feet.Demarcation and summary labeling will be used to enhance operator performance. Due to the compact design of the control room at Turkey Point the availability of room inhabits strict adherance to some guidelines. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.274 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.55)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.4el)Numeral size on scales of verticle meters, on Unit 3, is too small for optimum viewing distance.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.55)Meter range coding is presently used to assist the operator in determining system status from a distance.When detailed information is required the operator reads the scale at close range.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no futher action on this 275 ~Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.66)The above finding is a duplicate of file No.44, Section 6.6.276 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.58)~~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.4.la(z)) Process radiation monitor panel component label letter heights for meter are shorter than other component label letter heights.(The same hierarchical level).Ress>ense: (Seotion 6.6, File No.68)The subject labels are readable.The relabelling program will assure that new labels will be consistent in height.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.277 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.59)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.4ela(z)) Letter height for component labels vary from one component to another.(Within the same hierarchy). ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.69)In some cases, labels wiQ be changed as part of the relabelling effort.This will hold true to the'major component label preferably below the component. Labels are sized to be readable from associated control stations.Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action needs to be taken.278 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.61)HED No.6.6.5.1d,h) Tagout labels (tags)are in the form of red and white slips hung over the switch handle.This form of tagout does not physically prevent control actuation. The size of the tag sometimes obscures adjacent labels.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.61)The use of subject tags is an industry standard and is administratively controlled. The amount of information required on these tags mandates the size.Where obsuring might take place folding the tag is recommended. item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 279 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.64)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.5.2)There is no review procedures carried out to determine the use and implementation of temporary labelling. There seems to be no administrative control over this activity.E~Ree once: (Seotion 6.6, File iso.64)The use of temporary labels will be limited and used only when needs mandate.This is when construction is being performed and permanent labels are not ready or labels break or have to be changed.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 280 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.67)~~~~~~HED No.6.6.4.1b)Due to grime and dirt on labels, various functions and position labels have low contrast which degrades readability. The impact recorders on the radiation monitoring panels have degraded readability do to low contrast of printed numerals on chart paper.(Inking problem).The mechanical red-green flags on various J-handles have low contrast do to grime.Legends on legend pushbuttons have low contrast due to grime.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.67)The new labels will have flat surfaces so dirt cannot collect.Housekeeping will also help to keep this problem to a minimum.Normal maintenance should resolve current problems with recorders. Red/green flags are standard breaker indication and will not be changed.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on these items.281 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.69)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.1.1 dc 6.6.3.1a)Rotaries and meters in the DACA system are labeled"DACA" instead of LLLL (Lo Lo Load Limit).~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.69)The subject DACA system has been removed.Therefore, no labeQing is necessary. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.282 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.71)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.2a)Load limit indicating lights associated with the load limit switch are not correctly labelled.Presently they are labelled in%but should be PSI.~Res onse: (Seetin 6.6, File No.71)The subject indicating lights are not labelled either%or PSI.Associated controls are labelled PSI.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.283 Pindin: (Section 6.7, Pile No.2)~~~~~~HED No.6.7.1.3.a,b) The computer system does not contain any prompting or structuring features.The present system only gives status information on selected parameters and no other information. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File no.2)The installation of the Safety Assessment System will replace the current display and expand upon the existing plant computer system capability. The Safety Assessment System does use prompting and structured outputs along with color coding and paging features.The subject finding was determined to be resolved since installation of the Safety Assessment System will correct the above finding.284

Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.3)HED No.6.7.1.3c)The computer system only displays the task/file name.Special entries made by the operator are not displayed such as a report to be printed every 15 minutes.~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.3)The only special report which the control room operator can request is the poison report.The entry made to request the report is displayed only at the time of entry to allow the control room operator to verify the input.The report is then generated at the requested interval.As a result of the review team meetings it was determined that the subject finding was invalid due to the fact that the plant computer's design intent is to serve as an outline data display system and provide a summary sequence of events selected plant parameters to aid in the review of the events immediately prior to and after a plant trip, and limited data retrieval. 285 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.4)~~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.1.4 R 6.7.1.5)The keyboard contains non-irelevant/unused keys that add to visual noise, confusion and crowding.Uppercase unused function keys are included on the alpha keyboard.~Res onse: (Seotion S.V, File No.4)New keyboards are part of the computer system upgrade.The subject keyboards are standard Ramtee Keyboards and will have unused functions. item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 286 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.5)HED No.6.7.1e4d,g) The CRT keyboard key separation of 0.19" is less than the recommended 0.25".The keyboard slope 5o-10o is less than the recommended 15o-20o from horizontal. ~Res onse: (Section 6.7, Pile No.5)This item will be changed as part of the computer system upgrade.A standard Ramtee Keyboard will be installed as part of the upgrade.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.287 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.6)~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.1.6b,c) The printer speed is too slow for the update on Steam Generator Level and flow of once per minute.The printer speed is 60 lines per minute instead of the recommended 300 lines per minute.Reseonse: (Seotion 6.V, File No.6)The finding is invalid because the printer is not intended to trend Steam Generator level or flow.These are trended by strip chart recorders on the console.The system, however, will be replaced by a high speed line printer during the SAS/SPDS/ICC upgrade.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 288 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.8)~~~~~~HED No.6.7.1.8a2,a4) The computer procedures seem to be written for a programmer, not an operator.These procedures do not describe the overall computer system or system components so the operator can interface. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No.6)Incorporated as part of the computer system upgrade will be training and functional descriptions. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action.289 Findin: (Section 6.V, File No.9)~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.1.8b)The computer system does not provide cross reference indices for computer programs.The programs are indexed numerically, only by entry code number.~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.9)This finding is invalid because special programs such as"Flux" include the analog channels which are related to the output on the output screen or printout.Therefore, cross references are not necessary because all pertinent information is displayed in the output.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends ne further action on this 290 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.10)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.1c)The CRT is light print on dark background in high ambient lighting.(Approximately 80 FT.candles).~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.10)A joint review team agreed that the CRT's are oriented so there is a minimum of reflected glare and contrast i.e., character to background is sufficient. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.291 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.11)HED No.6.7.2.lf Bc 6.7.2.2g(2)) The CRT resolution is poor.The numbers zero and eight are hard to distinguish. The font is a 5 x 7 dot-matrix rather than the recommended 7 x 9.~Res onse (Section 6.7, File No.11)The system upgrade will include a new 19" CRT with a 7 x 9 matrix.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.292 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.12)~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.lg)The CRT screen flickers making it difficult to read.~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.12)This was a maintenance problem A PWO was issued and the problem was repaired as part of normal plant maintenance. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.293 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.13)~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.3f)The keyboard and CRT locations are such that the operator can not operate them from the main control board.The operator must go around the desk to use the keyboard and see the CRT screen.~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.13)The system upgrade will include the following: 1)SPDS keyboard wiQ be at operators panel in view of the CRT.2)SAS has a keyboard with associated utility screen.3)ICC and associated keyboard located together.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on these items.294 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.14)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.4a,c) Post Trip Review (PTR)readouts consist of a seven place decimal followed by"E+On".This notation requires a conversion into a usable number.~Res onse: (Section 6.V, File No.14)Operators are aware of the difference between natural logaritms and common logarithms."E" indicates common log base 10 and is universal in control room computers. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.295 Findin: (Sectin 6.7, File No.15)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.5f)Paragraphs on the CRT screen are layed out in continuuous text without only separation. ~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.16)The system upgrade will incorporate this feature with a programable keyboard and set by the menu format.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no futher action on this 296 Findin: (Section 6.V, File No.16)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.5h,i) Displays that are continued on multiple pages are not numbered and the total number of pages are not indicated. The present system does not have scrolling capability. When a hard copy is requested only 18 of the lines displayed on the CRT is printed.~Res onse: (Section 6.7, Pile No.16)The upgraded computer system will have paging and screen scroll capability. The CRT only displays 18 lines.Florida Power'and Light Company intends no further action on this item.29V Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.17)~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.5m)The amount of information, bearing activated screen area should not exceed 25%of the total screen area.Presently this area is 75%.~Ree once: (Section 6.7, File No.17)Only 18 lines of the text can be displayed at one time.It was determined by a joint team review that 18 lines are ledgible and not difficult to read.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.298 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.18)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.6a)1),.The computer source range setpoints are too high and not low enough.2)Rod position indication is set too low and not high enough.NOTE: This data was collected during operator interviews. ~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.18)A review of all the setpoints was made.The results of this review will be implemented in the new upgraded computer system.Also any problems concerning setpoints can be corrected through proper channels in the future.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 299 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.19)HED No.6.7.2.6i<k 6.7.2.7a)The computer dialogue does not contain any feedback messages indicating changes in status of parameters that have been selected.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File NO.19)The upgraded computer system will contain dialogue that shows continuous updating of parameters selected.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.300 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.20)~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.6k)The present computer system does not contain any delay feedback messages that inform the operator to standby.The computer is searching for data or there is a normal delay.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No.20)The computer system is being upgraded.The new system will have a feedback function that enables the operator to know the status of the computer when searching for information. item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 301 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.21)~~~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.2.7a,e.j) Only one urgent message is highlighted on the computer CRT with flash coding.Any other messages are not coded or highlighted. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No.21)The computer system upgrade will have color coding and highlighting features for all urgent and important messages.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.302 Findin: (Section 6.V, File No.22)~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.3.le(3)) The computer printer does not have a plate of instructions for reloading paper, ribbon, ink, etc.attached to the printer.~Res onse: (Section 6.7, Pile No.22)Paper is reloaded similar to a typewriter and is i.e., no special instructions required.The printer ribbon is a maintenance item which is replaced by instrumentation and control maintenance personnel when control room operators observe printer print becoming light.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.303 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.23)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.3.2)There is no dedicated printer to record annunciator alarms.The sequence of events recorder is available only on command and prints information other than alarms.Alarms are not recorded in sequence of occurance. The operator can not request printouts by alarm groups.There is no coding used to distinguish alarms from other messages.Alarm messages are not specific enough for rapid identification of the nature messages.~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.23)The contact points monitored by the sequence of events recorder were selected by operation and engineering personnel. The contacts selected to be monitored were those identified as being necessary to analyze abnormal transients and plant trips.It was necessary to exclude contact points which provide no information with regard to plant operating status or key functions since this information would only serve to add bulk to the output and provide no directly usable information to staff personnel. Florida Power and Light Company contends that the sequence of'events recorder is not an alarm printer and is adequate for its intended function.Coding does exist in the left hand margin and a vertical line separates the code from the alarm or messages.Abbreviations are used as a space and time saving feature.Personnel are familiarized in training and refreshed on the job.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on these items.304 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.24)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.3.3a,b 4 d)The computer printer does not contain graphic illustration capability. Groups of 5 are not separated by a space in tables with long columns of numbers.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No.24)The computer system is being upgraded and will incorporate trends and mimics.A plotter will also be included as part of the upgrade thus a copy of graphic displays can be printed.The spacing between long columns of numbers will be keyboard programable. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.305 Findin: (Section 6.8, File No.2)HED No.6.8.1.1c)Important displays are located locally throughout the plant.There may be inadequate time to prevent possible hazards.~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No.2)The criticality of aQ plant components was reviewed by Florida Power and Light.Florida Power and Light Company contends that the items of the highest significance are presently displayed in the control room.Some items, however, will be added to the control room during the SAS/SPDS/ICC upgrade.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.306 Findin: (Section 6.8, File No.3)HED No.6.8.1.2 dc 6.8.1.2c)Displays located on the verticle panels must be monitored while manipulating controls on the front console.~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No.3)The console carries the most pertinent information corresponding to the subject controls.Often the operator will confirm the console indication by checking an alternate source on the verticle panel, but items such as valve control are in direct relation to console indicators such as the steam generator level recorders. The addition of SAS/SPDS/ICC monitors will increase the console information. item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 307 Findin: (Section 6.8, File No.4)HED No.6.8.1.2 2 6.8.2.1c)The arrangement of related controls and displays of the boric acid and steam dump systems do not permit efficient operation. ~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No.4)Emergency boration and natural circulation are the key safety functions of the boric acid and steam dump systems.The parameters which are pertinent to emergency boration and natural circulation are located on the console within the areas of the boric acid and steam dump controls.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 308 Findin: (Section 6.8, File No.5)~~~~~~~HED No.6.8.1.3b)Panel lacks demarcation lines to faciliate control/display integration for search and identification tasks.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.8, File No.5)Limited demarcation will be implemented after painting of control panels.Due to the compact design of the control room and close placement of controls meters, etc.Florida Power and Light feels extensive demarcation would only crowd the control board and hinder operators. Although compact the common control room is functionaQy designed with a consistant pattern of controls and displays.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.309 Findin: (Section 6.9, File No.2)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.9.1.2c.3) Control position indicator scale and display scale do not correspond. ~Ree once: (Seotion 6.9, File No.2)Operators are trained to recognize and interpret the display scales utilized throughout the control room.Displays are process dependent units of measurement, function, process, etc., are clearly labelled on displays and component labels.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.310 Findin: (Section 6.9, File No.5)~~~~~~~HED No.6.9.2.1b)The simple indicating lights for the safety injection system do not correspond with their associated valve controllers. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.9, File No.6)A modification to this system is currently planned as part of the units control room upgrade modifications and proper labeling utilized to associate valve controllers with their respective indicating lights will be implemented. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.311 Findin: (Section 6.9, File No.6)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.9.3.2a)Inappropriate control to display ratio of process controllers, i.e.excessive rotation of controllers is required to acquire desired display response.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.9, File No.6)Process controller, rotation is a function of plant parameters such as flow, pressure, and temperature which change with power level and desired accuracy as well as desired rate of change.Florida Power and Light Company contends that the subject controls provide adequate signal output to turn ratio for the design functions intended.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.312 3.3.2 DELETED/INVALID FINDING (NO FURTHER ACTION REQUIRED)As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review and Human Engineering Descrepancy Review Team meetings on Turkey Point 3 and 4 there were 23 findings (Summarized on Table 3.2-1)which were deleted either because they were duplicate else where or because they were invalid.These findings were dispositioned as requiring no further action as identified in the following text.'Zhe following is a list of those findings which were deleted.The subject findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system A more detailed listing along with a brief description of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.SECTION NO.6.1 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 FILE NOS.13,37,38 2,4,9 7,13,24,27,35,36,47,58,62,71 10,27,31,32,65 1 p7 313 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.13)~~~~~~HED No.6.1.2.2g)The console (bench board)kick space is three inches by 3.75 inches rather than the recommended four inches by four inches.The guard rail extends the edge of the console out another three inches increasing the kick space to six inches there for this is not a problem.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.13)As a result of review team meeting the subject finding was deleted.The subject finding was reviewed and determined to require no corrective action since the subject bench board provides the operator with a standing work station and if seated at this station the operator would be using a draftsman type stool.The panel design is adequate for the intended use.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.314 Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No.25)~~~~~~HED No.6.1.4.1a,h) Storage location of protective equipment is partially obscured by relay racks allowing insufficient room to dress.No breathing apparatus is stored there and there is only limitted training in its use.~Res onse:(Section 6.1, File No.26)The emergency locker inventory is correct as identified in the site emergency plan.The subject lockers are controlled storage lockers and are not located in an area which is intended for operator dressout.The personel using the equipment stored in the subject locker, will dressout in-the control room and office area directly behind it as they are relieved from shift responsibilities to do so.Personel required to use breathing apparatus are trained as part of their radiation training and are periodically requalified as required by existing site procedures. The units'ontrol room meets all habitibility requirements and is intended to remain a radioactivity clean area.There are no requirements for storage of breathing apparatus in the control room." The units control room meets all habitibility requirements and is intended to remain a radioactivity clean area.There are no requirements for storage of breathing apparatus in the control room.Florida Power and Light Company believes the current emergency equipment storage space and existing training program for the use of the subject equipment is adequate and intends no further action on this item.315 ~Findin: (Seoiion 6.1, File No.37)This finding had two HED numbers associated with it, HED No.6.1.1.5.e and 6.5.3.1.b. The subject finding was correctly filed and dispositioned under Section 6.5, File No.86.File No.37 of Section 6.1 was deleted.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.316 ~Findin: (Section 6.1, File no.38)This finding had two HED numbers associated with it, HED No.6.1.1.5.e and 6.5.3.1.b. The subject finding was correctly filed and dispositioned under Section 6.5, File No.86.File No.38 of Section 6.1 was deleted.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item. Findin: (Section 6.4, File 2)HED No.6.4.1.1c(2)) There is a fuse holder which has been placed in a hole on the electrical console.It serves no function although it appears to be a rotary control.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.2)The subject fuse holder was inserted in the hole in the electrical panel to prevent debris from being introduced into the subject panel until a suitable plug can be inserted.The subject finding was determined to be a duplicate of File No.1, Section 6.4 and was deleted.318 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.4)HED No.6.4.1.1c(2)) The main steam stop bypass motor operated valves and component cooling water make up motor operated valves are inching valves.The rotary control associated with thes'e valves is spring return to center and must be held in the open position until the valve opens completely. These controls are not marked in any way to indicate that they are different from all the other spring return rotaries.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, File No.4)The subject valves are used to perform process control tasks which require the subject valves to be throttled. Florida Power and Light Company believes that the present valve labeling, operator training and procedural controls properly identify the subject valve operation and function.The subject finding is a duplicate of File No.34, Section 6.4, and was deleted.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.319 ~Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.9)(HED No.6.4.2.1)Breakers are not consistently labelled.Position labels are labelled on-off and some are trip-close. ~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.9)A field survey was performed and no control breakers were identified as operating opposite to normal breaker control switch convention. The subject finding was deleted as being a duplicate of File No.13 of Section 6.6.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.320 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.7)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.3b(5)) Spacing between words is less than one character width on status legend lights, words and abbrevations are cramped together, making the legend difficult to read quickly.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.7)Presently component labels are being re-engraved and replaced under File No.6 of Section 6.5.The above finding is a duplicate of File No.6 Section 6.5 and was deleted.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding since it is being corrected via File No.6 of Section 6.5.321 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.13)~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.6d(1)) Status lights on safegards panel use the following color code: Channel I-red, Channel II-white, Channel III-blue and Channel IV-yellow. These colors are also applied to controls and displays on SF/FF panel, COND and SG/RX panels but are not used consistently. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.13)The color codes for safegards measurement Channels I-red, II-white, III-blue, IV-yellow are correctly and consistently applied through out the control room.Florida Power and Light Company field, personel were unable to find any incorrect application of the subject coding convention. The subject finding was deleted based on proper application of existing color conventions. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on the above finding.322

Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.24)HED No.6.5.1.1c)Condensate storage tank level has three meters provided for system function-1 vertical and 2 horizontal, but all are on the same circuit.If one fails they all fail.A redundant display should have separate circuitry. ~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.24)Two additional Condensate Storage Tank Level indicators were added.Each indicator signal originates from it's own transmitter. These additional indicators were added so if one failed the other would be a backup.The new indicators are also more accurate.Florida Power and Light Company feels this finding was in error and subsequently deleted.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.323

~Findin: (Seotion 6.5, File No.27)(HED No.6.5.1.1.b) Reactor coolant pump vibration recorder is located only on Unit No.3.No local indication for point status on Unit No.4.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.27)The subject finding is a duplicate of File No.23, Section 6.1.The subject finding was deleted as a result of the Turkey Point joint review.Work is being performed under File'No.23, Section 6.1.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.324 ~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.35)(HED No.6.5.1.4.f) Secondary water conductivity recorder displays units of/CM which operators cannot use directly.Parts per million is a more usable unit.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.35)The subject recorder valves are correct.,As a result of review team meeting it was agreed that operators view the subject recorder for trend i.e., any change in conductivity level and that acceptable ranges are clearly identified in consistent units.The subject finding was determined to be invalid.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.325 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.36)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.5a)The power range detector current meters have three scales.The bottom two scales 0-500 and 0-100 have no minor index markings.However, meter scale does incorporate mirror back for elimination of parallex and meter pointer does extend to top scale which does have index marks.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.5, File No.36)The subject meters are used for calibration of the associated instrumentation. The minor graduations are located on the top scale to allow for easier readibility and accuracy.The subject indicators are correctly designed for their application and use and no operator error is expected.As a result of review team meetings the subject finding was dispositioned as invalid.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.326 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.47)~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.5f)Power range detector current meters have a single pointer with multiply scales.A rotary selector is provided to select between four different scales.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.47)The rotary selector is used strictly for calibration of the detector.Once calibration is completed, the rotary selector is positioned on the normal operating scale.The subject finding was dispositioned as invalid during review team meetings.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.327 ~Findin: (Seotion 6.5, File No.58)(HED No.6.5.3.1.c.(1)) Power available to auxiliary feedwater pump is indicated by an illuminated status light.Extinguished light may mean bulb is burned out or loss of power to pump.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.58)As a result of review team meetings it.was determined that the subject illuminated status indication was consistent with plant convention and review guidelines. Extinguishment of the subject lamp requires immediate operator action to determine cause and take corrective action.The subject finding was dispositioned as invalid.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on the above finding.328 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.62)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.5.3.2a.l) Each pushbutton for the 4KV Bus A and B lockout relays have a pair of indicator lights.Each light should be labelled A or B to identify approprite bus.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.62)The pair of indicating lights are simple redundant indication for their corresponding pushbutton. The subject finding was dispositioned as invalid as a result of review team meetings.Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item 329 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.71)~~~~~~~~~~HKD No.6.5.4e2b.1) Three scales have been added (handwritten) to the scale face of recorders 441 making difficult to read.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.71)A field inspection performed by Florida Power and Light personnel could not verify this finding.No new scales had been added and the recorders were functioning properly.The finding was dispositioned as invalid.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 330 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.10)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.1a)All units on each panel have either two lights or two pushbuttons which are labelled"High" and"Low".The high light shows when the hight radiation setpoint has been reached.The low light shows when the area sensor has failed.The low light should be labelled fail.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.10)The label is consistent with the function displayed-low threshold voltage.As a result of review team meeting the subject finding was dispositioned as invalid since the subject labels did correctly identify type of equipment failure.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 331 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.27)~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3e8a)All rotary controls on the hydrogen recombiner panel are missing position labels.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.22)Duplicate to Pile No.35, Section 6.6.This HED was written prior to completion of the subject system which requires permanent labels to be installed and was deleted.332 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.31)~~~~HED No.6.6)Record was incorrectly located in this section and has been relocated in Section 6.4, File No.0036.333 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.32)HED No.6.6)Record was incorrectly located in this section and has been relocated in Section 6.5, File No.0088.334 ~F(odin: (Section 6.6, File No.65)(HED No.6.6.3.3.b) New 6000 series valve numbers are being used as new equipment is instaDed.This numbering system does not conform to existing valve numbering conventions. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.65)The subject finding was determined to be a duplicate of File No.'15, Section 6.6, and was deleted.335 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.1)~~~~~~HED No.6.7.1.2a4) Computer dialogue"PTR lock pending" means reactor trip when stated in vocabulary and syntax of the control room operator.This does not reflect vocabulary of the user population.. ~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No.1)As a result of the joint review team it was identified that"PTR locked pending" meant the digital data process system post trip review log was available for access by plant personel not reactor trip.The message is consistant with associated plant conditions and operator required response.The subject finding was determined to be invalid since the only time the log is available is after a reactor trip.If an operator attempts to access the post trip review file after it has been reset the screen message will be"PTR busy".336 Findin: (Section 6.7, File No.7)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.7.1.6b,c) The computer printout of the rod position is programmed to update and print once'every minute.The operators would prefer and think it is neces'sary once every 5 minutes due to the distracting noise.~Res onse: (Reotion 6.7, File NO.7)The finding was determined to be invalid because the computer will not print any position unless requested by the operator through the CRT.Rod position is also included on the hourly report and is indicated on the console.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 337

3.4 COMPLETED BACKFITS 3.4.1 COMPLETED ENHANCEMENT/DESIGN SOLUTIONS As a result of the construction work effort and Turkey Point Steam Generator outage on Unit 3, there are 28 findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1)which were closed or completed. The.following is a list of those findings by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file numbers as they relate to FPdcL's tracking system.Presently the documentation for the closed findings along with descriptions of each line is controlled by FPdcL's Power Plant Engr.Group and a brief description presented in Section 3.5 of this report.Turke Point Units 3 and 4 SECTION NO.6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 FILE NO.1,6,7,20,21,22,26,27,29,31)32, 35,36,41 2,10 2,9,10 3,6,15 1,15,81 9 (Unit 3 only)52, 68 (Unit 4 only)338 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.1)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.2b)The'tilization of additional personnel to augment staffing under emergency conditions did not satisfy NRC requirements. During the last NRC test transient personnel did not report to site until after event was over.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.1)Based on test results, current procedures and planning were reviewed than revised.Call out test"L-82-303" was initated.Additional personnel in aloted amount of time arrived on site.Florida Power and Light Company feels that procedures to augment the normal staff during an emergency is adequate.339 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.6)~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.6a)The shift supervisor and watch engineer do not have adequate visual and audible contact with the primary area of the control room.NIS panel obscures their view into the primary area.Rope barriers obstruct access.5Uhen yelling, communciations are not heard or incorrectly heard.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.6)Control room modifications have minimized subject problems.Included as part of the modification effort was to extend the observation area into the control room and the incorporation of a intercom system.The changes were implemented in PCM 82-114.Florida Power and Light Company feels this will enhance control room operation. 340

Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.7)HED No.6.1.2.1)The control room main entrance/exit door handle is only 28 inches above the floor.This requires operator to stop over to the reach the handle.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.7)As part of the control room modifications the door was changed.Now the handle is at a normal level.This was part of the PCM 82-114 control room modification. Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action in necessary. 341 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.20)HED No.6.1.3.1e 2)The area radiation monitor is located at the end of Unit 3.The status of this equipment should be in both control rooms capable of controlling that equipment. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.20)This item is being supplemented by the new Safety Assessment System.Information will be available on utility screens in both control rooms.Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is necessary. 342 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.21)HED No.6.1.5sla)There are only 3 A/C units to cool the control room.If one A/C unit fails the 2 remaining are not adequate enough to coo)the equipment and personnel. Equipment has had a history of overheating. ~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.21)The control room upgrade and control room habitability is being taken care of under PCM 82-60.Florida Power and Light Company feels this should satisfy the needs of equipment and personnel. 343 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.22)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.4b.l) FSAR, emergency and normal operating procedures are in poor condition. There is only one set and it is stored on Unit 4.The use of color coding to distinguish between the different procedures is non-existant.Indexing is by number not by name.Binders are so full they will not stay closed and pages are falling out.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.22)As part of the control room upgrade the subject procedures were color coded.New binders purchases and a central location was provided for a second set of procedures.-P.O.8202278-Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action needs to be taken on this item.344 Findin: (Section 6.1, File NO.26)HED No.6.1.4.2)Fire extinguishers are not hung in relation to the label of type of extinguisher. Accessibility to fire extinguisher is difficult do to location, behind relay racks out of primary area.Not all operator are instructed in the operation of fire extinguishers, only the fire team.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.26)The subject items were evaluated. Operations will be given fire training.Fire extinguishers will be placed in their proper places.Additional equipment will be added as necessary. PWO 8156302 will document corrective action.Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is necessary. '45 s~~~~~~~Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.2V)HED No.6.1.4.3b)H Labelling of storage locker, whose contents are test and communciation equipment for refueling, does not adequately describe the contents.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.27)The storage locker was relabelled identifing said contents.v Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is necessary in reguard to this item.346 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.29)~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.5.2b)The ventalation system is producing drafts of 50 to 150 FPM.These measurements were taken at head level.Air velocities should not exceed 45 FPM.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.29)Site engineers evaluated the ventalation system.The subject problem has been corrected and is documented thru PWO O237534.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 347 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.31)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.5.7c)There is no quiet area for control room operators to take a break.Due to understaffing operators are not allowed to leave the control room and have to wait to use rest room facilities by transferance of responsibility duty.There is always control room noise throughout the shift to add to operator fatigue.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.31)Control room modifications have added additional toilet facilities. These modifications have reduced traffic in the control room and allowed operator better access to existing facilities. PCM 582-114 documents changes to the control room.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 348 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.32)~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.5.7a.35) The control room decor and asthetics are fatiguing to the operators. Relay noise and turbine vibration tend to make operators sleepy on the night shift.Floor, ceiling, wall and control boards colors do not give eyes any relief.Tile floors create a dust problem besides fatigue for the standing operator.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.32)A review of the subject finding resulted in several changes to the control room atmosphere. Color changes have been made to walls, ,control panel, and ceiling.The control room is virtually air tight from the outside world.Carpet has been installed. PCM N82-114 is the control room document for control room upgrade.349 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.35)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.4a R 6.1.1.5d)Inadequate and improper storage space in the control for books, procedures, logs, coffee supplies and spare parts.Empty book shelves are outside control room, near the kitchen.Unnecessary amounts of coffee supplies are stored in the control room prime space.Spare parts are in a back room.~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.35)Control room modifications incorporated a new design that utilizes available storage space more efficiently. These changes are covered in PCM 082-114.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 350 Findin: (Section 6.1, File NO.36)~~~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.5 R 6.5.4.1e)Computer printer paper is stored on the floor in a box.The printer paper is restocked so infrequently that the control room operators do not know where to get spares thus the paper is turned over and reused.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No.36)The subject finding was addressed and taken into consideration as part of the control room redesign effort PCM 882-114.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.351 Findin: (Section 6.1, File No.41)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.1.1.3c 2 d)The rope barriers throughout the control room tend to be a tripping hazard/obsticle for the operators. ~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No.41)Due to the control room modifications rope barriers were essential to control personnel during the upgrade effort.Upon completion of control room modifications rope barriers that are needed and do not cause a hazard will be left.PCM 882-114.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 352 Findin: (Section 6.2, File No.2)~~~~~~~~HED No.6.2.1.2b.6) The design and location of the NRC and fire phones is not satifactory. They can be knocked out of their respected cradles by passing traffics.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File No.2)As part of the communications upgrade this finding was corrected. The operators desk was redesigned and the phones were vertically mounted with in an enclosure to protect them from accidental bumping.PCM N82-114 covered this task.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 353 Findin: (Section 6.2, File No.10)~~~~~~~HED No.6.2.2.lb)The different phones at the operators desk lack individual audible coding.When a phone rings it is hard to distinguish which phone it is that is ringing.The opeator must touch each phone to determine which is the right one.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.2, File NO.10)This item was addressed as part of the control room modification and upgrade of communciations system.PCM¹82-114 the phones now have a light that goes on when that particular phone rings enabling the operator to respond without difficulty. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.354 ~~~~~~Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.2)HED No.6.3.1.2a.1) Several annunciator alarms occur so frequently that they are considered a nuisance.A few of these nuisance alarms only come in during certain procedures. The others are alarming frequently all the time.Operators are defeating the alarms when they become a nuisance.~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File NO.2)A review of the alarm situation was made.The cause, frequency and necessity was surveyed to minumize the effort of nuisance alarms and correct the cause and/or eliminate same.A.P.0103.2 Pg.10 8.1.4 will also help with the disabling of alarms.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 355 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.9)~~~~~~HED No.6.3.2elf)There is no audible alarm location coding except between Units 3 and 4.The different panels within each unit have the same audible alarm code~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No.9)New alarm systems were instaQed to better enhance the coding between Unit 3 and 4.Alarm coding between panels was reviewed by Florida Power and Light Company.It was determined that, due to the compactness of the control rooms and functional grouping of the annunciator, additional coding alarms would not enhance operator reaction.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 356 Findin: (Section 6.3, File No.10)~~~~~~HED No.6.3.2.la)Unit 3 annunciator audible alarm is not distinguishable over the construction noise in the control room or over Unit 4 alarms.The shared alarm panel is also responsible for the same condition. ~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No.10)During the control room modifications PCM 82-264 for Unit 3, a new alarm that can be heard over background noise was installed. This new alarm is consistent with NUREG-0700. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this subject.357 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.3)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.1.1.cl) The same type of controller is used for several different funcitions. The rotary in some cases is used to set the setpoint, thus the actual value on the rotary is important. On others the rotary scale is irrelevant, the operator watches another display while working the rotary.ControQers are not identified as the which ones serve which type function.~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.3)The instrumentation department has reviewed this finding.Subsequently the controllers which have stationary setpoints have been identified and labeled as such.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 358 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.6)~~~~~~~HED No.6.4.1.2)The control power fuses for the NI channels are not properly guarded or provided with interlocks to keep them from being pulled.This action will trip the plant.~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, File No.6)The subject fuses have had guards installed. PNO 4237529 initiated this activity.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.359 Findin: (Section 6.4, File No.15)HED No.6.4.2.2.f(3)) NI black rotaries are mounted on a black label engraved with the component and position labels.There is insufficient contrast between the control and the background. ~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No.15)The ongoing labelling program has replaced the labels for the subject rotaries on the NI panel.The new labels are consistent with NUREG-0700. item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 360 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.1)HED iVo.6.5.1.1e)On Hagan Process Controller the meters displays demand rather than status information. The controQers are not labelled to indicate this fact.~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.1)The Hagan Displays are labelled demand signal.This item is addressed during operator training.Title-"Logic Systems with Hagan Controllers". item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 361 Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.15)~~~~~~HED No.6.5.1.6d(l)) The radiation monitor color code scheme is different than that used on the main control panels.~Res onse (Seotion 5.5, File No.15)Operators are informed of the radiation monitor color coding being used.This information is given during training titled"Requal Cycles 82-83".Florida Power and Light Company feels no further action is intended on this item.362 ~Findin: (Section 6.5, File No.81)(HED No.6.5.4.1)Steam generator ieedwater flow recorders fail frequently. The pens stick.These recorders are used during start-up and shutdown operations. ~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No.81)The subject recorders were replaced with improved units during the planned control room modifications program.363 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.9)~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.1a)Each auto process controller has a pushbutton which puts it in auto and then displays whether the controlled function is increasing or decreasing. The arrows and controller FCV-3-1114 are both pointing in the same direction. ~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No.9)The labelling effort has corrected this item.The left arrow is now pointing down and the right arrow up.This signifies increase and decrease.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.364 Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.52)~~~~~~~HED No.6.6.3.8a)Hydrogen monitor scales on Unit 4 have two different ranges and one unit of measurement. There is a dual selector switch with no position labels.~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.52)The ongoing labelling program has corrected this find.The range selector switch has been properly labelled.item.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this 365 ~Findin: (Section 6.6, File No.68)(HED No.6.6.1.a)The label on meter (TI-4-443A) for Unit 4 pressurizer is incorrect. ~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No.68)The pressurizer instrumentation is being upgraded.The subject indicator was removed and new instrumentation added to replace the mislabelled meter under PCM 82-265.Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.366 3.4.2 SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATES FOR STANDARDIZED BACKFITSOLUTIONS This section provides the currently schedules completion dates for the Turkey Point Standardized Backfit Program.PROGRAM 1.Labeling 2.Demarcation 3.Annunciator Review a)Hardware Installation 4.Coding Convention 5.Engineering Intergration Review*a)Dispositioned 1)Unit 3,Complete 2)Unit 4 Complete b)Dispostion Pending 1)Unit 3 Outage of Completion 2)Unit 4 Outage of Completion 6.Administrative and Training COMPLETION DATE July, 1985 July, 1986 July, 1985 1st Refueling Outage July, 1985 May, 1984 December, 1984 June, 1984 March, 1985 October, 1985 July, 1984*NOTE: Refer to Section 3.2.5 of this report for a list of those engineering intergration review items scheduled for installation during the units next refueling outage and those items remaining to be reviewed, dispositioned and reported on by March 1, 1986.367 3.5 IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM TRACKING SYSTEM AND

SUMMARY

REPORT The Human Factors Implementation Program Tracking System data base has been developed for the purposes fo maintainng a: o Inventory Control o Status Update o Open Items List o Project History 3.5.1 INVENTORY CONTROL The implementation Program Tracking System will account for a file of records, which are documented Human Engineering Discrepancies complied from an audit performed by Essex Corp.in collaboration with Florida Power and Light Company.These records are a brief synopsis of each Human Engineering Discrepancy containing: 1.2.3.4, 5.A unique FPRL control file numbering system.Human Engineering Discrepancy number based on a"as found" descrepancy.with reference to the NUREG-0700 'indexing format.Identity of the general area or location in the plant were the problem exists.Responsible lead for work being done.A brief description of descrepancy. 3.5.2 STATUS UPDATE The Implementation Program Tracking System will maintain status of each Human Engineering Discrepancies which wiQ be within a status block designated for status (or progress)information, and will provide a current work history (or synopsis)of each controlled item.3.5.3 OPEN ITEM LIST DEVELOPMENT When inventory control and status updates are made, the.Implementation Program Tracking System provides project management with a current"Open Items List", and will enable effective and systematic"closing" of each item.Continued on next page.368 The items that were completed have the associated Plant Change Modification number listed where applicable, and are included in the Implementation Program Tracking System for accountability and historical reasons.3.5.4 PRO JECT HISTORY Upon completion of the task, this document will provide a project work history for reference purposes, and can be used at any point in time as an index'for resolutions and applications for the work done during Human Factors Implemenation Program.The intent of the Implemenation Program Tracking System is to provide project management and support work organization groups with an effective means of coordinating and facilitating the Human Factors work effort.The up-date of the Implementation Program Tracking System will be done on a"as needed" basis.3.5.5 PROGRAM INDEX AND LISTING The following computerized listing is the index and listing of Florida Power and Light Company Turkey Point Units 3 and 4 detailed control room design review implementation program tracking system.(See Appendix 1).369 APPENDIX 1 LORIOA POWER AHO LIGHT'O EBASCO SERVICFS INCORPORATED TURKEY POlNT UNITS 3 A 4 OEf AILEO C OHt'ROL ROON DESI GK REVIEW'<k'~C".P"44%."'-O-10/26/83 DATA BA SE-OG'lO~e~t,~4 4.~t4..+.~4 4.P~.%g4WN~X"'0~I Y'9>>EQ 0 USE I'),'g"-'$0 Af"ANkING~HEE ADDXXBOfl"',ftDCKQQftESTCURREH Lf jUHDERR,REttICMjAttQN'Mk @>>>>>>S>>994>> EM>>ORtl 4'AO>>I>>9'>>'9 m 4 M t%!I 0 PEP,>>>>4.'>>PW"i>>A>>S, 4" w V's RPPW'WXÃltw>> PAPA PAP>>'P rrrr>>@~~jr>8@ Sl MDa.A EE ECH EC ft'k ItXDUI Ekf5~'f ItEsSATLCtf~xkH 'NEER"'AN+~4> Hf'&'SD~iQfM~'tI~NMRÃfhWQ. A EO IR 0~THE NIS SETPOINTS NN N ON T H N R S'43IDgAj~RSkV4EPNPJJ IEGER H f4A'll R I&hVQRD~PII tASPtt..AL IO R Y U IS-HOOIFIEO ANO ROPES 44>>'SEI g>>A.8 E F A SP C A H H R L IS INST L ED T PR f T AG HST A Cl NfA TIV fION 9 H 0 T N F N R OH YS H W AQ)STH F W ISP AYS RE HOT INCORPORATION OF SAS IN COKJUNCTIOH F~4%0'.:4h L'H~+19tff-~~rkN 9&I448 FftfDf8?HEiRTIHIR4f4RH QIAI'9 ATDR~WYg'8tflTlH~KX'LSVIHQP DUHOANT..iIHDIChTIO ~4 4%Y4Q Y 4'~05SfR 4I~jkHPtlXlIAKSiiXREPA'&lfI'hlifJIRAIPER"YCAHOR&~f >>9 4~AIO9-.IL A 3.O~tiA t.P~OP>>9 P~P S W R R LE~SEE REPAIRED AS I!ORS IS CORP EIEO O LE A E 0 E O CR ORlt R~'>>PgR t'-g 9P~c A PE 444 t4>>I FLORIDA POKER AnO LIGHT'O EBAECO SERVLCES INCORPORATED TURKEY POINl'NI TS 3 I 4 DETAILED C ONl'ROL ROOH DESIGN REVLEK P-0002 10/Z6/83 DATA BASE-OG~AfL.'".%ZF,I AO'>.P i, E'~I, JMJ.'MA'.lOT 5O"JAfA+ws~NiSV Of;SI:~'~<'~~+;I, Fm.>~%".x'a~vlit" LASS=LOAAO.~CA. c'6>~g~tgtgF@~ @~~y~-'Zg-'Ž~gI<<I4T~KE i'RN.MM ARXS~VES IGA$4-.P A,OIft&a'A'FL. LILfO X,PR P>wo,~~%.>qua-.~~a~~-..XKQE."S~LC4~@e'LERCr~@tJPPDht;""'flÃt;f'I'I fIIflt'-*->%~9N-9 PPr'.'A~J,~!OL.R UTI G UH tS EPP-USl'S.: VERAL CONTROLS'ARE NOT ML tHIN l'HE~NO AC I'LON~A HANDRAIL LS VI.i<<J v'4 IA QD"R, fk'~H~S"'HL:tLSQ'ALL ~~NXQCÃ08%-SEn P.kv C A E OL P AY IS'O AC'TLON INTENDEOJ THIS DISPLAY S HE E"l'PP R L H I OF~S CON A CUP TO T PR H RY NSTRUH NTS MA A FFf t"IO*L I ,AO J J k i Xt&3 NCHES BY 3 75 DELEl'EO GUARDRAIL EXTENDS~EDGE OF CONSD E INCHES PROVI IXG.QU T~('v OKN 1'" AV OK V H S U DER G A N H H T ON ONSO XORI(EAv'S~O'Tf ONSET (i (IvL ,', I A N F HA K TH S HARTS PROVIDE TREND ANO F~'<<Wg'F'jOB5"'"o""'Q=.'.-~E.-.,'~".~<.-"..mEos~-'w~1 CH'EEQQPTH~htfCAL~"8'ANELFCAILS'Illa'",O'. ll'ISTORCCA .'ZNRlRH1TIOW ~LQ.REQUEMCYAAFOF'c'r~. ufo"P4'";m".a'-,"~.'I'"'~l 4'%'+387$08" 4C OPTO, fthm O s N'""~ELSE,,ktfl4LSM jIORIQRjATYJA'.IIEHSES"'NOZLLRgHER1'.~+""~.,$018 I, A,E,AOI.1,1 21 FAIn.~Uf1JLA~+S. LAJS~OE<<ALC<<CEO~ILES~ AS A IIESOLI OE SAS IIOOS FIIESE IIESS MILL PC4QNDl84~a81 ESN8QLLiQ'OOR -P"FAD~>GNNS '"'N~"Nigg%6MÃk ""'i465kikdf I J I.~.A%%X&~IC I*~a., b"W<<+4'"'"'-~~A@'X<<~O V~'l'@h~~m9W'SfvE;O/'-'4LŽv k24~$4+Y'<>'7'..'O',,-'..~.O.~A."~i~,.%*4&"ŽW4'A, FLORIOA POKER ANO LIGHT CO I GAS CO SERVICES INCOR PO RATEO TURKEY POINT UNI l'S 3 I 4 OETAILEO C ONTROL R3OH OESIGN REVIEN P 0003 10/26/8 3 OATA BASE-OG TtrW<5rr"5)+r r't~, r.p~(Ac+~~>>Paw r<<-5.tgw>>'trrr@pp4> -@4~5tyq>~>@4~ Ap(~">>rg p.)g(p tpv.p t~g%Q$Qtg'-M4 (Bkl.o-rQO 5"',".~6'i5,'""++'P"Q'~CLPP'~f'~:."i$",,+: 'p T S T H S 8 NG SUPPLEHENTEO BY SAS 5 4 f~'Oping.'<<'"'4"$4Pl.~tt8~APE'+g4lf@tZLif '8+kV'KMBffgONEllX'ILIA --CNXC..~~@~~HiÃ~"~C2@CiEENKT" 0'~San-:Ei@S'd.- 5aiNinY da'T@R~S,f.ar R II 0 AS PART OF T TY g~~Jg~, sL>L+tQr>>t4 .<rr t rt'5 v<<fg+55l+pg ~py I'ARTI t'r I'r~K.r~aO-, yy~v g f)~L..r We G CONG SET S C NTRALLY LOCAlEO IN A R R N r'p>~+p~C 983 A E H 8 HI I 3 NOV~8$CCH 8 2 4 UN T 4 CONPLETE G Sl'US N R R P R Y XT NGU S ERS W L BE CORRECl'HUN G ANO%'kg+I'30r -""">"'." r""-;:~B<<-'~'='~PQ54 5P4SM6'9 VEONQRilMT5lE'A'Sit%'.'ACUTE I'R:5'4~ALL .<<" t0A'DDXT5 b MAT"-.ONES4&V UAT KO~ANQ@PLAC 0'45'ikey"~P'.-'.,'-,,:~"<~~~=-.j'>N5","i d&NQ@j'XiTtTL75aaN '-W<iiC-" Ii'N kiN."'."Ai iiuI'REo.~ass-za.-'FOLLav,.uI5al T$$,nRE'.',~~'.~%K%5$48&t~w+f5'4wj 5~', law~2L 6~L.4i~B...G C~~9 lel.r~~t<<&&M 4 l, CK R F TE T A 0 R ECOHHENOEO RELABELING RIII C 5<<t+'fP E" LORI OA POMER ANO L IGH'I CO:BASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO 4!H st"!P,,g<<r HE'qslrs,<<4 y st!tt&I.R!4.MRLIJI~R4~P 0004 TURAEY POINT UNI TS 3 10/26/B3 OETAILEO C ONTROL ROOH OESI GN REVIEM OATA BASE-OG (GJAQ."%$4g8=','",6 1;",5',1A'Eq9,'"C~SO" PP QttSTZI"g'S~T,',LOS",APJ?ROX""170%F E',;'INOiAC'TION:"'ga'-'g;~";.,~",'+k E E;MMg f'Z'A5g'i~r> W~iCKNf'~~.<MR4 4%~~>%;~~j",2"0 4 7 FTS FROH YEN TILATIOH OF SO T0 150 FPH RECOHHEN GEO SITE ENGINEERING EVA~LA 4THCDtf<USN -@9K" A4 I&%c~~.r.44:~m~/r< kstE!!44 W 1~'r~OS tt 4'U 8 IGH E HAN LES TO BE CORRECTEO BY PROJECTS/POMER r1 44 4 4..rE'<<<<G: 4%-H.s~>><<.~A-*E A AOOI IONAL 0 ILET FAC IL IT IES ARE BEING B I G OIFIEO 0 REOUCE A H ON TRAFF C AN(7'ALLOM OPERATORS BETTER~F=D160 4 4'"'~'CCESS~&4'Zt ING.ACILZTZE+/~ so<<Pr,.A Ip f8m+4 s~~'ETss<<R<< ~4!44 K&ig6<mE LQgtAQQ+p)f~Hf NQ Zg'a v s A P C 0 IF ICA I ON~NE OES IGN MILL'.HF~01f5-,."~4-:",'"i<~~"TIL~~~~ '~~~QQC,t)g~80$ NS'iPROCEQUREQ'if405XM$ QREN>~ZPNCORPORA'TEE EffslC ZENTR USER'OF~A'VAIL'ABL'E' ~P~p;g+y0/!A~g y~gg~+~~t'k~gp gGg~pqg~~-gtE: I o~g~rs 0~$,-~i+.I rp.f-J1 036.6<<1.1<<i I-~RIEIIIER ERILHIE!l GREE!I~~OEEILJt~lOR PREGE~NIP POOH!ROE HO~OH S OEIHG OPGRIOEG'""SgJjjQS PggjgTORS~ ~Rig" MEDICA.F ACTORS IIGL~MG:A'OORESSEO URZN-'"~~a-~$@e4E@'.<<"4'EQERG 8~"".i><PER 3KFKK~~M@;,.'5k', wN44~:.(4~4~"'.'"," 44<4~Gg~,~'"."'g'P;G~pii&jfr.vp~!-'.f!3; '"->-~~i!~"'t.'~~>V".~&3" I'~!l."6 C tt',~g t: " t'GJ<<G r-~r 4$<<t Aa r<<,.I'+.<<4<<4 f~st!44 44, t~o,.0*4'sr.!,>> +,4!~<<%HPY-<<++ikgKH HOT Rt Ma .LORIOA PONER ANO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TURKET POINT UNITS 3 4 4 UETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM ooos C IO/26/83 P ATA BASE OG~I~O I'" hM'EEVER+S CJ89 i'RIL'ETB'QO~CdS~E f~(R R T 5 CTION e.Fl E Noar.*c.T S R IN UPGRAOEO AND E EC Y BEING E ISEOe NO C'IR (t'" C'N~NO~hl, ORE 5 RE VIREO A K IN E ING USE OF SEALS (~tl rtt,N gati'hh h v FLORIOA POMER.AHO LIGHT CO EBASCO.SERVICES INCORPORATEO >>~>>~gl+g>>I06>> C>>f TURKEY.POINT UNIT'S 3'A OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM 6 P 0006 10/Z6/B3 OATA BASE OG 11,<<e.-, See mC~MRESEN'AR41TAR"'agNOE@pe EN'~t:htNSrAMtas '1 0 ('00'>>1 a 66..Ht NOS CRAD ES ARE N01'ESIGNEO OR THIS'TEN MILL BE COR EC 0 A A'A 9"~'~6N'" U1C CQUN-'C 0 G USEO F R PHONE COLOR COOING ANO/OR AB RP R T'6~P 5 PP UST F I ERE 5 NO.CAPABIL TY FOR 0 RECTLY A A OE EO A TY REVIEM OF PROCEOU ES ANO PLANT'0 CA E HA ING ANO AGE IN ERI'E-"fS REOUIREO~NO ACTION, 0 I E CEQ'NP5 0 1 OF E TENSION COROS MILL BE RE"EVALUATEO" Bj6 0 R M PS'I~y',eygqg)2 >>+ac.+e0, 0+A.<<~%5=~M>>~4>>.iAtg QO,.gf f tIRNgO;Q I g AVE/)g~~~)2<<~~gi+g+ggB.@~026) ~Jgv<<2$~>>CP~IP~~~I~+~<<.!.-g .-~..c, 5i" i.$.A f~Q IltlQ~tg g~'$0>>'th'009..6.2,1.0~C.I'....,CLB.~CBBBBM2~3 04<~090 CJ~60 0606~00" 1000"00.602"0" I BICLCIBIBICII~ 1261"!!." QQ'"'~'K@@Ill'6>>r>>6>>'>>v0%i 06 I'Cg~>>4 Q,~Ir 0 FLORIDA POMER ANO LIGHT CO:BASCO SERVICES INCORPORATED s TURKEY POINT UNITS 3.L OEfAILEO CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEM P E OOOT 10/R6/83 OAfA BASE~G'Q'""%MC" Vh<<//<<ash?4 gp/i"W+~<+mX~' " ah g~'i.L".k'~>ZC'4~4 aa?iae&V)-" j.-S'W~"e~9" A~~SgQ".h.VS~>>~~V~~<<;~~~~PWP~~~~ ..-..'-.,-.s~V'h,.~iZW~~i~~~~'~~<K.'a,<<.<<~~%'.:;.<;C<r~S -/~a.;;.~~h,,>;,.~ ~~0'@$0'~+""5",,"R~ Pf??W'?" g'4 g'P40PKS~C'If'"AOglU g>QQQt Ql4" HQS~H@$'giQZBE"lDORESaSEO.QS gMT$0F'>gj?5$~>>'ha'DK4f+1>CgEA)E'(CONTR R0$$%H04IfXCLAOH'S~W'8 P@PADE.W 6, CKh-+'r A A F HE FA kgII'ASGARD'" GRREP~TSQ.~H HPERNMAA'CEBL 56l JK C K I I I OF OPERA fOR TO REOUESf 0 R RSO I U M N S m PXSXKHr P TER<<AV aHTRa, Og 0;PMBSfa O'r QNC'j s v ssh h'PI%c.~~hh S K S R T M RC CE E STN$(v a e'~~,~vc'+<<Wv-'~"+(e.'NW~%Q+.h>>'1~@,XW2$ Ãkdu,~~'iP:...'-"-. 5 4"" fN.a'C>>"<<>>~'CQ s h s S>hh n s'hr4s. F LORIOA, POXER ANO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TURKEY POINT UNI TS 3 I.4 OETAILEO C ONTROL ROON OESI GM REV IEM OOO8 C 10/2tt/83 GAIA BASE OG'&'~QZRSFi >~>a~KN<<'"~'>>M2'<~""~~~~"."Q5QW'22 ~h~it 62262~~+OO'L+,$~~'}>>~<Q'I46*'"-', 5~AQC'R'I MRA'/+~At'AR ~5A.K&OH'<<3}'lLHI~St'!EH<,XS 2'AONlHI$+RhikVSELT:-"Cpl ROL;EO~S-'2 F 0 P"'-'-'g',.~~) '.i."".~'@0$ER~SQITCQEO'@@~A 0'0~5/THE FgEFf@0&R: SXIE'L>>'BE NADERO M'iRH>CRAP<<ERSON,'~.',"' (~I<<OP.T U TH USIANCE A ARNS ARE BEING REVIEXEO 3ICT~Jf6$4AUISAXC~<<" MH6?'SC~XLLeBEeCORRf CLEWS'f~~'1NIH 'h<SA>SING m~REZNMRKEOEO IN hi~*6 2 R C EOS N A EO F NC t~." AWP~hN ih htft H S't'W~~'c" K'ht su c k v f~q}tsgtoiofN'2 wK.~~;}ff~5RO}F<~ V-"-"=.=,~~+>'~./-'Vis'jg jb~FL~>':t} i>OiO"C>j,@~~~PPOaixofa~I&A'iARi,.HO'~F,'rifq 'ISI}iCA>--- 'h,=,st'Qg)(gfg3 Ih.s>+.;~0,'tdsh,@+ a'Qf+t0h$$$$QQQUIREQ'Q'66th"'.':.~wg-"',.Zj ZB-~IIOQ--.6 6 2 SF.-.-=2~620-2 3 EJK LS NQ DK3}U~Y CMIHG~~EEER A~NJlUIHCIAII} }LIIE VIE}LLSi BEING CGHOJJ CIAO J'"g"M~+h~~~+I-d~6'"ag, gggfy+4tth<<2'h'~6~hi."~'~4'SW 4t~d i C'..I'Vd p hQ.&24K@.M s>,wg~i~gwS.~"'bk6'h5tIji-'<<Pa Shit I I,,<Ik+~>'Shit, I., h.I, Itthj'66"i, W h.Sh hj.'t'N'4 I Wi P666 6 g I~A%h."%@&thtjh 7.W$4@rPp'I 8

.LORIOA POKER A i0 LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO.TURKEY POIN I UNI TS 3 A 4 BET AILEO CONfROL ROON OESIGN REVIEK P>>0009 10/26/83 OAfA BASE-nG (A)4==(8')I'0'"CC)4---t4.)~t E0+0 C~--C~)4O----<<-~'OOKED:~P. 6 3'2 4 A.-,."G~,'-.4LSO~QC)$ 87.46'kai~UVJT/SQAl A:,$'5-OT@QUOJSQ~ ERFT)IE~~: s.-'.A'-.",'AL'ARN'THAT~CA;BE.HEARD='OVGT',BACK '>-,4F, 0330",.K TR X.RW~Xi~w<. ~~-S~I.mm~ru~Etr~S B~~tG CtuIO~CEO R J~S~f 0U~TE FOR VISUAL CALI SO==-CEP~~)~AafiE~p l J.MS.LI Ev&$MMRSLIu Ij<<4'I+<<gg~'"'ja 'g'kg,.'@$'lAINs(@fan p lsll" Q$'g!'+IgggptbR-8<Qf~s',W[,5@QOOt S~eo<<f+~A'i%~~'),4s* s.": L<<~~ÃPiA0A I N N OR R K 5 BE MG ON UCT HF 0365-"""'-.-"'-'".'~'AT EL'Y"-MOROED',-.ANO LABEL'EOa'CO)TOTTTSR".'NA'Y '~".~-..--'=.*-".~~-.-;,;.'.,='~" r;i@~-~~~~N)T'FQIST.WHEN'.gg: ALARN~m>>"~'<<-'~~ (sss'"'~'"-'<<<<w +>>"-a.<<~ms+~~'"~'QF>'a." 4~&~<<<'.~44wi+WVa%'>4' .;44~<<~cc~,p~~~'v.ss~~Ass<<-w'0I8 e.S.3.0 G..CLSQ.EPR~TJF.S)HE ALARAEO.ANVUZI IAfMSMEFE8 IRE THESE ALARMS ARE USEO TO CALL ATTENTION A."~",*,'?".'+'-'<"~,'/SHEL"-OUT570E.;.Tg@FRTHPRf+OPERA'TTNG'"AR)A.'ING"AREA"... THERE~IS'.:AOF4UA'TE TINE.'TO"'" I" (4'~~"-B~ti~h -'~:--~)~=C~".~4i~~4>>'-- 'r>>~~MS>>M~~4 MT~~<<&~aM--4~ ~c;SE)O FILO.PERSONKC4TO>)IDRK. AREA'.~~~~".'~ ..';~~~~~s~Z-~<<W"++'"-<<8 p~~~~-'r="~~<<<<~"~'~ "~.s"~~<<"'"4~@~g'>>o'-

F LORI OA POXER A,cO LIGHT CO BASCO SERVICES INCOHPORATEt) TURKEY POIHT UNI TS 3 A 4 OE I AILEt)C 3NTROL RJOH t)LSI GN REV IEX OOIn ln/26/83 OA TA BA SE-OG 4tt19 6$3&At~G HF 03T5 2A'RO~ILE(~QEX~EQ~).=~?EA t A)4 EQ)10 (C)r IOJ4 EE)10..l)40 S EG)40 ANNUNCIAT{{R MINOOMS ARE SHALL AND LETT'ER AN ANNUNCIATOR REVIEX IS BEING SIZE'S TOO'HALL~LETTER SIZES ARE NOT i('.ONOUC TEO HF~0380" R T=.HPG GARY HO't{E ENGRAVEO LABELS ARE USEO~AN A<XNUNCIATOR REVIEX IS BEING CONOUCTEO'.*'.THESE'.<ABEl.S',.I{SSCURE OTHER LABELS'.,PKH -..-..isE SIGHT.-'iLAR){EO eaXOI foal'.ANO SONE.-OMI bi3~4a J.d CLSQ~JILSJ lf~{{E.X~QId AJ1HE.ALM)~CPM.'HLEOGQ ,~C.:=THE"8KMMSOARD/CO)ISOLE~<;= "@',~,...~I NO ACT ION REOUIREO.-3022.6 3 4 10=HF=O$9u.CLSQ=MLJLLGlE JUHXJAEIIIS ]JR g{9+M~~S~g THf CR,OPERATORS CAN 0[SI'IHGUISH THE~IIEEEREJ{ ..JlLEEEJiE,I{CEOE ~VR{{EQ=OU T PllLB AMO OIH A F CIA HF 0396$4Z GH T-I AL ARQEOI'OHOT ION~':.m IMEEN.ALAR.<SILE EX.ANO~LNOJLLEUGE =~)L.SU T.I3N S RLI SHBII I IQ:k~~=~-. If EN'CLOSEO//~APE C OI G'/ISED SINCE LABELEO~OEFEAT OF.CONTROLS ARE IJ{Al'1 VELT CONIROLEO CLEARLT AOH INIS-Z

FLORIOA POMLR A<<0 LIGHf Cb EOASCO SERVICES IHCOHPORAT EO f URKEY POINT UNI I'5 3 A 4 OETAILEO C JHTRJL R)OH OESIGN REVIEW Pa 0012 10/26/8 3 OATA BASE-06 F (LE/~HOED~EiLJ(TL==MREA (A)4 (B)10 (C)4 (9)4 (E)10 ()40 S TJQilS (G)40 0010 6+4~2+1 G HF-O44S 2C OPS'SE VERll, CONTROLLERS ARE;LABELLEO 0 10OX M4ERE 100X HEANS CLOSED.F'R SOME ANO THIS ITEN MILL BE, CORRECl'EO DURING tHE l'HE RELlBELING EFFORt 9 f:~0450 6~~2<f3~0 PP-US I F TWL PUHP AM)FIL fER CON fROLES FOR THE f HESE SMIf CHES ARE CLEARLY LABELLEO ANO RAQZAIIDH. HOHIIOR ARrE;NOI CONSISTENT"- " ARE'XCEPf ON/0 HC H HA CON fH MI IH;.J)lHERA'I)T(THOL,.S'MCXCH.CQ)(VENT'i(IH5 .iHEREFQRE HO ACTION 1$'lNTENOEO Mtt'CLS)L~g~llf~f 5.00.(uj PEB~Q~Q~fMJggf 5 f RROR PRQBAS Il I f Z IS VERY S(ALL 5 IN"E E A B E A OE IATIOH OR OTHER y+NEL,3aeGROONO. -;,,,...-.'..-,.--XXOICATOR.QR SETPQINr XS rZXEO.1r HlL.6 4 2 zf3..G-HF=O460 CLM%PL-~llf~KLKdMMtl~uLHQ~~C~NTL f HIS,OUSE NOf CAUSE A PROBLEH~Y~Rf S~tV~R;IO FURl'HER ACtgON~NtEN~EP.df 04 6'AB~&BE.T~..=>0$'$-.6 P 4~.r'6..ALSP P)f08,-,-'RXXARY.-'5)If'(ES D~Jl?,=PARSI.S A~"BLACK..,'. I'HXS'MILL BE T.QOl(EQ 4f INURING XgE RE.,~pig.----6++~0~W--=-~--'ALSO-. lP~QSX4%fHRltE~J(D..AUOIILF 'CLK,FKEOAEk. 'HE-t3JS)(BUTI QH~: Ql-.,)I.-NQ44gP-,.-.--'-'---'-.=='~.:.-.---==.---"-~z">>.--"-."le%'Q--PUQtfft'4%.-ShgTCHKS -;-.--;,".'--+.-,,',~-'ACIIt))CPS(TCECS'~.AIYHEA I)ISIS)IHENiktgf)Ma,=,'., NF&489 CO NCA VE OR F RIC TI ONALI ZEO TO , RES/5 lANCE.s~LLEW INCREASE)018 6 3 oA 12 4h 0 TPP J'JST lf S)HE FJ(O<<UNI TJR PUS(OUT 1("(5 LJOK LIKE f PXL PERSONNEL RLVIEMEU f HIS FIN()ING AN0 r BE SANE-=..S$ 1E'AND, OES 16Np',-.,-,.-).E AS IL Y OISt INGU IS HABLE'r FLORIOA POHER A NO LIGHT Cn: BASCO SERVI CES IN CORPO RAT EO TURB EV POINT UNITS 3 IJEIAILEfl C UNTROL ROOH OESIGN REVIEH 6 P 0013 (IO/26/83 OATA BASE-OG (R)R=(BllO RCRR-RCR6<6+6<6--<-+4<I (~)44--'" 0 019-.<"'-'S44.'.3 h C."..-"',.i'2,+-+'Crl.".SOAKPP,JVS TfP'-Qf 1:.f$:.OI'APO SSI B LRE+TO,~'Ale'8&VI SHIH~,~4~<~~~4+~~3~~~EER >E""~~&Pl" 39 3I'C/IIf~MO'~igCIIE S'i.""~~W~~%~r i"'~e"'"/~+K~~~m*"' tcv~*'+44P $>MB~46,.6BIIB%','e E E.+URER~Pk E.CP<ViQ C, w c l 4>'c6~55>CV+ +~Ma<ZF E*, RE;"E vs&..i+4s,>4vX<lCMBE&4$.~4~4 4 l~~JgJCRLEE~I BE CB+B~EC EB""-~v4"~@4'6>""y'*W'"'"'"~'"'"'"~+'"<Q~R'E.~QY &VIVE'i~"'VOW~~ 'CEZ 6 4 4~-~E.JM UJ~KURK.~t~~~'NW"pA%M g~;.w~+&~EH Ar.~"-~~~~4"~+gg~~~<~E...'~RR<<~'w.,"~vERE4644,> g~c>c'+f~~~d~~v~RE <<~v~~Rg~~<~4@ .~~gw<<~R;6:~~-~F-JL5LO--'Yfg>P+>4 q'@q~vgv~yg 6+ir6ER44 4'44>~+pv ,OC~~~~j'Stie(iA"- ~~~&~~Qf4@Y ., Q>>~+PE@A'@QUES(~m,gtQXZP(KO BHtg!'FQAC IOH+RII 4fllhKO'~+MŽ4~%"~.P~4B',4" vf Q~cg cji-~gag.Q-f'gti~Qf~l'E4'gPII ggQ'g~~"@~%~4B,; s P~BC&4Ã>>'r.<<0~~4~+iPFQM/i%>'..4'~iB. ~'...Pc lO'NEjt'EOIINI 'i>>'4%,:.MB@g b7y;W~I S H TH KNOB I S GOES NOI'HPARE OPERATOR PERFOR-" jF OBEBS.-"-"".'-'-.',-'P.'":",.-"-"iv"-.SC IRTS HAVE'-.A':.'SKIRT'F."LMlM";=ROIAHEfER '"P"'NANCE l-:>~'yp 4,>>r~+B;,>'...6'.: 4'c~.'~<.&FAN:~i' .r vie@-..xi+ -'RBERYJEcc9,'A~iwc~www <'ic W."~~v w~cc~4"0"-. ~;crm';c:..<K.".'BR-+.'v,'.v".R~w&i:.g~~.

• "'Ocr.6..E.E>6.CLSO EPP~UKIJF 53MS dN.",EIN.TIN UUUS RILIAkI.SJILICIIESM~AYE.

0IA'IF TER IS AQEOUATE.FOR.OPERATORS. CBy*~~~=""".P~."~g "..'~'p 44"6 64',,'.l g<<BEE'<.4";4 R>Rw,jW~'Eggy,y Eppes)~PE"4~~ivt '4-,.-<<)4j(E 466ri,ej+gcEBcg~f ~.

r LORIOA POMt.R A vu LIGHT CO:BASCO SERViCES INCORPORATED IURYEY POINt UNI fS 3 I 4 DETAILED CONIROL R3OH DESIGN REVIEM 10/26/83 9 At A BASE-OG F ICE/~OEX.HEO dtX=.~IEA (AJ4 (OJ 10 (i J4 (O)4 (J44 IAj'.RS (G)40 , dO.ZB HF 0555 6'>>4 SB2 r G'LSO EPP JUSTIF OISCRETE QOTARY SMITCHES HA'Y,BE POSI ZIONFO BETMEEN OEtENTEO POIJ(TS>>R RY SMI TC HE 5 N NI CHANNEL S MERE PRO SOHE SMII'CHES 00 HAVE REST POSITIONS BETMEEN OETENTS~CALIBRATION PROCEEOURES JLOORESRXHESE SMLICIIES.~ I THESE SMITCHES MILL 8E CQRRECTEO~j')IF~0540~--:.V T)EO.j(lm.+-.-PAIJIIEO,j.IXE-ON rHF-KNOa',-.'~~-,--,-.--.-Qt(4'Rtw-THE"-PAgNT-HAS-.CklXPPET) Af F t)II.SOkE aO39.6o4>>3 3.)IX CLSO~RP~ilSlLE ~KNLJ.~I59 AklLI~A~QS Ngj'ENER AL HOUSE KEEPING DURING NORHAL M M r..Q~PQSHBUQONS~.. -'.x..=~1=6 4 2<9 sa HF-0555*0>>4 i MMk&IIAVE, fQQ HUCH=M,SLSQ,NCE. US TH~EX IgHARCAf ION ANO SUHHARY l,ABELING~ILI ASS~I H~OPERATOR IN IDENT IF ING BOARU SE TIONS ASSO IAt a MlfH SYSIEH~.TASKS>>.....'ATE)I-CLOSED HJ~RV J:M HEETING StATEO g q>C~4o5EC G lt cLso.4'e&4UsflF .0"P+.4I(SHALL SI<BER fflUN$;RdixRV,-,',,-tHE 6RIPPlNG sURFAGE IF ABEDUATE F0R-A0B-=GvkvkpSF-='.Ilf'~05@5 ==Y;gSO~WWeyXt=tag-.SPRI~IIAOEO.IOHENTAa~IINTAC v>>:."<PERATOm,~TATm,t T.THESE=-S g6IIES v~-=-'--,.-:--'--.=-'>RP TARY+9)lfPOLS.4:PANELS;gP A-%NO gPB...+ERE.A5EDUATE'..4'F-OSLO 4036~&$b'av~4o>f 4 6 AH B 2GUOUSo CLSO EPP Ju~tlf SVITCH DEPTH ON SHALL SILVER THUNO HXNIHUH-SUGGESTEO DEPTH'LS 0>>625 ITCH RELABELING EFFORI'EF-NEO 6~4.4.5E4 FILEV33~O~PICa TEO)

.LURIOA POMER A.vO LIGHT Co BASCO 5 ERV I C ES I NCOHPO RATED TURhEY POINT UNl TS 3 A 4 OETAILFD C OHTROL R)OH DESIGN REVIEM 1016 10/26/83 DATA BASE-Ou F ILE/LNllEX.=M1EJ~3~k CAI CA)4 (B)10 tc)4 CO)4 CElla)40 MAQLS (G)4V>OIO k F~0624 6+Solo>C CLSO KPP~JUSTIF SJCCESSIVQ VALUES QF GRADUATIONS 00 NDT coNFoRH TO RKcoHHENOATIDN oR THKsE No ACTION REOUIREO P T R COROERS HAVE OKE POINTER MI TH THE SUBJECT RECOROERS AHD SCALE-~F~0625 HSLZIPLK SCALES,'gOSSIBLV LZAO1%6 TO'..SELECTION. ARE BASED'H PLAMT STATUS AHO CONFUSION,"- "'-.'.'"',';~,-.,';.'.DPERAZORS SHOULD BF" AMARE OF THEIR D LOl2--6 S~l vol ,~Q.=6 s 1~ol 9~FM35 4~MXJlkLBS EBR~iJLMD)JULBARIAILkH, CONSISTENCY MILL BE ACHIEVEO THROUGH THE C H N ENANCE PROGRAH.-, NIZAM OTQER P A NE~.-;.-..',,-,-.--...-.Pl OCKSS-.QN ATION,,NONIZJR .:-.'l CLSI)~~LISIIF=SQLI~HIS,~hEEG~LELEO COLOR CODES ARE CORRECTLY USED DHRArlSLE MIIJLJ1QKIL zr-064a CJHXRQLLERS. HAVE.=INCQNSI 'iIEHL~LDR ==CQNSLSIENJ .ESIABLISH. COLOR CDOE~DING=='==., CONVENTION -:='00.35 6e S~I~O'9l-~0 C$$9;,>Kg-4~74l$ .-jdg.'RAOZAT30 H MONITOR.CtKOR'.COOK'-ACHENE,,'.INCORPORATED-IN TRAINING PRDGRAH LQlLMRIBRJlkE CXCLE~RkN.. --,414'-."--6'A%~'5'06$t----,--'--2.-'-'.4'----;.~gl$0~/~VS'ff 0'-,j R~C R E bHOIQTGQ-+E ~~QUXTXO..CL6SE."-".RECORDERS ARK.~QKS'IGNEO" ZD PRD IDES'54:~-',~CLOUGH tO.-'SCa'Le,',XO Aiiala-"iSRAiiiX '.=.=.i'Oa.hNALVSIS4FXER"TR'ANSIKS) S..THKf'AM EEfLRQlLI~HLH MHE RECORDER.MALE HF 0655 IVOICATEO ON VERT ICLE HETKRS IN A'ANHER BENET T'H ASSOCIATED DISPLATS HP ACTION THAT INTERFERES ITH LABEL'ING PRINT QN INTKHOEO A" it)018 3 4AS G CLSO EPP-JUSTIF O.ERATORS AT TEMPI IHG TO CHANGE 8VLB TOOL MILL BE AVAILA3LE FOR OPFRATOR DIFFICULT'ECAUSE PROPER TOOLS ARE NOT ASSISTANCK IS REOUIREO PROVIOgt). C R LORl OA P3MER A!s 0 LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TURKEY POINT UNI TS 3 A 4 OETAILEO CONfROL ROOH OESIGN REVlEM IO/26/83 OAI'A BASE-OG-<>>C-->>>>>>>-=.--<C>>--."(>>>4~M~~40.G)4sI---=----=---+")018~+'-'=:" Is'5 4'2hl""'-,"G.'.'--~;"2C~Q+4Cg >>~pggQ@MESTROIII C+'T9EstD-'O'ECORO>ER'4ABEI>5,+t'HIS-':IT EH'*MXt I~BEiRFSOL'VEO. MNEN.NEM=..'.--'"+-II[,,466~5/,"..='-'~'-U RA S ARE ARGE~~>~4~<~""~~$6RE+jlE 47lti<f4@IKfg j>>'TOUS';NOUGtt;OsB6&hS'ILYA QAO~<~NO~ACI'ZON4 N~~""'X~Z4KP~~VW.~-~c-yj'gag,-',+~iW'~,','jtTENggj~f+$ ~W~8g=~@~>".'-.'~QW>M,'.r(4s:xP1'.is~%v>,%As>'..t>'>'>@>O"s 4+<>>>>>>R>w.s K>'-.A'tAVc>>>84%4&>U>>s N'~45P3+~Z~wWdp'.i> P>s>>>~7r'e-,'C~W.">> AMCJEl~~~Rf E~S~YHE~O)gLC BY OPERA fOR><g+gf>lj>pe&~c+>>>p j>>j!k r>>q~w'!yh',>q y>v+~s'v>><-+gj>'>>>>.-)+~g'p g,~pq'p~g~az.p~a,~>g+j>+~>~'r~~>s s s 4 655'f N~0 I SPI AY I 5 EASILY<~~4+>~~'~s'/~W~'~'%'c.4'HI&.""N'>>-s<Fa.MNi~%s@WIR '>'".'iM=TACE.&e'~'-,.'~&~'.~s'"."-Mz v~'j@:,~~~W~+Q4 gf'~O"~OE g'7E KlfR)G@'t'~g"'+@'-gO~m~~JSX-'~'-i+~ C-.Pss.'~j':Zci;- m(j'POf..'~~~~'",.'JR~YII-.q" a GhlGTLQN~Qlhdt DfwttEEOHiEAKVS-">LIB >SHOR Kc~sss>'g~&p~%L~e N H RS N ZONE HARh NGS UPOAI'EO BY AC SCALE Ms4F-OPPO- ".-'='-=.--,-~:~.-'-."s~~"';.,-~~-";=-'" T)~BEMPO'ATEO."-NORMAL;.OPERATING~'ZONES"=;--='.'COOING=PROGRAH EXCEPt OUALIFIEO SIGNA:",:a"-,-gs-.:-,--...., //=.:..""~~,~"~'-:-,.>,:.'~aiiE".CAGED.IP:SoyE>>CjSE'SjrHE;TAPERS:.;,HETERS,. =~@$gPwP Y//a/i~Q~,/$ .-;,"s>s'>I<4; .>~SS(44%>>< +0 (gP'>>'<xaam.iA~+~gs, A+i%1<<P+~@.'>'><Wqg4g>~"ji",,%i','~s 4w'>.f'V4>~027..-.6 oo~la k 8 2,.2C.EPP" JUSTE.'R O'IEBkflILN.T REN>IMECQROELLJ'AlsES&30l .I HIS SYST.EH.IS, BE,INt HOOIF IEU SUCQ T IA I M I S~~~~~-'~~~~V='~'- -:: '".-'-"-Q%"+~j~t"'+WC/458<<244'>,lLI;gFUlgg!I'Op~IS'..P;-"WA44g~ 4RAIIEJQILQNO+~s. &$3)tF,ORNA>TIYIN&ILL".BE,AOOEO'i'TORSOS'Pf~'. ->'m~*:-~"-'~~~L' ~4~p"'-,-"""'"~. -'CH Y+'5WsSTil'E'RE~4>RENQ"OTIIE'4C fkpFCiVKlOIIS~~~W-OEL>ETEO" IAA'LQO'-:='*W=-~-.-'-.<<.*E-"-'.=-"'"..' 0~' .LORIDA POHER ANO LIGHT CO EB ASCO SERVI CES INCORPORATED IURAEY POINT UNITS 3 A 4 DETAILED C ONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEW 0018 (10/26/83 OA TA BA SE 0G kI.A..I A)4 IB)lO.>>.IC)4.1014 LE330....C=).40LG)40.'*~4'9Kbi' ',5Y I':I'F"'F "1'O'-<<.';',CrLG'BD,,".-;,'KPP JUSTlF'~-'H= SABHA/T.,SW'IP," CHART/'R ECOROER>FAILS=-ONi";,'DUPLICATE;OF,:OR IG INAL.ovB.(F,"DTI'0:~'P~~'aB"-':.,".~.",:<<p""-'-.":~pRk. 7i'"ZF si AL'E<YRAATNER~"'THA'8';REsETTING ~MHcHp~<",:)Lrc"-.'Ho Ac'FTIDM" INTENDED~SKI.BLE.NISLNlERMEIhIIQN H RT CA EYER ACT ION INT ENDED THE F LUM INOICA lORS F B 1>>': RKegfg i"'""~~-'~'w Ž~B'~~ABC-.zw&~>-' 'ALEFRANGFCXSG 07cl9514'OalHD&S'MDT~~@-+~<<'EAECONSISTJKNXQ:NITH,;INTENOEO'.USE'AHOBA* xN~j>w h~~K@~~A'" WiQ+KbFZ'ASQTE TQIAT)I)GZHEAK4REM PRE@HID NFBA~;YS TEiH.=DESIGN" G1f<<i'~dj'+~.; ~a'F'B~~'~+V.=',.'~i'"Y~.~~ A (~BS~MM CB 2~S S GALES~II BE HOOIF IEO TO PROVIUE g" M~~~V~)=",'~"-~~AC"+'~"Vefx<CL5CtsagPDIC'g,,INSmateRA'ygq)LYA?~q'"~~a~W~ -:;v~~~S~~-.-..".'-"~/.:>',.=":~;-~~ P R I RS AR AMARE VI A~OGG ING OF O~JEC EAO NGS OF FNE SCALE RINGE ANO P NS HU T P R US X HP S N RH Y'~~~V%,.-,~'-;.'-';..'"'~ra,,'":~Ž4P -'~-".',,"-EE-'~~ ~F=O?~-~~~~F JLBEAO llIQJ.AJS~ASELS A8~9EQUkTT. ~SJAHOLH~~~E~)LI5 ~~EIR DIIENOED US.&LED~A~IGHIEO I 0 A I ON R Qe{+or..-.p/.>=.'.,-.N,',~.-.s.S<<<<~~~A->>;".,~ ~.~J-5+++@@)~YNji f~AjQ<<~A)E<<-Q~g+g~~~r~a--v@gj~igi P)rg Ao-~~PgJgc~-grBA yg-v>>BIG~g<*Py~gjA,= 0 A A ARHS AND 0g-'~~OP.'-~tON5'A'fO~~R~PEMKHI~FOI hMMtKHCK*.r~FFERKHCK~18n;mUS)IIL)I.HUE,.;"~~~~P".-r-" Dgg~~': '~~~~Pig~%.T)=.g@~jR~gO~YOP-gH~~~i@j:.y~uT4"TOP~~" u'@jjtga':",-:H '"Kg+nkZklAS~-'~4K<~~ R RR T R QUIRE AN'NF-'0745'-"-'--"-'""'"'OISPLAFYS'NI TS'4F'HICROHHOS)CH"-:.HHICH:~ ='NALYSI'S -'OELNETEO'- ,,-*'-~,,, g,"',g-,,=,'OPF PATOftS, CA.N=NOT;.USE-DIRECTL'Y~J PPRTS-.', A>~<<i"CF)'.-.MF~>>'>r<r~<<F<>rNA r<<)B~&cPeK,~4.:)'tN'<<;A'%~A.r'.a NO rA-'>>"w~GOOF<<.EA'w~,.'"-<<'J'S,~r;F 9036 65 I~)A G Cl SD.EPP-JUSTIF =S..HI-.CIRCULAR HETER HAS 4 SCALES.HIRROREO SCALE PROV ICED FOR GRADUATED R T R F A='.P.".B-,."-"..-.,-,'.-,-P'""".<"1"'"4l." I'NCLEUDES%A"Hf RROR'CAENO:ROTHTERKWXC+@ 'I,NTBENAOEDZFUHCTIONS.DELETED.;". -.&:~;-':=.'i'd~"~"~F'~'Aia<<~V. F s"";=+EGO:%',%M """"'.Pi"W'~TKNDSAG'T42$ OPB<<SD)LE~@DPX>~%@F@RKg V~>'.~A"ia-.GA~ZBMCb.~"+~"' ',.<o BXFi'MŽ.~V~ama~-~~,-."."'<<'A (.'M'4%ÃN..>%ASM<"E -'"~k@%".>>~.~YALi)P<~iti';'CAM~?."Pa'..C.Z'M<<~<'O ,I,+GA BFJ&NrA<<4, O<<'BJAA'<<L NAAEE<<>>NAF FEFLFA<<iSFA BF rr rr FAN>>R FAhrW A p>>.WO AAFBGAGC r r A A A .LORIOA POKER AKO LIGHT CO EBAsco 5ERvlcEs INcoRpoRATEO 'MQ=N~QCLAOc. TURKEY POINT UNI TS 3 A 4 OETAILEO CONTROL ROOM OESIGM REVIEK pO oaiv (IO/26/83 OATA BASE-OG.~A)4."-i BI40-~-~-i C)4-.-<Il)4~4140~~/0 c.n+n->00'3F.': -'.--.'6" 5'1"SA1.','; 13<;-';;~CADI pEPP DUiSflf~33RE.'-THhN NgNE'.SRhOUA'f TO'g-',QARLS~SEPEP'ATE"; i QRAOU'hf TONS'i ARE CORRECT;FOR INTENOEO'.USE;..~ ~'-'{F,',0755~-"'--"->-~-:='--': "-.-""w'"'i; .'"-i"".~4+~+'lE NUglERA'L'SFOR&hOK'PiLON>40'MOTORS-'".'-NO-ACTlON,"R.O'Ac R NOT j" j 05y>~jh~*"P-"'"'. ~~.'~4~~"'$Lg~'gj~PPR+gPijjg'ggggRPD. $)O+~L""L'iN ENOEOj+S~PREClSQOQXOISPLATS WRECOROER~kA aBJ~LSP~~MKHDEMQQED ~%V@~%%,~PM,><~~+4W4~ ""'$E"&+LOU)T CON~8PQ KS'4TH L'~~:~~A'CCUJQC)'+OR~,'TH5.'OESlREO&90CESS'-"~+~~'4>>'.:LsiRM+~5 ':.;," P%9~y$~~'MPf~~~',,'6'j&i'yg@fg~ "'4">>'+Ai~gi ii fv i"n~'o'bicj'iuixjiioiiijiioPfPPP<@<~ ~Nan~&~5 1~E 4'EL~UULLP~ND~KJlE~ OEO hS M WECNNE'!+':;~i~~w~ -..'~~~,~~'4 8~<>f'~P+,~~g~POCVlfglTh'T f OH~'<Nd~g+Tg'O'N4RQOQE'~~a'I~~~ %4Q"'+" t'w~'.'Q4 4jNL+4+95@g~~ ++y~pg'~g~i~4~g+<<QQ@g~i<<i'g~~~~+>>"'

~.~P"

+3yj~j~', goi 4 F=iilZ>~~9RE gf VJ.LED Rf ADLNGS~CIE9~EfLS~~AW CAKE~4~>'9.i<"-j"'> '4~4""v@dYjA'YZc 'Mic%8'" A4j+V4%SP'~!$hgA 4~~~QCV~"C @PE~~~~-'~g'SO~PW4llSf'4:9,@68fZCCc" 6f-'ERQYAR~F I-.,~>Ewflb'CCA DRS'"'AR E7PROC'ESSAl'.ECXF f~ChtIO~Q bb'4rl G~EIIJLS..mu&U3DN V S S PR V V SU KEY ANO ARE 4F'790.""' '..".~'.""R-.'<<-'.5:-'Hl,'CT RCUL'A'R<HETERS"-Hh'VE-GRAOUA'T'ION "'OT".READ"PER SAZ" BUT"'.ARE'"'COHPAREO.TO ONE='i'i'q".',.'j'4;, HA RRS,"THhT"h RE~TOO.'SHORT::.,".'. '~"-'""';A NOTHER~FPL,FEELS,l'HE. SUBJECT OISPL AZS.yah-~<~~j~~~++g'y 'igi 4+w%~5.g'gi.4 (f'itCi+4'&43b1 %+gYw+i~c'.0~gP m+5 ow sJ~~-rZ U.':~'.'iiv'"~~:i, 4'4 no45..6.7.1.~0 G.,CLSO EPP=JUSTIE HE GRADUATI..ON A%96S.RN YERTJCA~EIERS .No ACTION REoulREo Rrc~~w'~~a~;~-"~'~a=-~ii~=~~c~~~,= '"'%-QI'$0/.PARKSeQJ,OG~~INCHEj +'N>QE4QH~~~<~~~~ ' F LORI OA POMCR AHD L IGHl'O EBASCO SERVICES IHCORPORATCO ~)RITE: ILE/(A)4 (9110 (C)4 (J))4.(C)10 TURK EY POIH T UHl I S 3 1 DETAILED CONTROL ROON DESIGN RCVIEM UKMRI JLI)40==.~I US (0)40 10/26/8 3 OAf A BASE OG 0046 6 5'I)0 HF 0800 HF&805*4 CLSD EPP JUSTSF'l'EAH HEADER PRESSURE SCALE GRADUATION tHIS HEtER HAS BEEH REPLACED MITH A F)RHA'T IS DIFFICULT TO READ AHO'QUALIFIED HETER THAT THE VE'HOOR HAS a J)LEEEREN El(t&(EKFJL.SHAJJGf D~hLE Df SIGN NPUf lit.l HOICATORS ARC RANGE COOED~HO AC I'l ON RO t R U R HT H TER HAS A'SINGLE f HIS ROTARY IS USCO FOR CALIBRATION AHD P)INTER.)JIZH-HUl.tIPLE SChl.ES~THERE.ARE TESTING DELETED 4'-3'CALE$ .NITH.k.ROTARY SELECtDR.PROVIDED Ei~i La 0~~MGE~KkICdIM J.IG)tt 5 NLM:-.: VELLDM'h)JO TEE',:T)fHCR EOp FOll-BDJFJ,THE ',.";ji";ANTNa.'.INiENOS'TO ALattt-SHE (JP'ERAT'aR LCHSCS MILL BE NAOE fHE SANE COLOR 0049 6 5 2~6.=-.CLSQ=M~)ISIJE ~JUJDl~dgJJQ~JJIF MJdJL, HEIEJ~C~AE 5JJ 8 JECT INOICAIOR IS THE Sf AHOARO-==-8 F-4815.---~JLESWN CRELS~L)IQ)(E)IEN~MQIXIQL 3)~BIROUGMAI EUE I NQUS TJIY~SCALE.=H R elf 0820 INCHES VACUUK iIS REALATIVE HO.ACTION~gQ+$NO~OHPL I~TR NO GJADUAIIO~AR5,S AND/QR i)lJNEBJLLS RECORDERS PROVIDE)JJSTORICAL INFQRHATJOH QN S.CALCU.P.APER-IHSIANfANIDUS F(C40JNGS 0051'I Ga5~Ze2AZ G:-:-.CLSQ":.-."ZP&4USTIF f4%POIHTElt'IP-".ON-.P)tOCE5S COJtfROL,- ...INOICATDRS CAH BE'CCURATE(.Y JIE$0~'~NGE.(1~kQr~~~O FURl'HER AC f IOH INt ENOCO-00+;,---': 8%~8 ghI"=.-;W- --;=-ALIBI)-..XI'.HQIJPJQ'-,.;TAC-POIATPIT,TIP:-.-4N:;BVERgf,+CRT'ICWt,;:.. HETERS.PROMISE OESIR D.ACCt)RACY'a.".==('==-...,.-RF 0839-------'--'""'-4.;,='-=:.-,=.-'.-.'- '-'.~~=-,.;-'H tKRS IS.:jfORE.'THAN-'Olla'QKCH-'FRDH-'%HE; .PARRlLLAX IS..HINIHUH~ NO-,ALZIDH=INfEN6ED."]F~0835 TSAN 1/16 INCH'FROH THE GRADUATION NARKS gl ma~~~PARALLAX IS HINIHUH HO ACTIOH IHTENOEO t$0054 6 ye 2 ZA2 G~~840-CLSD EPP-JUS'fIF 0)E f C A CONVEX SCALE fA" C AHD ijEIGHf OF'D=READING ERRORS, FROH'PARRALL'AX RANGE COOING HAS BCEN a)OCO fO HClP ULE)J K~KXLQJ JNQICAIES THAT FROH NORMAL MORK STATIONS PARRALLAX~IS NIHIHALe HO FURl'HER ACtION IHTEHOEO ~t;E(~~Z ff~)C 0 LURIOA!sDHC)t A.SO t.Iunt Ct>CdASCO St:itV)CES lMCUMPURATCS) SORT=HID.NO/JNur.>t MU IUREEZ PJIV f UVI fS 3 4 rs uEf AIL!,I)I'HI Vt)L k00>t QCSIG.'I Rt:V)EM HEI'OH I JI I, p)GE uudt lrt/26/85 OAtA UASC-oG: ILEI"-"=I VOCX I A)ti HCJ MO td)tu AREA CA't IC)cl t9)A RESP IE)tu'=--9=5CR IP-f IBM)Ac)STAtuS I G)uu S I)OSS 6.5.2.d C VF 08>>5 IIC IR av2v>A HF-OS50 6>3 RAIS 0 v A Z ZC P)INTER BACA GRDUIIO COVtRASf FOR RMSi THCSC POINTERS ltlLL BE PAINTED RCO L=VEL I 5 I MS UFF IC IEMI'LACK LABEL A~Dl)NO BLACS POINTER=---JJJ)J.0 CLSO~~Mlf~E ZELLDRMVIL LIRVLNufiLMJJKJ:QOEJlt! AREAR t&~IF~CUQIRVG ERQG!I"H DIETER'VERTICLC HETCRS IS DIFFICULT.TO -~RANGES HILL'BE UPGRADED AHO/OR CLEANED Ol StlNGUISH BECAUSC LINES ARC VERY=COLOR CODES NII.L REHAIK.THE,'ANE NO Ieanlsinhescsaanuan~hhsssanzn 'uRruRE Acts CLSO EPP=JUSIIF. II ERE l 5.VO CAPAUILI fl P3DVLQED fOR.GEM JR ICALI.f RCOUHOAMf IVF t)kHA fit)le SUCH Js~uscs Eehhrsrus~rs~us~ nmcRERwssr>I>.~><<ISE s~nr Etch>SJLB OR:OUA FILAMENT LAMP ASSENBLICS IMFORNATION TO DETERMINE LAMP STATUS~ARE'OT USED fO INCREASE". ALIIP~LIFC'AS AOOITIOK MILL HELPn NO ACITIOM DOSS 6.5.3.)C))F=ueeu...OS)t~W~)C)NF=.0066 , 0060 6h503n)C). 1 ts CLS 0.EPPAUS IIF PJNERQQ,AUX FEEQMAT ERQUH>LS INDLCAIED~ 540Ã$1 STAHT NI QLMUR EGAL00 GU I OEL l MES dt~SIAtt!S LIGHI EXILIGUISHED~IGILI ~QMC IIQN, INIENOLD=LNVLLld CW Jt-d.ILd-) S-B.P)NER TO PUMP n h--.=-cssa~nPMnstl~lchtr&n>EC.ttan&tsthhtsssshts-'SR~PI EEELS&hst lhE-.IRCICRrrell&S Sllirtn-DLFFLCULI. TQ::)MT ERPERI.MMUNCf IDNS ARE FOR fHt)KfCHOEO PURPOSE,!IO ACTLOM RUJIESCNTEO dR)G>)le DLtt DR EXIL)IGULS)IEU ~ACQUIRED)ILRLABLE QPJLRILX Df.LLG A G CLSO CPP JUSTIF TlO LIGHI'5 IKSTEAO OF ONE-SHOUI.O==: FPAL FEEL THAf"THE INOICATIOV IS SUITED ACEJIHETLIER ACCESS~)I~HIENQGLRURRt)SE~D ACILL)QZERLY~fERLilCdEO ~~DDLLLQNAL ~EMDE)).IBLJLLIERNAIEM a+4 J"QP061 615~3 10 G'CLSO L'.-~FROST 5-EPP JUSTIF', HIGH'TOROGEN CONNOH ALAR)t:",INDICATOR: -.'HMUHCIATOR HILL SE INSTALLED FOR'-";-",.I:IGNf5 SHOULD.SE ACCOMPAHICD.SvY~AAN -'..';;.'HYOROGCN HONIfOR NI'fHIH SYSfEN DESIGH ES~ALLAIIR~R ILIER1'>BIERSet CIIAILVEI 5 VO~U>ILTHERACJI.OV IHT.CN>)CI) .>~>)I F0 0 SO 6-A~ALI~L V~fgR G t PA R SHOU 0 fHCSC AR REDUNDANT MOICAtlOM v-.,""<<j'-'..s~HL'VC:A LABEL:FOR EACH LIGHT)SIKOICATlHG.E 'i~...-'-'a~APPRORIATE4KV BUS-,'., W='.~4vthh"~W. Ar,'rv/Jv.I+1 J ucLEfE0 hi\I ASSI.'..l.J-ASS-G.CLSD CPP JUST)F I P GEND.LIGHT.S NC5SA ES,CQJJ~>)QR THItr!ILESSAGCS ARE NglfjC>t TO PROV)DC THE M M 4 l LS~Lh2~INFORMATION ~.NO ACT)OH INTEMDEO 0 .LORIOA POHER-ANO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TURKEY POINT UNITS h,A A OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM 6't W4"~'SI Pg O 4 44 6 0~-*~'ll 6 P.P022 10/26/SS OATA BASE OG yj~"~N.@@VS+~5;--.-'-:-'-.'54$NQ XORkf4%5"HA'V ON SN'C%@4CStIULQOiSEAL'4gIVIOEBkIjlAXATU+LIGHZ%~-4 =V(NO 48 g<$g, P 7~~9'%+l~Ãf 5&LHORE~".QPA~gk+%a"L44~L>'LPÃd'ih64 6 6444 4 I~/3't'46 4 this$~6W4V@~<<7~6's%FAVI&MB~Wa4'6 AC ENOEO.HESE ARE AN 6 I'4@4'gGI3 NMC4 4'PERkXGRSQLQI~ITE@1% 8'U 5O, O'A TTTHS R A JUSTEO A G H E OL NG HE QOA'V UR OR-~'"'~Jt08$"'E%QSOCUHEN QNIRG~0 54~+7: 'i H I FOR APPLICABLE M P 0 QRME 0" 4 I ON N RP noh'r>~>>'~'i*>" L~t=4'W*"A'~066--6~4~~~6P-6l66lllJl.BLL663IEILEOJL.6LC I4 4hiÃ,4l~,, 6I', 0 6~66lEC Qll'1!66666 hh 0 t66 WE Cf.EO 64 ihh4 4." g 4 L4 LORIOA POKER AVO LIGHT'CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TURRET~OI~T UNITS 3 a c-~OETAILEO CONTROL'OOH OESIGH REVIEK'P~0023 C 10/26/83 OATA BASE OG P,T~4$rr,'+Arg~r, w, Ckt40p'" sg'~<ka"" A, g>,m 49<t.,~9.$$EC KPP48~4fOQ'A'Jgt,'4jiilESE@%RK~klgH~ ETtk@$$fXHS"i T.G~~,P8,4.',GET3ŽayS".OOiilb"r&~OP~ii W LOW ab~iaviiiNS," r,Ag-,'W,'l6"'1 ,~4 OP)J.~Qgt;C'-":~gK40@)R 0 R$~-<<@40'5 8 0 ARE a~~k'ib'vr r'5 J ,'l r i)~.~<<~~4k wt'., tw F4 E FOR COLOR CONVENTION SHOULO Q'$fgjf.Q P'KPJ."REO+$ g+EA~i~gEPPQFA KGO<<'CON}tglfJOM S'T'48t:AHEO,', 7I@tolji'Qp g: 'BojcllNE IKp Fo.Rdc"*pNsT g~IT ip'e'ED~A ht I.LORIOA PONER ANO LIGHT COEBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TURKEY POINT UNITS 3 A.0 OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEW P~0024 10/26/83 OATA BASE QG y tth t<<h t'I-0, t,.qh(>>t>>"g., XSk'ht'4h," g,"t(th.Cghf~gr h'ty('->>(tt(ggts t h-t~.t<<,.(<<AVE,">>'y f'~h>><<y't(AXED f~+'>>t+>" 8 N"'"'-f C<<P.~E ROLtOGg+WJ'8l EPlRD S'PJIHPV~+3 REPRESENT~ASKING'NEVXfllEOi'EORCRELOC'ATlON:~";~a 0 g@e@ea@PX, d g S."ERM)~~~~@X("'5 R N R C ART OES GN NO ACT ON REQU REO XFXXP>>'U U'NMg f.*Z*f h<<'4<<sty (%a K'sp r((t t(ht I I t.~>>ytt~', T R QUIR 0 h (4 hy<<t h c>>~>>F I'p S<'.*'t>'<<Z t~>><ty ht h<<<<<<.KSCXN5XCX<<h g P'g+~v Qhy...t yh>>y(t>>X'P*Žt<<Ct g/(~y(h t t e F LORIOA POKER ANO LIGHT CO.: BASCO 5 ERV I C ES INCOR PO RAT EO TURRET.POINT UNI TS 3 OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEK OOPS C 10/26/83 OATA BASE-OG 1>>+>>, I~,<<)I I M'+'>>a'\',),,R)I<<)>>E*>>o w'T>>IT R))E)i>>>)E>><<')E")+)Ia!E>>)R>>WE>t'4 ~I,))ar,>>>E>>>>>>>'.*"',".,-".*n'>>>>),"'m Wm>>.)..W'.4%SW->>)1>>)B- >>.1.INE>>S&!~i'IT~.P;.Z T.O..-Piyqtty+XHREP@~Veab&SE6',rAL'VgS AR~CONSmTANFAr44AQELEQ'1;-'~.;: "C~~~'-BEB+fPt~>>".:)'l>':I'jEHt>jf~yEE" jP oE: RB..a'Si'c~ray~jyPgoio~~E' RR kg~~T>'g~y.4>>r>>my'Eg/BEBLBOB .""soao>>'E))T A ELING EFFORT B fJ@QXX,V N+gjIO*rW'W~O>>o>~'>>">>'~>>.t R S PART OF T LABEL NG't>f)EE>>4S if)'nn jb9,>3+".~40'$+ptl@'.).c"~gA~~~?-~".'"gA"..-~'Of SCOREO>S>k, HEMftOB>re .<<'F R R H S K ASSR SSEO OUR NG THE.%l'RELYXNG"',QFEORT"' WP',uk~4j 84+I'w"'E P,.'1 k>IB>>a,c'IER RR)~BER OORR"TEO 45" VERSE.>%%~4'-E<<)p~>.jj>>>t>>>>>>R>>a>>>>>o..B F LORIOA POMER AHO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TURKEY POINT UNITS 3 A 4 OE TA I LEO C ONTROL ROON OESI GH R EV I EM Pa 0026 C 10/26/B3 DATA BASE 0G 4 I GJ40~40IQ~s~R O'P'~LA::-,'>l~O+ <QVCQSO&EP~V$ $$F~ISO.O'JUROR'LIA LSYYAREiL~AB 'Q~NAH~D'3'al'H~RABEL'NISI CONSISTE'NT+~ITH-"THE/@ '-~r',I!'~y~~ ~lr H T FU Y l'0 BE AO RESSEO AS PART OF RELABELING '$0'" L>>I': r': "".h"':'llg R S'RIIBSXBR : "A"W'~"'WiRFSBRS: "h'I"'WR'I"I%h clsA;rh>>'ss 4~.v M'.w, v>>'>>A hhA"='>>s>>IrhBR4 r.~~.m<s shhrvssAR.<<h'IBBRA rr,w~~K.,r,,hlhrrr y.ss v+ghgYrR>>rs h,rr'g>>rSB>>h WV IW h I'g'V.<<AP A AOO E SEO BY ELABELIHG EFFORT QIJrvr>>'" 8 ABRI"0 v h"'"B.h>>*.'h'rh>>r>>'Ah g+s~h>>~A;4%,!R%CZAR".~XNR -:..R SK%.~i~V;>e<<3%8AI%>>.H O RY ONV Hl'N S SUC T AT OPEH/TR P/FF S~COLS CLfKFO~~~H IGH~H H P R I OM OF SM'TC OPERAT ON S'O'PO O-krPA~Ci, AS@'a C~PXTSEmgr+yX;g~a ACHOeaEOUZREO~ 'XKE"->~4~~~~mi&eBASL~~~~~~~~-~~~ I'FEZlp~l>>67Vr-I Kj.E ll+RC+l)0'~A8fLIM LLRFOUC'*"'$8 IRB vtlfh she""h.~r~'Sf4l88'<<4XQAITE4. 88'FHIRL MIIA BS'F~r','s"'+4>~'" g~PQgz5rv'I ihIA+$As'v 0'iyivAR'rs'S4""- '4'""'&9'4~.'PNFIQ9QBRB~<~+4-.z~+~.~~I'S~;@T~~'~+ll$$0$~>>QVP,PQ$'f f 3 018 6.~..3.~G~C BJAM~B~ILJJKBAABI ~IS~IFB I RSM SSAQDIIASSSB AS PARI Br~r".":-i.';z-""-'wmi'"',; %~%~sii~M~'AATg ggQh'Oping)gg T, O~gj~lr'4fAg5.'O$ $~PJ~Jgg+if <-""~f ss".'~i:-~ ': '.*"-,'5&'lEf@'"<<'vh~'4'5."~j'-:": '='::"."'~~+4"" i~-'V~~s'>44wk~~ ',~'l(gfg+~'Q'gL>>/+Iffy; 4>>$f~glg(gg9[gMB$ $5jistrAJ~~W~W~AAAhM~>>X>> ~~v.P~~+~rsrW~<<+5>>s~gk+..Rhvm~g (,r'4~vcr.v.B,+.%+W%'VPP(%vRZ. ~Is.s.;"r~lssh~k."~4c9iP"M+~: <<.'4P~~L5-'4g$3T~~.,y'.4&.,%$ ~+~~'-S-"~~.;i~II"CRT%~;,~A,'54r~"BRAYED!~."'. 'i~,s7-',4 Ai%5K~Y'lg IA h-.NVP~c A'-.>>l W'-'4""'rs'=(V SAIS>>~A.564N~PSrh>>AI@PM44%>>>> +>>S'h@hrS>> r'0+w A MYC4BVBMNdtE>>r+V W'>PS'I-'" s" Vr.I i S-*>>S'>>X'rh'4r(h P=-~r'i I v~B '22)FLORIOA POMER ANO LIGHT CO E BASCO SERVICES~INCORPORATEO TURKEY~POINT U ITS 3 OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM')'))P OOZl 10/26/83 0 AT A BAS E-OG'>-')2*', J))e)'r J+p':" a bssÃ4 J',~rargy@m raa" rPP>GIX~iL'aOOP@SEOWSyyWRTV OWI CE 8"'8 N" kO E RCht40'Ãe.2)>~,A l.~*'e+(e, 4-+J'R H N-IIRiVRE)))2ACLIQN NfC50EOR~EGARO'T4.$$'ag'.'gr gg 4)re A'JJ~re,-1+)~))~r g)2 Je/J,JJ EO A A OF J e J p, J~~H I A AIO 2).'e'&/~A~",~A%~,~~'2/44'MERE Ph NELMW~S4@flS'$8 "5+ECAQSE~WfS TEP~YQO+~$ 5'SA'MA I LASt E~OX4lXOM>THE~~-M." QfglN 6 8f-g@Of4 Qg~~F+ERP'Pg SU)A'ij gC'OgjF I CH;~~~~" Ndtb)kb@RS: LORIOA PBNER ANO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO 6 TURKEY POINT UNITS 3 OETAILEO CONTROL ROON OESIGN REVIEN 0028 10/26/83 OATA BASE-OG 6+0.5'"'8'""'$'ARE,'COJJQX'i'%.TOR)j9'.0+@I'i ISUi:ITEN~kIL6LL6BWCORAECTEOP~~~~~;:4~p~>>~(~<; ~..~ijOiih3~XEN .A Pj g~O'E Ski, Vi*3.~~~~..~>~~~~-.-."P:;.'~.~M>>ZBZ- +~*6>>r pt'>>P~'gO'gqYa<y o 4jfru'R R OENA CA ION AMO SUNNA'ABELING kILL E N A%'>~'UCPICOPER%'T " RROR~+""h@f '6~Yy 66'~'.+>>66 WJ'R T S T N~'r~'6 46 6 6 q), Agat>>>>6*3E'.i6'60 6*TI@~C~M<'Q ri~~-'>>Mg 6'6 P;g, 1'~~y.w I O'Q'%mVi 85M 6 6 S k TT UTPUT.ACTIO~6 6 g+9>>6,'6-0 w r.>>6 6.~U Ai Nf.U S.TeCiMa hUSA'i&RfPffQk .i6 6'.@T6 j'j~g'gg j~~~~~4:-w+ W4gC3-~+W~~Y '")fff-','ONfgggggo P 5t)8~$&NOER."'CONSfRUCTIONo)CONPONEMf5".NA'VER'w" P~'="'~l'ggkfPQ@4CGCH)4Cjl ~%<.EKN LPBELEO,"-~-~6-6 4 6>>'6 me.6>>e a r 6>>.a".f 3~ik5a~O.NC'j 'sv" AI~EIL.'KIL~E.ABBESS.EO h.S ghjU OF.fr@w-~UP+."'P 4a" 6r" 6~6 I<Pc'i&96>>WJ~L~'666~& wMjp-6>>6 4 I I Fl.ORIOA POKER AND'IGHT CO EBASCO.SERVICES INCORPORATED TURKEY POIHT UHI TS 3 8 A OETAILEO CONTROL RODH OESIGH REVIEK"P~0029 10/26/83 OATA'ASE OG"3+4 AV'.'@""', V.Ef4ggg'R~~Otff WO'EHA~0'Q O'lHHA'%~ljgE ~%~llg~F I*W-ITI.A AB ING ANO OEKARCATION KILL NCF 4EC5'I+I-."ACED'4C'-+.i%~;;tlII"..'. R SS S PART OF 4'I~II~~'I~A 4&Ž4 A K LL BE CORRECTEO AS PART OF LABELIHG'tRF ART4kA I' /FLORIDA POMER AHO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATED ruRAEY POINT UNITS 3 a 4 DETAILED CONTROL R30H DESIGN REVIEM E 0030 10/R6/83 DATA BASE-OG','kl r"rg g~t'"~cVwTmV~~~'PN7i~: '~'wVA:IVX'>. '"~'g" HO'gePW>RO ILLOma r C~~SOORS.AN HAEC ROELLC N<sgaOPE EO>>~~~~~~'.NOH QE$t$&Jf"-O'E~RDXlfSSh8818~ EJECT.REXAHEUXX.FGggQ~L'DAO'INEC@XQE-~~'%%7 <<h A R AR" PERIOOICA LY NO ACTIOH REOUIREO'A c r.S44 i R 0 R G NO ARO M LL AOO Oa R E G FORT M ADDRESS THE 4I"P'H" Al I~l'~'~DPH+,.~~~-<'" 3'OK&SO-COS Xt, Ot, 4'."'~'i'c W'."42AC.gar~geww.mg~.o~g,.w~...<<pP<9, y~.~~~y,>g m e~a",~p w~~ggpw~~~grce~'~~ 4<<%8 4+~'~k."~Wl+..~~"~-i.-~5,MS.~," v, 41, P7~EjERS~tLB~Q FR!Bl o UL6 KEf L, AMAY..r>>~l>>'", v s, 4'~P'~V L i<s/~A FLORIOa POa<K A.~U LIGHf Cn CBASCO SERV ACES INCuRPUHaf Ln-~O)(l=-dEO-NUl-l>Oc.X. NU fURaEY PGf VT UNI f5 i)Ef Al LLU C JNf R(IL R')nN i)ESI GM REVit:M.REPJ)HT JL ,0 uw, foz2etss i)ara BaSE-UG=ILE/-I-KOEi(-HEO=-NO (a)4 (U)io ARFA==CAT-.RESP-----O~RZPTInN (C)4 (O)~(C)lil ()4i)=-5 I'AT US (G)I o)055 6 6 4 1 G HF-1280 CLSO EPP JUSTIF LABELS ON VE Rl'ICAL HETERS HAVE TOO SHALL METERS ARE REAO AT CLOSE RANGE L.TTER SIZES 6 b~4~G-LLS)~)=JLLSICF L-LIEIIIJ)G U'l YCAILCAi 5EID~~QjE ifEtEIIS~A E JIEAO a f CLQS~CANGE rf F-12f)5 Sif ALL I j.'J Do>l bazoo 4+a~fM2$L ZC NEO a-ALL HAS O'EEi(,AL IEREO.ON 4.iLRESI OVAL I,HE HF I Ek SCALE MILL OE REPLACEO.L)hlVJi~~~~~~flHBQL SI ZE.ANO STYLE IS INCOHSISTANT ~.=.ooSB 6 u 4~aA-AF-1295 eil3 CLSU EPP=JUSTICE L.I TLR~llES.ONMAO.~NILhf 'iEHRS~BE tHE LABELS ANE RED))AOLE. ---~1 ll LL i HA!LJ'ZHER-LABELS <F 13Ou-.,==CtwPQNENIS.. 0060 6~6 41BI G~KJ305 2C OP LLBELS HAVE'MHITE LEKTERS ON BARK ACJUiRfuf THE RELABELING EFFORT MILL AOORESS'HIS ~006,1 6e 6~5e 1 G CLSO HF-1310~2~s~aS)Ji.i.U..(i..HF-1315 EPP-JUST'IF.= TAG OUT LABELS ARE::REO OR;(M)TITE-ZAGS';HlNG ON T,'lE'MITCH.HANOLE~'THEY OO NOT~IJ'iES OBSCURE AL'JACEHI..LAJELS~ LA BELS TH IS USE SHOULO BE LIHI TEO TO C)NOI l'IONS OF NIGH RECESS ll'.THE USE.OF THESE TAGS IS AN INOUSTRY STANOARO ANO AOHINISTRATI VE CONTROL IS SlzE..rJ(EY cAN BE FGLGEn.... ITE~CLGSEU I Hf:!t~A" FLING'EFFORl MIL CORREC'f THIS)oe3 ohio~5~2 G~f=ls 2o=S UPS Ui E Of tCAPP far(Y LAUf.S Si(JUt.O BF..f Hf: RELABELING EFFORf<fi.L CORREcr reefs. FLORIDA POKER ANU LIGHf CO:OA SCO SERVI CES IN COKPUR AT EO NQ f UK'I POINT UNl TS 3 t(UETAILFU C UNTROL ROOtl UESIGN REVIEM Pt 0032 I 0/2 t<</83 DATA BASE-0G..ILE/(A)4 (Q)10 (C)s (Q)4 (E)lt)(.)4t)ABLS (G)tio 4064 6+6~5 2 G'WF 1325 CLS'0 EPP 4JST'IF A)HINISTRATI VE CONTRQt.AND REVIEM PIOCEOURES ARE NO/llSEO FDR TEHPORARI I'HE JJSE OF TEHPORARI LABELS MILL BE L IHIT'EO ANO USED MHEH NEEDS HAHOATE~---gF;~133) )OEO T{l CONTROL ROON+i RS I NG f HIS lS 4 OUPLICATE OF FILE ttO 15 SECI'ION.6 6 ALL IHFORHATION FILE THERE~1t t)a6 hestia li l G 3..JIM.MJSHtuITJ~<<(ELE~MQN$1JLE~$UHLABELLD I HE, RELABEL lllG EFFORT MILL CORRECT f HIS<<'..0.06L=.A F~4O o 4~-li CLS~P,JtJSJ+F~~g LAHE~JJQ-=rgUS El(EEP JJLGGJLLL CORREC f=.f HE==.0IR I~HANDLES=-HJLVF-LA)t C CI-EROBLEH~JTORllAL HAI H TEHAHCE tuLL CD RREC I--bgE-.'-TC 4Ht(1HG PROBLEH=-.AF-1345 PZ~ILER 15 ENCIlRRECJ~ =t)PGRAOEQ, JHIS, HETER JllLL BE REtlOVEO~JJNLT 4 PCtl BZ-265 CQHP)ETE-}+69<<6e 6~'II 1'<<<<G-, CLSO SEE:$fATfJS.'CAPS)(EATS LABELQO<<<<DAT<<'A",,ARE'OT,,-,.THE RELABELINe EFFORT MIL'L CORRECT"'THIS~.-~/TO:--"-'=6 6 I BA.-',-'--,-,-- -'0C,"----=,-i':."-~+OK!$ R",COOED,'-.ZONE: LRK1INIS Nk RETERSJtERE 'S'XQHA;JIEtERS. MELL'NOF.M'.HPOIFXXI). HUE'.TO'-gf 1355-.-.--.-.-:-.=-~'--;APl LTEO'baeARS.:XGa ...WINCE THEO SOHE,ar'VENDORS REFUSAL tD REOUALtIFX 'tHE., HEtERS.YF.SCA~MLNG HOP.IF lua<<tfF 1360 ARE LABELEO IH PERCENT INSTEAD OF PSI~ P>>403 A C t LORIOA POMER ANO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO 1'URXEY POINT UNI 1'S 3 A A OETAILEO CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEM IO/26/83 OA1'A BASE-4G I)ay h>X~~)@~Pi':X'-Eg"=~~9~~~-'+"'*""'GI'$h'm't-!I)rI "{lt~"'wCMi+5" 1P~""~4P'Q O'RQfT+Qlft!O'ARLG BA'CKORNO-'NQ&CJION)'REOUIQEOa+C$ +LACATEOEEAS5TOGE~4'h4i4 l(pig~Qp".g';Al$!EE'IW1AAGG QOpl~@CQNII ~$Gll+IG llgXMIEFLECEftE,'GI')AGE ~4'L':,*;h~r)"~A G P'G k GHT OOK NEM CRT IS 19 MITH TX9 HATRIX W4 f,fK'l Mf.11E!0.gX'RE~YS NiiSEINS~UPGRADEQ'k ~A t I I~I~))C N NAH I H PMO M LL BE SSUEO S K Y OARO~0 C I A OPER~PANE1: M'C H M KEYBOA 0 ANO R IC SSO K Y 0'YEOQMGET")EISXSM~UPSRADEL I rh a.1E SP Y.'~4@84.~M~P~Y,.."'f." Cf f, (~AC,EEQ~ARE .'g4QCS+y 4g%1l'.'Nb-'ARE~4l; 618L'E'.A)NEO>>;nfl'QN~'XHffNOE '.)E,M~018 6 L 2 AA B COH~LS~~JlJ 5 SYSTEM UPGRAOE 1'HIS CONOIT ION MILL BE~I~E gj h h at AG')E" JIPa r~r)i)G)A)a h E~)>>It (GGT.-tP' PLORIOA POMER ADO LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TUR'CEY POlkl UNITS 3 A 4 OETAILEO C ONTROL ROOH OESI GN REV IEN P.0035 10/Z6/'03 OATA BASE OG 01%...'O'QP,";g~. W.36'*Cl'-5 8'.g Pg E'@4/44)SU~~K@G~QO~AC QO'ICA<<~<<'TINOQCI'A+ORGRALARKS+ALf87+QPERA'JDR'PTHAJ .+AGE'"~'f Q'Q EEQVPfg@C~HOQD~~ '~%F'E'EERO=lREVGPPIIG(lit!IGGSETNbigfOlEG g~QC'~Q PV t'-g y'R EQ'tl I, OR 00ING OTHER HI~,a t tt!@pg VO t P G-P R P.MCih~Gtv~4~~~~M'fe&eÃW~~'~~~ F~g*','-~r.'<~+I='QQ~R%~$~>>~~" 44, OV>>"ffl'4O4C>~"Ef'W4H~ ->>ERR'8R"'V~t vtt fE P G Rttv I*E~""'V t t"<<Ot ,r,,*".'F~.~WAI~..<~ ~G68'Pf<<<<W~ 'Pi i~'%5MM'PI'~G<<O-t fr'rv'~I"4, pfprr 4~.tv R V,ISErlt 4, I, l,.tG t AtEtt.r Rfv. F LORIOA POMER A<<O LIGHT CO EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATEO TURKEY POIHT UNII'5 3 C OETAI LEO C ONI'ROL ROON OESIGN REVIEM P 0036 10/26/B3" DATA BASE-OG I GJA3L~k")"gC~~Pi>3'~% I'IQ".'PRO '~G4'OUPlXG+'4+C RITlCA'I JgkOfpREC OROERS~1';+I(TENS~A'Rg BE I NG!gEA RRA XGEOr,'..PART'OF; =;CONT'S'RMIMJLi P Y K T NR RH NO I'FO~MILL BE ADO~TO COHPUTER AS OETER'.""'OK4Vk~fklECAOPktSAt'i8V5tNOt,'TJGU"aXD15L'NIXED.'OMVROJR J:" ACME XT.NP%N iC.~w<." i~+/~~'~t~w"--~+P&Vrc5d.9Ã+w.k w<<~Ma Ye%4 AC ENO ECOROERS AVAILABLE AT Y M r WRnt'~agaT:"-'X'SO~Xqxl. O'Z~.-~ID~AXE"ZNm XSmnSTRD'::Sraxraa; "'gp.)..'-.~i~pi'.wp~..A<kib~4>".~c,,-~?*.w~~>~4%..~~-s<.ZimCWM~.~C 0 SPO'NOEO 0 ASS ST OPER'I l 4 A h'V'g'+i'~g v~4 i a~1~~g g g c~r,O0$" Jt".i a p'S D R5L,~Ni NOORIC i D Rm'., I~P~LCCt'4'QX A'ABEL'WA DiDE ARCAf49'u AR Fran~'fg N~jf~eX t~ =LORIOA P3MFK A.eo LIGHT CO: BA SC0 SERVICES I NCOHPO Rh TEO-~II=M P 0037 TURNKEY POI'(f UHI TS 3 E 4 TO/Z6/83 OEfAILEO C ONfROL HOOK OESI GR REVIEM OA l'A B A SE-OG.QOOI~P W:=-'6~>~I P, CZ=G~'~~FIICK'"i'Pjf04~%~~/3 TARIFFS A'SSC'"'.-Ml'H-'HETFITS~XREXIH~iHE'~i.:"~ SMI'f CKES'44";. IHOICATORS'aMILL~BE REARRAN EOV~~~~U R 9.1 C~.~l~r~~auaESSE.~S~Zr fl~AB E 0" i 4<~-'-'"Ak4m.<~~ '-""""'T'EWtL'hltEL'9"~CKANHEl:~%$ AMD""'-ABEL'EO~~'i/22"';~~~';~4M~-'=; "-'M+~W~~NO A OR LL=BE CONFIGUREO TO AGREE gQ~gP~g+g(~>jQP~w 'TT2+~Ž~~i~~~gLgigggj'~f4> l~~~gP"Qi)42~'2i BR@~"Oi..i-4 P~f gfYk7~4AS'"ZPKt~T$ 4&N': EQIIEH'Q'~5BG'"59~LA'OSRTOYS YSY6ROlfPEMgRQ- , j'3'"g i'40 80+OQRL'ifkRATI Rt CR NRO'M5$1$4488'4REOU fRETP 54XQ R LQAA."M~'w.g~g lfg~ff4@gg " gt~" e.QCAUNNKROR 'fOliL'FP~4~sA~i~'~~~'rgS+~i~~~inc c'i 0<<t M.'r+'w W-i'iv i 4-L~.i e~i P".~~SW~O'AAA:i%'i.,'3~A+,~VI~a APPENDIX A TABLE OP CONTENTS PAGE OPERATOR INTERVIEW NOISE LIGHTING CR ENVIRONMENT CONTROLS DISPLAYS CONVENTIONS PROCESS COMPUTER EMERGENCY GARMENTS LABELING ANNUNCIATORS ANTHROPOMETRIC FORCE/TORQUE COMMUNICATIONS MAINTAINABILITY TASK ANALYSIS WALK-THROUGH 10 36 45 51 66 67 83 84 91 93 99 HUMAN EMGlNEERlM.G CHECKS.lST OPERATOR INTERVIEW EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.IME REF.EVAI.UATIOM QUID EI.INE REF.Senior operators who supervise or assist operations of more than one unit need to be stationed so that they can communicate effectively with operators in each unit and have an unobstructed visual path to each units'ontrol b'oards.6.1.3.1 b.9.Emergency equipment will be stored in an orderiy fashion.10.Storage location(s) will be accessible, clearly marked, and known to all personnel. 6.1.4.3 aO 6.1.4.3 b.24 Operational crews will be committed to one or the other unit and will not be allowed to alternate between the two mirrored units.6.1.3.2 80 The distinction between the mirrored units will be heightened as much as possible.6.1.3.2 b.4.All equipment such as fire, radiation and rescue equipment, will be checked periodically for its condition. 6.1.4.2 80 All equipment will be easily and readily accessible. 6.1.4.2 b.Operators will be'rained in the use of all emergency equipment. 6.1 4.2 Co 7.An administratively approved procedure for each type of emergency will be written.6.1.4.2 do 8.There will be an automatic fire warning system for control room fires.6.1 4,2 e.ON-SITE EVALUATION Ls OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 0 0 HUMAN ENGINEERlRG CHECKlIST NOISE+Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.Speech Intelligibility 7.Auditory signal intensity does not cause auditory discomfort. 6.2.2.6 b., Verbal communications between points are intelligible under slightly raised voice levels for ambient noise levels.6.1.5.5 ao 8-Auditory signal intensities do PP not exceed 90dB(A)with the exception of 115dB(A)for evacuation alarms.6.2.2.6 Ce'oise 2.Background noise levels do not i 6.1.5.5 iP exceed 65dB(A).b.CRE-11 9.Auditory signal frequencies are between 200 and 5000 Hz with the maximum range of 500 to 3000 Hz.6.2.2.5 a.AD-12 0'hen voice transmission sys-tems are not provided between the primary operating area and other control room loca-tions, background noise is further reduced.6.1.5.5 Co 10.Wide-band auditory signals of approximately 200 Hz are used.ll.The signal intensity is dis-cernible above ambient CR noise.6.2.2.5 b.6.3.2.1+AD-23 4.Noise.distractions are mini-mized.6.1.5.5 d.Acoustical Treatment 5.Acoustical treatment limits reverberation time to one~~~second or less.Auditory Signals 6.1.5.5 e.6.To assure gaining the opera-tor's attention, a normal signal-to-noise (S/N)ratio of 10dB(A)is maintained in the control room with a S/N or 20dB in one octave'and between 200 and 5000 Hz being adequate.6.2.2.6 80 AD-15 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN FIGlIEERlIG CHECK1.lST +Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE EYALUATIOIII GUIDELIIIIE REF.2.Ambient lighting avoid reflection or refraction that cause light indicators to appear to be glowing when they are not.l.Illuminated indicators are at least 10%greater in illumi-nation than surrounding panel.6.5.3.2 b.and 6.5.3.3 a.(1)VD-90 6.5.3.1 b.VD-91 10.12.Labels, instructions and other written information are not in a shadowed position.Ambient illumination is pro-vided via direct or diffuse lighting.To reduce operator fatigue and eyestrain, shadows are avoided.6.1.5.3 e.(2)6.1.5.3 e.(l)CRE-5 6.1.5.3 e.~, 6.7>>Changes in ambient lighting do not affect discrimination of color coding.The emergency illumination system provides a minimum of 10 footcandles at all work stations in the primary opera-ting area.Failure of the normal lighting system does not degrade the emergency lighting system.An automatically activated emergency lighting system that is independent of any other lighting system is pro-vided.Surface colors are recog-nizable under both normal and emergency conditions. 6.5.1.6 e.(3)VD-65 6.1.5>>4 c>>6.1.5>>4 b.6.1.5.4 a>>6.1.5.3 h.CRE-7 13.14.15.16.17.Luminance ratios for task areas conform to guidelines. 4 Supplemental lighting provides for specialized visual tasks in areas where fixed illumination is not adequate.Illumination levels do not vary greatly within work stations.Illumination levels conform to guideline. The illuminated condition is recognizable under the highest predicted ambient light con-dition and is at least 10%brighter than the surrounding panel.6.1.5>>3 d.CRE-8 6.1.5.3 c>>CRE-10 6.1.5.3 b.6.1.5.3 a.+CRE-10 6.4.3.3 b.(2)8.Reflectance conforms to guidelines. t 9.Glare does not interfere with readability of displays, labels, or indicators. 6.1.5.3 g>>CRE-6 6.1.5.3 f.CRE-3 18.19.When the CRT uses light char-acters on a dark background, character luminance is 23 ft-L minimum and 46 ft-L pre-ferred.When the CRT uses dark char-acters on a light background, screen background luminance is 23 ft-L minimum and 46 6.7.2.1 c.(4)+VD-47 HUMAN EMGIIEERIMG CHECKLIST EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE 20.When ambient illumination in t the vicinity of the CRT is in the medium to high range, the CRT uses dark characters and.symbols on a light background. 21.Ambient illumination can-tributes no more than 25%to screen luminance through diffuse reflection and phos-phor excitation. 6.7.2.1 c.(2)VD-47 6.7.2.1 c.(1)VD-47 22.CRT screens are installed to minimize or eliminate reflected glare at normal operator viewing angles.6.7.2.1 b.VD-47 23.Alphanumeric and graphic characters are easy to read under all control room lighting conditions. 6.7.2.1 aO VD-47 24.Proper lighting of at least 8 ft.C is provided in work access areas.CRE-1 t COUNTERS Visibility 25.Counters are self-illuminated when used in areas which pro-vide display luminance below 1 ft.-L.VD-83 0 HUMAN ENGlNEERlmo CHECKLlST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE Workspace Arrangement ~l~Control room arrangement facilitates efficient unob-structed movement and com-munication. Visual relief from arrays of instrumentation is provided.4.Controls are located so that m simultaneous operation o f 2 controls does not require a crossing or interchanging of hands.Workspace Location 2.Equipment is arranged with$P movement and communi-cations patterns in mind.6.1.1.3 d.(i)6.1.3.1 aO 6.1.5.7 a.(3)WA-4 9.10.jp 12./Jf SheLves are located so that contents can be seen and reached.Under no circum-stances is the,top shelf higher than 76 inches.The CRT screen data and messages are within unobstructed view of the operator at normal work station.If writing space is on the con-sole, it does not interfere with viewing and operation of con-.trols and displays.If writing space is not pro-vided on the console, it is located at a nearby desk or table.WA-8 6.7.2.3 f.6.1.2.3 h.(2)6.1.2.3 h.(3)5.7.KE 8.The shift supervisor's office is readily accessible to the con-trol room.Operators at desks and con-soles have full view of all con-trol and display panels in the primary operating areas.Desk and console placement facilitates voice communica-tions from seated operators to any point in the pr imary operating area.Out-of-the-way storage is pro-vided for operators'oats and personal belongings. 6.1.1.6 aO 6.1.1.3 aO WA-28 6.1.1.3 b.6.1.5.6 aO 13.(m 14.Controls are placed close to the display they affect and with an equal distribution of work between right and left hands (finest adjustment reserved for the right hand).Controls on a vertical surface are located in an area no greater than 8 inches above the head and no further than 18 inches from the center line.Controls frequently operated or critical are located between shoulder level and waist height.WA-3 WA-6 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN EMGINEERfmo CHECKLlST CR ENVIRONMENT EVALUATION GUIDEllIE REF.EVAlUAT101 GU)DEUNE 15.$P 0Finger-operated controls are located with 29 inches fram operator's shoulder.Controls operated with the whole hand are located within approximately 27 inches of the operator's shoulder.Workspace Size, Shape, Design 17.Operators are able to perform I tasks at any work station.18.A means for voice communi-~~~catians is provided in rest-rooms and eating areas.20.Desks have adequate knee space.9Vprkgpeg Qqgtirggd~ggic&ioeork N comfortably at desks as per-mitted by desk dimensions. Adequate space is allowed between the chair and desk/console so the operator can easily get in and out of the chair or can view equipment behind.23.ry Panels and equipment enclosures are designed so that no unwanted objects can be introduced. 19.Desks provide enough space I for all materials required during task performance. WA-3 WA-3 6.1.1.3 c.'l,'2)'.1.5.7 b.(3)6.1.2.7 ao 6.1.2.7 Ce 6.1.2.7 b.6.1.1.3 e.6.1.1.3 go 24.$Jf 25.26.8 27.y 28.y 29.$P 30./jf Lockers are large enough for storage of personal items.The minimum lateral work-space foi'acks with drawers: a)racks with drawers weighing less than 45 lbs., 18 inches clearance on one side and 4 inches clearance on the other;and b)racks having drawers weighing over 45 lbs., 18 inches clearance on each side.Segmented, wraparound con-soles are used when the panel space for a single seated operator exceeds 44 inches of flat surface.If vision over top is required, the width of central segment does not exceed 44 inches and the left and right segments do not exceed 24 inches.Controls used for performing the same function on different items or equipment are the same size.Labels are located on main chassis of the equipment. When instructions applying to a covered item are labeled on a hinged door, the lettering is properly oriented so that it can be read when door is open.6.1.5.6 b.WA-15'A-28 WA-28 CON-1.PA-44 PA-29 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEER)MG CHECKLlST CR ENVIRONMENT EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE Workspace Visibility Total left-to-right viewing angle does not exceed 190o.WA-29 39.4P Stairs, stair-ladders, ramps, etc., are equipped with hand-rails on each side.Where one or both sides are open, guard-rails are provided.WA-36 32.SE 33./p Where functionai groups are outlined with contrasting lines, a 1/16 inch border desig-nates secondary or non-critical groups.~Where functional groups are outlined with contrasting lines, a 3/16 inch border designates primary, emer-gency, or extremely critical operations. CDI-13 CDI-13 40.41.ftE Stair-ladders are made of metal;handrails have non-slip surface.Emergency doors/exits are accessible and easily opened.The doors are designed to be opened by a single motion of hand or.foot.There are emergency exits from secure or classified areas.WA-39 CRE-17 Workspace Safety 34.XE Operators are able to get to any work station without encountering any obstacles. 6.1.1.3 c.(i)42.fE Exposed edges are rounded to a minimum r adius of.4 inch and corners to a minimum of.5 inch..VD-6 Workspace Climate 35.jp'.Handset cords are positioned to avoid entangiing critical controls or endangering passing traffic.Verticaily mounted handset cradles are located out of the way of traffic.6.2.1.2 b.(5)6.2.1.2 b.(6)fE 44./Jf The climate control system is capable of maintaining temperature and humidity.Air temperature at floor and head levels do not differ by more than 10oF'.6.1.5.1 aO-CRE-1 6.1.5.1 b.CRE-1 37.fE Handrails are provided for platforms, stairs, and floor openings or wherever per-sonnel may fall from an eleva-tion.Skid-proof flooring on stair or step-tread coverings are used.CRE-1 WA-39 45.fE 46./Jf Capacity of ventilation system is at least 15 cubic feet per minute per occupant.Air velocity in the primary operating area does not exceed 45 feet per minute measured at operator head level and does not produce a noticeable draft.6.1.5.2 ao CRE-15 6.1.5.2 b.CRE-15 HUMAN ENGIIEERfMG CHECKllST EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE 48.Color and lighting creates a cheer ful atmosphere. 49.Comfortable seating is pro-vided.50.Carpeting is provided.Workspace Comfort Control room colors are coordinated. 6.1.'5.7 a.(1)6.1.5.7 a.(2)6.1.5.7 a.(4)6.1.5.7 a.(S)58./Jf The backrest reclines between 103o and 115o.The backrest engages the lumbar and thoracic regions'of the back, and supports the torso so that the operator's eyes can be brought to"eye line" with no more than 3 inches of forward body movement.If only lumbar support is given, lateral curvature does not exceed 7.3 inches in radius.52 53.jI i5.56.Chairs pivot so that operators can readily adjust position.A restroom and kitchen or eating area are located within or near control room.Restroom and eating facilities are easily accessible. A rest area is provided.Chairs pivot so that operators can readily adjust position.Chairs support the lower back;the angle between the back and seat is about 100o for office tasks and greater for reading and resting.Chairs with armrests are pre-ferred for personnel who remain seated for long periods of time.6.1.2.8 aO 6.1.5.7 b.(1)6.1.5.7 b.(2)6.1.5.7 Co 6.1.2.8 aO 6.1.2.8 b.WA-17 6.1.2.8 Ce Workspace Accessory Hardware Lighting systems use light/P'affles or diffused indirect lighting.60.Trademarks, company names, fP or other markings are not displayed on the panel face.62.Acoustical treatment in accordance with the figure on back is used to reduce rever-beration time.Workspace Qlumination 63.Luminaires are placed at least 60o from the viewer's line of sight.Workspace Acoustics 61.The average room sound absorption coefficient is at least.20.Seats and backrests are padded with at least 1" of compressible material.6.1.2.8" d.WA-17 QN-SITE EVALUAT HUMAN ENGIIIIEER! IG CHECKllST CR ENVIRONMENT EYALUATIOI GUIDEI.IIIIE llEF, EYAI.UATIOI GUIDEI.IIIIE 64.Instrument panels have a dull matte finish.t 65.Pastels and light grays are used for ceilings, walls, or consoles rather than dark grays, green, blue, red, and brown.Control Room Performance Aids CRE-3 CRE-5 73.Documents are protected from being,dag-eared, dirty, loose, tarn, and difficult to read.74.Sets of procedures are stored separately for each unit in a multi-unit control room.75.Procedures are accessible Q while tasks are being per-formed.6.1.1 4 d.6.1.1 4 e.6.1.2.6 66.0'8.jI 69.$P 70.Procedures references accessible. and other are readily Reference documents are stored out in the open where they are easy to locate and use.Specific documents are clearly labeled.Labels distinguish documents.. A method of organizing documents to reduce search time is used, such as separating operational docu-mentation from other documents. 6.1.1.4 a.(l)WA-33.6.1.1 4 a.(2)WA-33 6.1.1.4 b.(1)6.1.1.4 b.(2)6.1.1 4 b.(3)76.Annunciator response proce-dures are available in the con-trol room.77.Annunicator response proce-8 dures are indexed by panel identification and annunciator tile coordinates. 78.Each plant unit has its own set of procedures. Control Room Procedures Design 79.Nonessential personnel have I limited access to various areas within the control room.6.3.4.3 6.3.4.3 b.6.1.3.1 d.6.1.1.7 71.$jf Documents are removable from racks.6.1.1 4 c.(l)72./E Documents are bound and per-mit fixed opening at a desired place.6.1.1.4 c.(2)ON-SXTE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSXSTEO EVALUATION HUMAN EIGIIEERjIG CHECKLIST 10 CONTROLS+Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.PUSH-PULL Operations Arrangement Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.Coding/Identification 2.Each control is recognizable in I.terms of its function.If there is labeling on this slide control, control shaft is locked in position to maintain correct label orientation. All discrete functional control positions are identified. 5.I When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color is used for both the con-trol and the display.Size, Shape, Design 6.Selected controls make best t 0 use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. 6.8.3.1 6.4.1.1 c.(1)CON-6 6.6.3.8 aO 6A,2.2 f.(2)CON-2 6A.l.l b.(4)7.Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a Controls are located and I oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ments.b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c.Controls are covered or guarded with movable barriers.d.Controls are provided with interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is required.f.Controls are provided with I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. 6.4.1.2 ao CON-1 6A.1.2 b.(i)CON-1 6.4.1.2 c.(i)6A.}.2 d.(i)CON-1 6A.1.2 d.(2)CON-1 6.4.12 e CON-1 8.If controls are recessed, shielded or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely con-tained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.6A.1.2 b.(2)CON-1 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 0 HUMAN EIG)NEER)IG CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATloN GUIOELlNE REF.EVALUATlOM GUlDELiNE 9.When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls.6A.1.2 c.(3)CON-1 16.Control position information is I visible to the operator during control operation. Maintenance 6.6.3.8 Co 10.Qn moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used.6.4,1.2 c.(2)CON-1 17.Control sur faces have not (R been allowed to break, chip or crumble.6A.l.l e.(1).~12.When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent operation and fixed pr otective structures are impractical or inappropriate. 6A.1.2 f.CON-1 6.4.1.2 ge CON-1 13.Push-Pull controls have the operating position in the QUT position.CON-6 Direction/Rate of Motion Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back).6.4.2.1 CON-1 Visibility 15.The control color contrasts with the panei background. 6A.2.2 f.(s)CON-3 ON-SITEl' HUMAN EMGtNEERfNG CHECKl.lST 12 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'.TOGGLE SWITCHES Size, Shape, Design Arrangement 18.Where a horizontal row of dis-plays is associated with a ver-tical column of switches (or vice versa), the farthest left horizontal item corresponds to the topmost ver tical item.19.Where switches are arranged in fewer rows than displays, switches associated with top row of displays are positioned at far left;switches associa-ted with second row of dis-plays are placed immediately to the right, etc.Coding/Identification 21.m Each control is recognizable in terms of its function.All discrete functional control positions are identified. 23.Q t When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color is used for both the con-trol and the display.20-Control separation conforms kE to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.CDI-11 CDI-ll 6.8.3.1 6.4.1.1 c.(1)6.6.3.8 aO PA-28 PA-49 6.4.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 24.Selected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. 27.Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and m oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ment.b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c.Controls are covered or guarded with movable barriers.d.Controls are provided with (R interlocks so that extra movement is required.25.Toggle switches conform to the dimensions in the figure on the back of this page.26.Omitted.Operations 6 4.1.1 b.(4)6.4.5.3 c CON-6 6.4.1.2 aO CON-1 6.4.1.2 b.(i)CON-1 6 4.1.2 c.(1)6.4.1.2 d.(i)CON-1 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATIO 0 0 HUMAN ENGfNF.ERlMG CHECKllSj 13 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.e.Controls are provided with Q interlocks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is required.Controls are provided with Q resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. 28.If controls are recessed, shielded or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely con-tain'ed within the envelope described'by the recess or barrier.6A.1.2 d.(2)CON-1 6A.1.2 e.CON-1 6.4.1.2 b.(2)CQN-1 If this switch requires only.occasional resetting it is pro-vided with cover to protect it against inadvertent actuation. 34.If used, the guard is either: a.Lift-to-unlock mecha-fP nism-resistance does not exceed 48 oz.b.Safety cover-location does not inter fere with activation of guarded con-trol or any adjacent con-trols.CON-6.When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls.6.4.1.2 c.(3)CQN-1 c.Any equivalent method.Direction/Rate of Motion 35.Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back).6.4.2.1 CON-1 30.Qn moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used.6.4.1.2 c.(2)CQN-1 Feedback 31.Q 32.Q Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropriate. When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.6.4.1.2 ge CON-1 6A.1.2 f.CON-1 36.Q Toggle switches have an audible check, or provide some other source of feedback upon activation. Visibility 37.The control color contrasts with the panel background. 38.Control position information is Q visible to the operator during control operation. 6A.5.3 b.CON-6 6.4.2.2 t.(3)CON-3 6.6.3.8 ce ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 0 HUMAN ENGtNEERlNG CHECKl.lST 14 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELIItIE Maintenance 9.Control surfaces have not been allowed to break, chip or crumble.6.4.1.1 e.(1)ROCKER SVGTCHES Arrangement Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.6.8.3.1 41.Rocker switches are oriented vertically unless the location of the controlled function or equipment requires it to be horizontal. 6A.5A a.(2)CON-7 Coding/Identification 42.Each control is recognizable in I terms of its function.43.All discrete functional posi-tions are identified. 6A.1.1 c.(1)6.6.3.8 aO PA-28 PA-49 When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color is used for both the con-trol and the display.6.4.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 Size, Shape, Design 45.Rocker Switch displacement (see figure)is a minimum of 30 degrees and a maximum of 120 degrees for two positions and a minimum of 18 degrees, a maximum of 60 degrees, and an optimum of 25 degrees for three positiohs. 6.4.5.4 e(~)(4)CON-7 46.Rocker switches conform to the dimensions in the figure on the back of this page.6.4.5.4 e.CON-7 ON-D HUMAN ERGlNEERING CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATlON GUIOELlNE REF.EVALUATlOM GUlDELlNE REF.47.Selected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for t activation. Operations 48.Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located'nd I oriented so that the opera-tor does not strike or move them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ments.b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c.Controls are covered or$P guarded with movable barriers.d.Controls are provided with I interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with I interiocks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is required.f.Controls are provided with I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. 6A.l.l b.(4)6A.1.2 ao CON-1 6.4.1.2 b.(i)CQN-1 6.4.1.2 c.(1)6A.1.2 d.(i)CQN-1 6A.1.2 d.(2)CON-1 6A.1.2 e.CQ¹1 49.50.51.52..Q 53.Q 54.fR 55.LI If controls are recessed, shielded or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely con-tained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls.On moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used.Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropriate. When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls form passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.In the on position, the top of the switch is flush with the panel surface.Controls that have critical functions are protected to prevent inadvertent activa-tion.6A.1.2 b.(2)CQN-1 6A.1.2 c.(3)CON-1 6.4.1.2 c.(2)CON-1 6.4.1.2 go CQN-1 6.4.1.2 f.CQN-1 6.4.5A b.(2)CQN-7 6.4.5.4 d.CON-7 I ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN EIGlIEERlhlG CHECKl.lST 16 CONTROLS EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.INE REF.EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.IIIIE Direction/Rate of Motion Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back).6.4.2.1+CON-ll SLIDE SWITCH Arrangement 62.Control separation conforms$P to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.6.8.3.1 57.Activation of the upper part controls the ON or INCREASE function.6 4.5.4 a.(1)CON-71 Coding/Identification Feedback 58.Activation is indicated by a I snap feel, an audible check, or an integral light.6.4.5 4 b.(i)63., Each control is recognizable in I terms of its function.64.All discrete functional control positions are identified. 6.4.1.1 c.(1)6.6.3.8 aO PA-28 PA-49 59.The control color contrasts with the panel background. 6.4.2.2 f.(>)CON-3 65.Q When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color is used for both the con-trol and the display.6.4.2.2 f.(z)CON-2 60.Control position information is I visible to the operator during control operation. Maintenance 6 1.Control surfaces have not I been allowed to break, chip or cru'mble.6.6.3.8 c 6.4.1.1 e.(1)Size, Shape, Design 66.Selected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. 67.Slide switch length is 1.0 inch.68.The surface of slide switches is serrated or knurled.6 4.1.1 b.(4)6 4.5.2 b.(z)CON-7 6.4.5.2 aO CON-7 69.Slide switch thickness is 0.25 inch.6 4.5.2 b.(1)CON-7 ON-SITE EVALUATZON 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUAT10N 0 0 HUMAN EIGIIEERlMG CHECKLlST 17 CONTROLS EVALUATlOlbl GUlDELlIE REF.EVALUATION GUlDELlltlE REF.Operations 70.Accidental activation of con-t trois is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and I oriented so that the opera-'or will not strike or move them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ment.b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c.Controls are covered or guarded with movable barriers.d.Controls are provided with I interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is required.f.Controls are provided with I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. 71.If controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.6.4.1.2 ae CQN-1 6.4.1.2 b.(i)CON-1 6 4.1.2 c'.(i)6.4.1.2 d.(1)CON-1 6.4.1.2 d.(2)CON-1 6.4.1.2 e.CQN-1 6 4.1.2 b.(2)CON-'1 72.I When the guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls.73.Qn moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used.74.8 Rotary action controls are used when'linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropriate. 75.When sequential activation is I necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.Direction/Rate of Motion 76.Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back).Visibility 77.The control color will contrast with the panel background. 78.Control position information is I visible to the operator during control operation. 6.4.1.2 c.(3)CON-1 6 4.1.2 c.(2)CON-1 6.4.1.2 go CON-1 6.4.1.2 f.CON-1 6.4.2.1+CQN-1 6 4.2.2 f.(3)CQN-3 6.6.3.8 co ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION CONTROLS EVALUATiON GUIGEllNE REF.EVALUATlON GUIGKUNE 19.Control sur faces have not been allowed to break, chip or crumble.6 4.1.1 e-(1)THLMB WHEELS Arrangement 80.Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.Coding/Identification 6.8.3.1'1.I Each control is recognizable in terms of its function.6.4.1.1 c.(1)82.If the thumbwheel is used as an input device, the OFF, zero, or normal position will be coded.6 4.5.1 CON-9 83.When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color is used for both the con-trol and the display.84.All discrete functional control positions are identified. 6 4.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 6.6.3.8 ao Size, Shape, Design 85.'elected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. 6 4.1.1 b.(4)86.Thumbwheel readouts are visib le from the thumbwheel operating position.6.4.5.1 aO CON-8 87.Discrete setting thumbwheels conform to the figure and exhibit;recommended dimen-slonse 6.4.5.1 d.(1)CON-9 0 0 HUMAN ENG)NEERlMG CHECKLlST 19 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELlNE Operations t 8.Accidental activation of con-trois is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ment.b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.6A.1.2 aO CON>>l 6.4.1.2 b.(i)CON-1 90.Q When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adjacent controls.92.(R When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.91.Qn moveable covers or guards, fP safety or lock wires are not used.6.4.1.2 c.(3)CQN-1 6.4.1.2.c.(2)CON-1 6A.1.2 f.CON-1 c.Controls are covered or$P guarded with movable barriers.6A.1.2 c.(1)93.graf Continuous adjustment thumb-wheels have at least one inch of the wheel exposed to per-mit easy manipulation. 6.4.5.1 c.Q)CQN-9 d.Controls are provided with Q interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with Q interlocks so that prior.operation of a related or locking control is required.f.Controls are provided with Q resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. 89.If controls ar e recessed, shielded, or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.6A.1.2'.(i) CON-1 6A.1.2 d.(2)CQN-1 6A.1.2 b(2)CON-1 6.4.1.2 b.(2)'ON-1 94.When continuous adjustment thumbwh eels have an OFF position, a detent is provided for feedback at that point.Direction/Rate of Motion 95.Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back).96.Direction of motion is identi-fied for continuous motion rotary controls.6.4.5.1 c.(3)CQN-9 6.4.2.1 CON-I 6.6.3.8 b.PA-32 HUMAN ENGlNEER)IG CHECKLlST 20 CONTROLS EVALUATlON GUlDELlIE REF.EVALUATlON GUlOELlNE Resistance, Force, Torque t 7.Thumb wheel controls which I have discrete settings are detented between positions and snap into each position.6.4.5.1 d.(i)CON-9 PUSHBUTTONS Arrangement 102.Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.6.8.3.1 Visibility 98.The control color contrasts with the panel background. 6A.2.2 f.(3)CON-3 103.I Lamps on panels having less than 4 lights may be tested by individual press to test function on legend push-buttons.VD-92 99.Control position information is~~visible to the operator during control operation. Readability 100.Digits on this thumbwheel are bold, black numerals engraved on a light background. Maintenance 101.Control surface has not been Q allowed to break, chip or crumble.6.6D.8 Co CON-9 6A.1.1 e.(1)104.Displays are arranged con-sistently from panel to panel on legend pushbuttons. 105.Simultaneous testing of lamps Q on all control panels is avail-able on legend pushbuttons. 106.Barriers are used when legend 8 pushbuttons are located too close to each other.Coding/Identification 107.Each control is recognizable in I terms of its function.VD-18 VD-91 6A.3.3 d.(})m CON-5 6.4.1.1 c.(1)108.fg When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color is used for both the con-trol and the display.6A.Z.Z f.(z)CON-2 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECK1.1ST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl:.Size, Shape, Design Operations 110.112.113.lE 114.Selected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. Size dimensions for legend pushbuttons are a minimum of 0.75 inch and a maximum of 1.5 inches.Barrier depth for legend push-buttons is a minimum of 0.183 inch and a maximum 0.250 inch.Barrier width for legend push-buttons is a minimum of 0.125 inch.Pushbutton diameter for thumb or heel of hand opera-tion is a minimum of 0 75 inch.Diameter for fingertip opera-tion of unguarded and non-recessed pushbuttons is a minimum 0.385 inch and of guarded or recessed push-buttons is a minimum of 0.75 inch.6.4'.l.l b.(4)6A.3.3 e.(l)CQN-5 6.4.3.3 c.(4)CON-5 6A.3.3 e.o)CON-5 6A.3.2 b.CON-5 6.4.3.2+CON-5 117.Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and I oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move them acc>dentally <n any sequence of control move-ments.b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c.Controls are covered or guarded with movable barriers.d.Controls are provided with II interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is requ>red.f.Controls are provided with (I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for actuation. 6.4.1.2 aO CON-l.6A.1.2 b.(i)CQN-1 6A.1.2 c.(i)6.4.1.2 d.(1)CON-1 6.4.1.2 d.(2)CON-1 6.4.1.2 e.CQN-1 115.jE 116.Barriers have rounded edges.The surface of a pushbutton offers slip resistance or is concave.6A.3.3 d.(2)CO¹5 6.4.3.1 co CON-5 118.If controls are recessed, shielded, or'therwise guarded, the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.6A.1.2 b.(2)CON-1 HUMAIN ENGIIIIEERIIG CHECKLIST 22 CONTROLS EVAl.UAT10N GUIDEl.lIE EVAl.UATlGM GUIDEIIE REF.119.When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded controi or other adja-cent controls.6A.1.2 c.(3)CQN-1 126.I Displacement for legend push-buttons is a minimum of 0 inch (touch plate)minimum 0.125 inch (all others)and a maxi-mum of 0.250 inch.6A.3.3 e.(2)" CQN-56 120.On moveable covers or guards, I safety or lock wires are not used.121.Rotary action controls are I used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent operation and t fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropriate. 6A.1.2 c.(2)CQN-13 6A.1.2 go CON-1 Visibility 128.Transilluminated numerals and letters do not vary in engraving depth on legend pushbuttans. 127.The control color contrasts with the panel background. 6A.2.2 f.(3)CON-3 VD-103 122.I When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.6A.1.2 f.CON-14 129.Control position information is fi visible to the operator during control operation. Maintenance 6.6.3.8 Ci Direction/Rate of Motion 123;Control movement conforms to population stereotypes (see t table in back).Feedback 6A.2.1 CON-11 130.Control surfaces have not (R been allowed to break, chip ar crumble.6.4.1.1 e.(i)124.I A positive indication is pro-vided in the form of a snap feel, an audible check, or an integral light for pushbuttons. 6A 3.1 b.CON-53 125.Pushbutton displacement for I thumb or finger operation is a t minimum of 0.125 inch.6A.3.2 Co CON-50 HUMAN EIGlIEERlIG CHECKllST 23 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE HEl'.EVALUATION GUIDELINE HAND CRANK Operations 131-Control separation will con-form the Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.Coding/Identification 132.Each control will be recog-I nizable in terms of its function.3.All discrete functional control~~positions will be identified. 134.When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor.-responding display, the same color will be used for both the control and the display.Size, Shape, Design 135.Selected controls make best t use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. 136.Hand Crank switches conform to the dimensions in the figure on the back.6.8.3.1 6.4.1.1 c.(1)6.6.3.8 aO PA-28 PA-45 6.4.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 6 4.1.1 b.(4)CON-1 137.Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and I oriented so that the opera-tor does not strike or more them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ments.b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c.Controls are covered or$P guarded with movable barriers.d.Controls are provided with I interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided withinter locks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is required.Controls are provided with Q resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. 138.If controls are shielded, recessed, or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.6.4.1.2 aO CON-1 6.4.1.2 b.(1)CON-1 6.4.1.2 c.(1)6.4.1.2 d.(1)CON-1 6.4.1.2 d.(2)CON-1 6.4.1.2 e.CON-1 6 4.1.2 b.(2)CON-1 .HUMAN ENGINEER)IG CHECKllST 24 CONTROLS EVAI.UATIGN GUIOEI.IItlE EVAI.UATIDI GUIDEI.IIE 1 39-When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-'ent controls.6.4.1.2 c.(3)CON-1 146.Control position information is I visible to the operator during control operation. Maintenance 6.6.3.S Co 140.On moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used.6A.1.2 c.(2)'ON-1 147.Control sur faces have not Q been allowed to break, chip or crumble.6.4.1.1 e.(1)141.Q Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton control would be subject to inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappr opriate.6A.1.2 go CON-1 When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.6.4.1.2 f.CON-1 Direction/Rate of Motion 143.Control movements conform t to population stereotypes (see table in back).144.Direction of motion is identi-fied for continuous motion rotary controls.6A.2.1 CON-1'.6.3.8 b.PA-32 Visibility 145.The control color contrasts with the panel background. 6.4.2;2 f.(3)CON-3 HUMAN ENGlNEERlMG CHECKl.lST 25 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELIIE REF.Coding/Identification 149.Each control is recognizable in I.terms of its function.150.All discrete functional control positions are identified. 151.I When color coding is used to relate'a control to its cor-responding display, the same color will be used for both the control and the display.Size, Shape, Design 152.Selected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. HANDWHEELS Arrangement 148.Control separation conforms 8'o Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.6.8.3.1 6.4.1.1 c.(1)6.6.3.8 aO PA-28 PA-45 6.4.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 6 4.1.1 b.(4)Operations b.Controls shielded, rounded barriers.c.Controls fP guarded barriers.are recessed, or otherwise sur-by physical are covered or w>th movable d.Controls are provided with 6 interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is required.f.Controls are provided withresistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. 153.Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and I oriented so that the opera-tor does not strike or more them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ments.6.4.1.2 aO CON-1 6 4.1.2 b.(1)CQN-1 6 4.1.2 c.(1)6.4.1.2 d.(l)CQN-1 6.4.1.2 d.(2)CON-1 6.4.1.2 e.CON-1 154.If controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.'4.1.2 b.(2)CON-1 0 0 0 HUMAN ENGINEER)IG CHECKl.lST 26 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EYALUATIOI GUIDELINE/155.When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere t with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls.6 4.1.2 c.(3)CON-1 Visibility 162.The control color contrasts with the panel background. 6.4.2.2 f.(3)CON-3 156.On moveable covers or guards, kP safety or lock wires will not be used.6.4.1.2 c.(2)CON-1 163.Control position information is I visible to the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.8 Co 157.I 158.I Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropriate. When'equential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.6.4.1.2 go CON-1 6 4,1.2 f.CON-1 Maintenance 164.Control surfaces have not I been allowed to break, chip or crumble.6.4.1.1 e.(1)Direction/Rate of Motion 159.Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see t table in back).60.Direction.of motion is identi-fied for continuous motion rotary controls.6.4.2.1 CON-1 6.6.3.8 b.PA-32 Resistance, Force, Torque 161.This handwheel's rim is pro-vided with contoured molding and has a high degree of frictional resistance. CON-1 0 e HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKS.IST 27 COBOL S EVALUATION GU)DEL)NE DISCRETE ROTARY-GENERAL Arrangement 165.Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.Coding/Identification 166.Each control is recognizable in Q terms of its function.167.All discrete functional control positions are identified. t'8.When color coding is used to~el relate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color will be used for both the control and the display.169.Shape coding techniques are visually and tactually identi-fiable and free of sharp edges.Size, Shape, Design 170.Selected controls make best t use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. REF.6.8.3.1 6A.l.l c.(i)'.6.3.8 ae 6A.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 6A.1.1 b.(~)EVALUATION GUIDEL)NE Operations 171.Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and Q oriented so that the opera-tor does not strike or move them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ment.b.Controls ar e recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c.Controls are covered or guarded with movable barr iers.d Controls are provided with Q interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with fR interlocks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is r equired.Controls are provided with Q resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. 172.If controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.REF.,6A.1.2 aO CON-1 6A.1.2 b.(i)CON-1 6A.1.2 c.(1)6A.1.2 d.(i)CON-1 6A.1.2 d.(2)CON-1 6A.1.2 e.CON-1 6A.1.2 b.(2)CON-1 0 HUMAN EIGlIEERlMG CHECKllsT 28 CONTROLS EVALUATlOlbl GUIDELlIE EVALUAT)OI GUlDELINE When the guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls.174.On moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used.6A.1.2 c.(3)CON-1 6.4.1.2 c.(2)CON-1 180.The control color contrasts with the panel background. Maintenance 181.Control sur faces have not Q been allowed to break, chip or crumble.6A.2.2 f.o), CON-3 6.4.1.1 e.(1)175.I Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropriate. 6A.1.2 ge CON-1 DISCRETE ROTARY-STAR HANDLES DISCRETE ROTARY-ROTARY SELECTOR 176.I When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requiqes a new control action.Direction/Rate of Motion Visibility 179.Control position information is Q visible to the operator during control operation. 177.Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see t table in back).L78.Rotary control settings increase in value with a clock-wise rotation.6.4.1.2 f.CON-1 6A.2.1 CON-1 6.4A.I aO CON-2 6.6.3;8 Size, Shape, Design 182.Rotary selector switch length is a minimum of 1.0 inch and a maximum of 4.0 inches.183.Rotary selector switch width is a maximum of 1.0 inch.184.Rotary selector switch diam-eter is a minimum of 1.0 inch.185.Rotary selector switch depth is a minimum of 0.625 inch and a maximum of 3.0 inches.186.Controls have a moving pointer and fixed position settings.6.4.4.5 e.(1)CON-3 6.4A.5 e.(2)CON-3 6.4A.5 e.(3)6.4A.5 e.(4)CON-6A.4.5 Co CON-0 HUMAN EIIIGfIEERllo CHECKLlST 29 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.~.188.89.190.This rotary control is provided with a reference line on the pointer.This line has 50%minimum contrast with the control cover under all lighting conditions. Position indication is provided by either illuminated indicator lights, a line engraved both on the top of the knob and down the side, or a pointer shape.The position of the knob in reference to position markers does not result in confusion. To minimize the problem of parallax, pointers on knobs will be mounted close to the settings to which they point.Rotary selector controls are used when there are 3 or more detended positions required, and may be used for 2-detented position operation. CON-2 6A.4.5 d.(i)6A.4.5 d (2)++CON-2 6AA.5+CON-3 Resistance, Force, Torque 194-Detents are provided at each I control position.DISCRETE ROTARY-J-HANDLE Size, Shape, Design 195.J-handle clearance is between'and 2 inches.196.Where smaller J-handles are used, the handle preportion has a flattened or flared tip for finger placement, and the clearance between handle and panel surface can be less.197.3-handle length is between 1 and 2 inches.6.4A.5 b.(i)CON-3 6.4A.Z a.(2)CON-4 6.4.4.2 b.6A.4.2 a.(l)CON-4 It is not be possible to position a control between detented positions. 6.4.4.5 b.(2)CON-3 192.A maximum of 24 positions is used 6.4A.5 b.O)CON-3 193.I Stops are provided at the limits of the control range.6AA.S b.(4)CON-3 HUMAN ENG!NEER)NO CHECKLlST 30 CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDEUNE REF.Coding/Identification 199.Each control is recognizable in m, terms of its function.200.Control positions are labeled on key-operated switches.201.Direction of motion is identi-fied far key operated switches.202.When color coding is used torelate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color is used for both the con-trol and the display.Size, Shape, Design 203.8 Selected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. 204.I~Keys with a single row of teeth are inserted into the lock with the teeth pointing up or forward.t Arrangement ~98.Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.6.8.3.1 6.4.1.1 c.(l)6AA.3 f.CON-4 6.6.3.8 aO PA-28 PA-49 6.6.3.8 b.PA-32 6.4.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 6.4.1.1 b.(4)=6.4.4,3 b.CON-4 207.N Key-aperated controls are used solely when system requirements dictate that the function being controlled should be secured against acti-vation by unauthorized per-sonnel.Operations 208.Locks are oriented so that the switch is OFF (or SAFE)when the key is in the vertical position.209.Q Operators normally are not able to remove the key from the lock unless the switch is turned to the OFF or SAFE position.210.The angular displacement is a'inimum of 80o and a maxi-mum of 90o.211.m When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.205.If keys have teeth on both edges, they fit the lock with either side up or forward.206.The height of key in inches is PP a minimum of 0.5 and a maxi-mum af 3.0.6AA.3 Co CON-4 6.4A.3 g.(2)CON-4 6A.4.3 aO 6A.4.3 d~CON-4 6AA.3 e.CON-4 6A.4.3 g.(1)CON-4 6.4.1.2 f.CON-1 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE Direction/Rate of Motion t 2.Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back).213.Control settings increa'se in value with a clockwise rotation.Visibility 214.The control color constrasts with the panei background. 6A.2.1+CON-1 6.4A.1 aO CON-2 6.4.2.2 f.(3)CON-3 CONCENTRIC KNOBS Arrangement 217.Control separation.conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.Coding/Identification 218.Each control is recognizable in ti terms of its function.219.All discrete functional control positions are identified. 6.8.3.1 6A.l.l c.(1)6.6.3.8 a.cl5.Control position information is Q visible to the operator during control operation. Maintenance 6.6.3.8 Co 220.I When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor-i esponding display, the same color is used for both the con-trol and the display.6A.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 216.Control surfaces have not I been allowed to break, chip or crumble.6A.l.l e.(i)Size, Shape, Design 221.Selected controls make best 8 use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. 6.4.1.1 b.(4)Operations 222.Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and I oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ment.6.4.1.2 aO CON-1 HUMAN EIGIIIIEERIIG CHECKLIST 32 EVALUATiON GUIGELIIE EVALUATiON GUiDELiNE 223.b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c Controls are covered or guarded with the movable barrier.d.Controls are provided with interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with m interlocks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is required.f.Controls are provided with I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is required for activation. If controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls.6A.1.2 b.(1)CON-1 6.4.1.2 c.(1)CON-1 6.4.1.2 d.(i)CON-1 6.4.1.2 d.(2)CQN-1 6A.1.2 e.CON-1 6.4.1.2 b.(2)CON-1 6A.1.2 c.(3)CON-1 226.I Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropriate. 227.e When sequential activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent controls from passing through a position.Further movement requires a new control action.Direction/Rate of Motion 22S.Control movement conforms to population stereotypes (see table in back).229.Control settings increase in value with a clockwise rotation.231.The control color contrasts with the panel background. 230.Direction of motion is identi-fied for continuous motion rotary controls.Visibility 6A.1.2 go CQN-1 6A.1.2 f.CON-1 6.4.2.1 CQN-1 6.4.4.1 ae CON-2 6.6.3.8 b.6.4.2.2 f.(v)CON-3 225.Qn moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires will not be used.6A.1.2 c.(2)CON-'1 232.Control position information is (R visible to the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.8 c 0 0 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST 33 EVALUATloIII GUIDELINE EVALUAT10I GUIOELlNE Control surfaces have not been allowed to break, chip or.crumble.1 6A.l.l e.(1)CONTINUOUS (ALL)Arrangement 234.Control separation conforms$P to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.6.8.3.1 Coding/Identification 235., Each control is recognizable in I terms of its function.6A.l.l c.(1)236.I When color coding is used to relate a control to its cor-responding display, the same color is used for both the control and the display.6.4.2.2 f.(2)CON-2 Size, Shape, Design 237.Selected controls make best use of space for the intended purpose and requirements for activation. 6.4.1.1 b.(4)238.Knobs for continuous adjust-ment controls are round in shape, with knurled or serrated edges.6AAA aO CON-3 239.Fingertip grasp knobs conform to the following dimensions: height (inches)minimum 0.5 and maximum 1.0;diameter (inches)minimum 0.375 and maximum 4.0.6AA.4 c.(1)CON-3 HUMAN KlofREER)MG CHECKl.lST 34 CONTROLS EVALUAT)Olbl GUIDELlNE REF.EVALUATlOI GUlDELlIE REl'.!240.$P'41.4E (I 242.$P t 243'244./E I 4 245.0 Thumb and forefinger encircled knobs conform to the following dimensions: diameter (inches)minimum 1.0 and maximum 3.0.Controls used with knob skirts have a minimum skirt diameter of 2.0 inches.Controls used with knob skirts have a minimum skirt height of 0.25 inch.Controls used with knob skirts have a minimum finger stop diameter of 1.25 inches.Controls used with knob skirts have finger stop height plus rotary knob height of a total minimum of 0.75 inch.When controls are used with knob skirts, minimum knob diameter is 0.75 inch.6A.4A c.(2)CON-3 6.4AA e.(i)CQN-2 6.4.4.4 e.(2)+CON-2 6.4AA e.(3)+CON-2 6AAA e.(4)CQN-2 6AAA e.(5)CQN-2 b.Controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise sur-rounded by physical barriers.c.Controls are covered or 8 guarded with movable barriers.d Controls are provided with I interlocks so that extra movement is required.e.Controls are provided with I inter locks so that prior operation of a related or locking control is required.. f.Controls are provided with 6 resistance so that distinct or sustained effor t is required for activation. 247.If controls are recessed, shielded, or otherwise guarded, the control is entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.6.4.1.2 b.Q)CON-1 6.4.1.2 c.(i)6A.1.2 d.(1)CON-1 6.4.1.2 d.(2)CQN-1 6A.1.2 e.CQN-1 6A.1.2 b.(2)CON-1 Operations t 6.Accidental activation of con-trois is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply): a.Controls are located and I oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ments.6.4.1.2 ao CON-1 248.I When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the guarded control or other adja-cent controls.249.Qn moveable covers or guards, IE safety or lock wires are not used.6.4.1.2 c.(3)CQN-1 6.4.1.2 c.(2)CON-1 HUMAN EMGIIIIEERlMG CHECKllST CONTROLS EVALUATIOI GUIOBIIK REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE 250.I 251.I Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to inadvertent aperatian and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropr iate.When sequentiai activation is necessary, controls are pro-vided with lacks to prevent controls from passing thraugh a position.Further movement requires a new cantrol action.6.4.1.2 go CON-1 6.4.1.2 f.CQN-1 Readability 257.When an indicatian of positon is desirable, pointers conform to those in guideline. When more accuracy is required, a line is engraved on the top and side of pointer.Maintenance 25B.Cantrol sur faces have not Q been allowed to break, chip ar crumble.6.4.4.4 CON-40 6.4.1.1 e.Q)Direction/Rate of Motion t~2.Control movements conform to papulation stereotypes (see table in back).6 4.2.1 CQN-1 253.Rotary cantrol settings increase in value with a clock-wise rotatian.6 4.4.1 80 CQN-2 254.Direction of motion is identi-fied for continuous motion rotary controls.6.6.3.S b.PA-32 Visibility 5.The cantrai color contrasts with the panel background. 6.4.2.2 f.(3)CON-3 256.I Control position informatian is visible ta the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.S Co OH-SZTZ="VALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSXSTZD EVALUATl HUMAN EmotmEERlNG CHECKl.lST 36 EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.ding/Identification 1.Component representations on mimic lines are identified. 2.All mimic origin points are labeled or begin at labeled components.. All mimic destination or ter-minal points are labeled or end t at labeled components. 4.Flow directions are cleariy indicated by distinctive arrow-heads.Visibility 5.There is adequate contrast between the mimic colors and the panel.Readability 6.6.6 4 b.(6)PA-65 6.6.6.4 b.(4)PA-64 6.6.6.4 b.(S)PA-64 6.6.6 4 b.(V)PA-64 6.6.6.4 a.(r)COLEUS Arrangement 8.Counters are constructed and arranged to minimize reflection of ambient illumi-nation from the display cover.Location 9.The viewing distance to counters is at least 13 inches and preferably at least 20 inches.Operations 10.Numbers change by snap action rather than continuous movement.A ll.This counter used to indicate I the sequence of equipment automatically resets upon completion of the sequence.Direction/Rate of Motion VD-23 VD-24 6.5.5.1 c.(1)VD-82 VD-83 No more than 4 mimic the same color run in if the operator must identify them.lines of parallel quickly 6.6.6.4 a.(5)PA-65 12.Counter drums move upward with increasing values.6.5.5.1 c.(2)VD-82 7.Overlapping of mimic lines is avoided.6.6.6 4 b.(2)For counters, one knob revo-lution equals about 50 counts (the right hand drum rotates 5 times).VD-82 CDI-5 HUMAN ENGINEERlhlG CHECKLIST 37 DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELItIIE Readability Multi-digit numbers are read horizontally from left to right-6.5.5.1 a.(i)VD-83 22.Numerals intended to be read consecutively da not follow each other faster than two per second.6.5.5.2 b.15.Window size permits only one 8'igit to appear at any ane time.16.If more than 4 digits are used, grouping of digits separated by appropriate commas, decimal points, or spaces will be used.6.5.5.1 b.(3)VD-83 6.5.5.1 a.(3)VD-83 Readability 23.Multi-digit numbers will be read horizontally from left to right.24.Valid messages on the display face are brief.6.5.5.2 a.(i)6.5.1 4 Co Counters are mounted per-pendicular to line of sight.4 18.Counters are mounted close to panel surface.6.5.5.1 b.(1)VD-82 6.5.5.1 b.(2)VD-82 25.g Displays indicate values in a form immediately usable by the operator without requiring mental conversion. Values may, however, be multiplied or divided by a power of ten.6.5.1.2 b.and 6.5.1.4 f.VD-6 19.Surface of drum and sur-roundings have matte finish to minimize giare."6.5.5.1 a.(5)VD-84 LEGEND LIGHTS Operations 20.Valid messages on the displays face will be brief.6.5.1.4 Co PA-55 26.Status is inferred by illumi-Q nated indicators and never by absence of illumination. 6.5.3.1 c.(i)VD-89 21.N Displays indicate values in a form immediately usable by the operator without requiring mental conversion. Values may, however, be multiplied or divided by a power of ten.6.5.1.2 b.and 6.5.1 4 f.VD-6, 27.Indicator lights are not used to N alert operators to unfavorable status+6.5.3.1 d.PRO JECTION-ELECTRONIC COUNTERS irection/Rate of Motion 00 HUMAN ENGINEER)MG CHECKLIST 38 DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.29.Circuitry is design to test'operation of total indicator circuit.30.Control room contains only~~~minimum numbers of lights required.INDICATOR LIGHTS Location 31.Q Changes critical to safety or effectiveness have a high priority in the operator's cen-tral field of view and contain stimuli demanding high attention. Operations 32..Status is inferred by illumi-N nated indicators and never by absence of illumination. Visibility t 8-For legend pushbuttons used al under varied ambient lighting,. a dimming control is provided that permits display legibility under all ambient lighting con-ditions.VD-90 VD-92 VD-94 VD-8 6.5.3.1 c.(l)VD-89 IMPACT RECORDERS Coding/Identification 1 When readings must be multi-plied or divided by a power of ten, the component is clearly marked as to whether the reading should be multiplied or divided, and what the factor is.36.A selection of low paper N speeds and a high paper speed is available. 37.It is convenient to annotate Q information on the recordings. 38.N Means are provided to r eceive completed recordings and for tearing off records for storage.Operations 39.The number of channels does not exceed capacity.Size, Shape, Design 35.Moving scale fixed-pointer jP meters are not used.6.5.1.2 e.6.5.2.5 PA-41 PA-62 6.5A.1 6.5A.1 J~VD-79 6.5A.1 d.VD-78 VD-79 6.5A.2 b.(1)33.Indicator lights are not used to N alert operators to unfavorable status.6.5.3.1 d.40.N A channel is selected for dis-play without awaiting com-pletion of sampling cycle.6.5A.2 b.(4) S 0 HUMAN EMGINEERfNG CHECK/.tST 39 DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE RKf.Readability Printed numbers on recording are clear, sharp and small enough to avoid data crowding.42., Channels are easily viewed on display and instrument. Numerals on fixed scale meters are vertical.Valid messages on the display face are brief.43.All recorded data is visible 8 through the window.6.5 4.2 b.(3)6.5.4.2 b.(2)6.5.4.1 k.VD-80 6.5.2 4 aO VD-65 6.5.1.4 Co PA-55 51.Pointer/background contrast and pointer size provide good indication of pointer position.52.I Displays indicate values in a form immediately usable by the operator without requiring mental conversion. Values may, however, be multiplied or dividedby a power of ten.53.Zone markings are conspicuous and distinctively different for different zones.Scaling 54.Zone markings do not inter-I fere with display reading.6.5.2.2 Co 6.5.1.2 b.and 6.5.1 4 f.VD-6 6.5.2.3.6.5.2.3 b.46.gp Single pointer with multiple scales are not used.6.5.1.5 f.VD-69 55.Scales on paper correspond to scales shown on recorder.6.5.4.1 b.47.Pointer tips are simple.Examples are shown in the figure.6.5.2.2 a.(1)VD-70 56.No more than 9 graduations 'eparate numerals in the scale markings.6.5.1.5 a.(i)'D-63 Pointer tips do not conceal scale graduation marks or numerals.49.Pointer tip extends to within about 1/16 inch of (but does not overlap)the smallest grad-uation marks.50.Pointers are mounted to avoid parallax problems.6.5.2.2 a.(2)VD-70 6.5.2.2 b.(1).VD-70 6.5.2.2 b.(2)VD-70 57.Major and minor graduations are used if up to four gradua-tions are used between numerals.5B.Major, intermediate and minor graduations are used if 5 or more graduations are used be tween numerals.6.5.1.5 a.(2)6.5.1.5 a.(3) HUMAN EMGII EERIMG CHECKLlST 40 DISPLAYS EVALUATI0 III GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE 59.60.61.Graduation height for scale markings conform to figure.Successive values of unit grad-uations conform to figure or those values multiplied by powers of ten.Scale values increase with movement of the pointer upward, clockwise, or to the right.Logarithmic scales for scale markings are not used except where a large range of values are required.6.5.1.5 b.VD.-32 6.5.1.5 co VD-71 6.5.2.1 a.b.c.VD-65 VD-67 6.5.1.5 e.VD-63 67.68.69.Printed information on this trend recorder is compre-hensible and minimizes need for decoding, interpolating, etc.Aids are provided when operator must interpret graphic data.If multiple scales appear on this trend recorder, color coding is used to associate correct scale with correct selector-switch position.A means is provided to receive compieted recordings and for tearing off records for storage.VD-78 VD-69 6.5 4.1 d.VD-78 VD-79 STRIP CHARTS Coding/Identification 63.Chart graph tracing paper is white, the lines black, and pen red or green.t Size, Shape,~4.Moving$E meters Design scales fixed-pointer are not used.65.I 66.I It is convenient to arinotate information on the recordings. A selection of low paper speeds and a high paper speed are available. VD-80 6.5.2.5 PA-41 PA-62 6.5.4.1 6.5.4.1 J~VD-79 Direction/Rate of Motion 73./Jf The numerical progression on this trend recorder increases clockwise, from left to right or from the bottom up, depending on display design or orientation. 70.Pens for this single sheet chart system move from left to right.71.Moving chart system paper moves from right to left.72.Printer paper moves from bottom to top.VD-80 VD-80 VD-80 VD-65 0 0 0 HUMAN ENG!NEERING CHECKLIST 43.DISPLAYS EVALUATlOI GU(DELlME EVALUAT)GN GUIDELlME REF.Readability All recorded data are visible through the window.6.5.4.1 k.VD-80 83.iaaf The printer incorporates inter-nal illumination to enhance readability of printed material undei'nadequate ambient illumination. VD-79 75.Numerals on fixed scale meters are vertical.76.Valid messages on the display face are brief.6.5.2.4 aO VD-65 6.5.1.4 Co PA-55 84.Displays indicate values in a form immediately usable by the operator without requiring mental conversion. Values may, however, be multiplied or divided by a power of ten.6.5.1.2 b.and 6.5.1.4 f.VD-6 7.Single pointer with multiple~~~scales are not used.78.Pointer tips are simple.Examples are shown in the figure.79.Pointer tips do not conceal scale graduation marks or numerals.'0.Pointer tip extends to within N about 1/16 inch of (but does not overlap)the smallest grad-uation marks.81.Pointers are mounted to avoid parallax problems.82.Pointer/background contrast and pointer size provide good indication of pointer position.6.5.1.5 f.VD-69 6.5.2.2 a.(1)VD-70 6.5.2.2 a.(2)VD-70 6.5.2.2 b.(i)VD-70 6-5.2.2 b.(2)VD-70 6.5.2.2 Co 85.Zone markings are conspicuous and distinctively different for different mnes.86.Zone markings do not inter-Q fere with display reading.87.Scale on paper corresponds to scales shown on recorder.r 88.No more than 9 graduations separate numerals in the scale markings.89.Major and minor graduations are used if up to 4 graduations are used between numerals.90.Major, intermediate and minor graduations are used if 5 or more graduations are used be tween numerals.91.Graduation height for scale markings conform to figure.6.5.2.3 aO 6.5.2.3 b.6.5.4.1 b.6.5.1.5 a.(1)VD-63 6.5.1.5 a.(2)6.5.1.5 a.(3)6.5.1.5 b.VD-32 HUMAN ENGINEERfMG CHECKLIST 42 DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.92.Successive values of unit grad-uations conform to figure or t those values multiplied by powers of 10.Logarithmic scales for scale markings are not used except where a large range of values are required.METERS Location 6.5.1.5 Co VD-71 6.5.1.5 e.VD-63 97.Linear scales are used in preference to nonlinear scales.Nonlinear scales are used to condense a large range into a small space for sensitive readings at critical ranges of the scale.98.This meter's scale indicators are used to display quanti-tative and qualitative infor-mation (such as trend and direction-of-motion). VD-61 VD-62 94.Pointers are located to the t right of vertical scales and at the bottom of horizontal scales.Coding/Identification VD-67 99.8 For this moving scale display, if the control is a gross approximator of position and has position detents, the numbers increase from right to left.PA-41 95.Q When readings must be multi-plied or divided by a power of ten, the component is clearly marked as to whether the reading should be multiplied or divided,-and what the factor Iso ize, Shape, Design 96.Moving scales fixed-pointer meters are not used.6.5.1.2 eo 6.5.2.5 PA-41 PA-62 Operations 100.The pointer color is the same as that of numbers and indices.101.The scale indicators for various applications are based on the criteria in table on the back.Direction/Rate of Motion VD-70 VD-62 102.Scale values increase with movement of the pointer up-ward, clockwise or to the right.6.5.2.1 a.b.c.VD-67 VD-65 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 0 HUMAN EMGlNEERIMG CHECKLlST 43 DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'.103.$P For knobs used to make coarse display element settings (0.016 to 0.100 inch tolerance), one complete knob turn results in approximately 6 inches of dis-play element movement.104.For knobs used to make fine display settings (0.007 to 0.015 inch tolerance), one complete knob turn results in approxi-mately 1-2 inches of display element movement.106.Valid messages on the display face are brief.107.Single pointer with multiple scales are not used.108.Pointer tips are simple.Examples are shown in the figure.109.Pointer tips do not conceal scale graduation marks or numerals.110.Pointer tip extends to within about 1/16 inch of (but does not overlap)the smallest grad-uation marks.Readability t 5.Numerals on fixed scale meters will be vertical.CDI-5 CDI-5 6.5.2.4 aO VD-65 6.5.1.4 Co PA-55 6.5.1.5 f.VD-69 6.5.2.2 a.(l)VD-70 6.5.2.2 a.(2)VD-70 6.5.2.2 b.(i)VD-70 ill.Pointer is mounted to avoid parallax problems.112.Pointer/background contrast and pointer size provide good indication of pointer position.113.Q Displays indicate values in a form immediately usable by the operator without requiring mental conversion. Values may, however, be multiplied or divided by a power of ten.114.Zone markings are conspicuous and distinctively different for different zones.116.No more than 9 graduations separate numerals in the scale markings.117.Major and minor graduations are used if up to 4 graduations are used between numerals.118.Major, intermediate and minor graduations are used if 5 or more graduations are used between numerals.119.Graduation height for scale markings conform to figure.115.Zone markings do not inter-N fere with display reading.Scaling 6.5.2.2 b.'(2)VD-70 6.5.2.2 Co 6.5.1.2 b.and 6.5.1.4 f.VD-6 6.5;2.3 aO 6.5.2.3 b.6.5.1.5 a.(i)VD-63 6.5.1.5 a.(2)6.5.1.5 a.(3)6.5.1.5 b.VD-32 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN EIGIIEERIMG CHECKLlST 44 DISPLAYS EVAlUATIOIII GVIOEI.IIIIE REF.EVAjVATIOIII GUIDEUlIIE 120.Successive values of unit grad-uations conform to figure or t those values multiplied by powers of 10.6.5.1.5 Co VD-71 127.Q If this circular meter dial is to be scanned rapidly, the normal position of the pointer is at the 9 o'lock position.VD-85 121.Q Logarithmic scales for scale markings are not used except where a large range of values are required.6.5,1.5 e.VD-63 128.I Information is displayed on this meter only to the degree of specificity and precision required for a specific opera-tor action or decision.VD-6 CIRCULAR ONLY Visibility 22.The two ends of the pointer.are identifiable when recipro-cal readings are required.VD<<70 129.Dial scale on this meter is oriented so that the critical range to be read appears left to right.PA-40 Readability 123.Where positive and negative values are displayed around a zero position, the zero is at 12 o'lock.6.5.2.4 b.(2)VD-66 124.This meter has a moving pointer against a fixed scale and is used for qualitative check readings.VD-1 If pointer movement is more than 360o, the zero point is at.12 o'lock position.6.5.2A b.(i)126./Jf Wher e the scale covers less than a full rotation of the pointer, scale end-points are indicated by a break in scale of at least one numbered interval and should be oriented at 6 o'lock.6.5.2A c.(1->)VD-66 0 0 HUMAN EMGlNEERIMG CHECKllST 45 CONVENTIONS +Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.AUDITORY CODING I/Identification ~~SIZE CODING Size, Shape, Design 2.Q 5.Auditory coding methods are distinct and unambiguous, without conflict.Auditory pulse codes are limited to 2 or 3, ensuring proper discrimina tion.Center frequencies are between 500 and 1000 Hz for signals using frequency modulation for coding.No more than 5 separate fre-quencies are used within the limited range of 200-5000 Hz for discrete coding.Coding by intensity is avoided.Auditory coding techniques are used when the work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area.6.2.2.3 ao AD-1 6.2.2.3 b.AD-19 6.2.2.3 Co AD-14 6.2.2.3 d.AD-15 6.2.2.3 e.6.3.2.2 a.(i)9.No more than 3 different sizes fP of controls are used for discrimination by absolute size.10.tm Controls used for performing the same function on different items of equipment are the same size.11..When knob diameter is used as a coding parameter, dif-ferences between diameters are at least 0.5 inch.12.y When knob thickness is a coding parameter, thickness differences are at least 0.4 inch.14.Control shapes are tactually m identifiable. 13.Control shapes are visually identifiable. 6 4.2.2 c.(1)CON-1 6 4.2.2 c.(2)CQN-1 6.4.2.2 c.(3)CQN-1 6.4.2.2 c.(4)CON-1 6.4.2.2 d.(i)CQN-1 6.4.2.2 d.(2)CON-1 7.Q Coded signals from audio source is not identify individual stations within the operating area.a single used to work primary 6.3.2.2 a.(2)SHAPE CODING Coding/Identification 8.Q Coding is used to alarm priority.indicate 6.3.2.2 b.15.m Rotating knob controls for dif-ferent types of control actions are distinguishable by sight and touch and cannot be con-fused with each other.6.4.2.2 e.CQN-1 0 0 HUMAN ENGiNEERlNG CHECKllST 46 CONVENTIONS EVALUATlQN GUIOELINE REF.EVAI.OAT)ON GvlGB)ME Size, Shape, Design 18.Annunciator.response controls, especially the silence control, use shape coding.9.If rotary controls used for widely different functions are placed on the same panel, shape coding is employed.CONTROL CODING Coding/Identification 20.Q The coding system for controls is uniform throughout the con-trol room.16.Shape-coded rotary controls t are visually identifiable. 17.Shape-coded rotary controls Q are tactually identifiable. 6.4 4.1 c.(1)CON-2 6.4.4.1 c.(2)CON-2 6.3.4.2 b.(4)6.4.4.1 b.CON-2 6.4.2.2 aO CON-1 COLOR CODING Coding/Identification 23.Color coding provides redun-Q dant information. 24.The number of colors for coding is kept to a minimum, not exceeding 11.25.Color meanings are narrowly Q defined.26.Red, green, and amber are Q used in accordan'ce to guide-line.27.Color meanings are consistent across all applications including panei surfaces, pro-jected signal lights, and CRTs.6.5.1.6 aO CON-1 6.5.1.6 b.(i)+i (2)CON>>1 VD-108 CON-2 6.5.1.6 c.(1)VD-107 6.5.1.6 c.(2)VD-107 6.5.1.6 d.(i)a (2)VD-107 goal.Color coding follows the recommendations of Guideline 6.5.1.6.6.4.2.2 f.(1)28.Q Color meanings remain the same within and among sys-tems to which they are applied.6.5.1.6 d.(3)22.Annunciator response controls are coded using techniques such as color coding, demar-cation, shape coding or group shading.6.3.4.2 b.(i)a (2)29.Color coding of meter zone markings conform to Guideline 6.5.1.6.c. The color of indicator lights conforms to convention. 6.5.2.3 VD-75 6.5.3.2 a.(2)VD-10 ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEER!MG CHECKl.)ST 47 EYALUATlON GUIDELNEl1EF.EYALUATION GUlDEUIE REF.31.The color of indicator lights is clearly identifiable. 32.The color of lit legend back-ground conforms to color con-ventions.33.Color coding of label print conforms to color conventions. 34.The color coding scheme applied to specific functions or conditions is consistent throughout the control room.35.Color coding is consistent with I conventions. 36.No more than one color is I assigned for the same meaning or purpose.37.I Red is used for unsafe con-ditions, danger, immediate operator required, or critical parameter value out of balance.t i8.~Green is used for safe con-I ditions, no operator action required, or parameter is within balance.6.5.3.2 a.(3)VD-108 6.5.3.3 de VD-110 6.6.4.1 b.(2)6.6.6.3 6.7.2.7 k.(1)6.7.2.7 k.(2)6.7.2.7 l.(1)i 6.5.1.6 c.(2)'VD-10 6.7.2.7 l.(2)~6.5.1.6 c.(2)VD-10 Visibility 40.Color shading enhances recognition o f controls, dis-plays or func tional groups, providing adequate contrast, and is consistent with other color coding throughout the control room.41.Distinctive enhancement tech-niques are used for emergency controls.44.8 Each trend recorder pen uses a distinctly different color for channel identification pro-viding good contrast with paper.45.Where possible, the red/green Q combination is not used in CRT displays.46.Red symbols/characters on a{R green CRT background are not used.42.Colors which do not have the immediate safety implications are used to ensure that each color is recognized as different from any other.43.Colors used for coding provide good contrast with back-ground.6.8.1.3 co CDI-13 6.8.1.3 d.6.5.1.6 e.(1)6.5.1.6 e.(2)VD-108 4 6.5 4.2 a.(2)6.7.2.7 m.(1)39.I Yellow/amber is used for hazard, potentially unsafe, caution, attention required, or marginal parameter exists.6.7.2;7 l.(3)i 6.5.1.6 c.(2)VD-10 6.7.2.7 m.(2) 0 0 HUMAN EIGIIEERlMG CHECKUST 48 CONVENTIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF.!USE QF SYMBOLS Coding/Identification '47.Legend light symbols are clear and unambiguous in meaning.7 48 Abstract symbols are used I only if they have a commonly accepted meaning for all intended users.6.5.3.3 b.(3)6.6.3.4 aO PA-56 CQhFUSIQN Arrangement 55.Strings of small displays do not exceed 20 inches on the control board.56.No more than 5 similar com-ponents are laid out in an unbroken row or column.6.8.3.2 b.6.8.3.2 c.(1)49.51 7 52.I\Symbols are distinguishable from each other.A commonly accepted standard configuration is used for symbols.Symbols are consistently used within and across panels.Graphic symbols such as those in mimics are readily under-stood and commonly used.6.6.3A b.6.6.3.4 Co 6.6.3.4 d.6.6.6.4 c.(i)PA-65 57.If more than 5 similar com-ponents must be together, the string or cluster is broken up by techniques such as physical spacing or demarcation. 58.Mirror-imaging is avoided.jI Coding/Identification 59.The group of annunciator con-trols are demarcated. 6.8.3.2 c.(2)6.8.3.3 CDI-16 6.3A.2 b.(3)STANDARD ABBREVIATIQNS AND ACRQNYMS jE A list of standard names, acronyms, abbreviations, and part/system numbers is consis-tently used and is adminis-tratively controlled. 53.Symbols are used consistently. 6.6.6A c.(2)6.6.3.3 a.Bc b.PA-46 and 6.5.3.3 b.(6)PA-46 60.I 61.62.Legend pushbuttons are readily distinguishable from legend lights and is achieved by distinctive shape, labeling, location, or other techniques. Large matrices of similar components have the coordi-nate axes labeled for identifi-cation of any single com-ponent within the grid.P Large matrices ar'e subdivided by appropriate demarcation. 6A.3.3 aO 6.8.3.2 d.Q)6.8.3.2 d.(2)ON-SITE EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERIIG CHECKllST 49 EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE Size, Shape, Design~~~~3.Legend indicators are dis-Q tinguishable from legend push-buttons by form, size,, or other factors.MIMICS Coding/Identification 64.Mimic flow paths are color coded in conformance with the t selected color scheme.65.Mimic colors are discriminably different from each other.6.5.3.3 Co 6.6.6 4 a.(i)6.6.6.4 a.(2)Visibility 72.At or below eye level, labels are placed above mimic areas (including branches and com-ponents)they describe.(If panel is above eye level, labels may be below.)Readability 73.Flow direction for this mimic is always on the horizontal or vertical axis.71.Total mimic can be seen at operational distances without head movement.VD-14 PA-45 PA-65 66.Mimic lines depicting flow of the same conte'nts are colored the same thr oughout the con-trol room.6.6.6.4 a.(4)PA-64 LEGEND LIGHTS Size, Shape, Design 67.No more than 7 colors are used for mimic lines.68.Summary labels/demarcation lines are used to identify and separate systems and sub-systems surrounding this mimic on panel.69.Primary mimic lines are obviously larger than secondary lines.PA-64 PA-64 PA-64 74.Legend design is consistent /I throughout the control room.IMPACT RECORDERS Coding/Identification 75.Abbreviations are consistent with plant conventions. 6.5.3.3 b.(1)6.5.1.4 d.PA-46 Size, Shape, Design 0.Differential line widths will be~~~used to code flow paths for mimics.6.6.6.4 b.(1) HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONVENTIONS KVAI.UATlGN GUIDEUNE REF.EVAI.UATlOI GUIDEUNE!s~CHARTS Coding/Identification 76.Abbreviations are consistent with plant conventions. 6.5.1 4 , d..PA-46 METERS Coding/Identification 77.Abbreviations are consistent $P with plant conventions. 6.5.1.4 d.PA-46 ON-SXTE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGlNEERIMG CHECKllST 51 PROCESS COMPUTER>>Criteria are different. EVALUATION GVIOEI.IME. REF.EVAlUATIDI GVIOEI.INE REF.CRT DISPi AYS Cumulativ e effects of all geo-metric distortion does not dis-place any point within the viewable area'f the screen from its correct position by more than 5%of picture height.2.CRTs for displaying simple alphanumeric text have a minimum of 20 resolution elements per inch.Symbols and graphic detail have a minimum of 100 resolu-tion elements per inch.5;Alphanumeric characters have a minimum of 10 resolution ~~elements per character height.6.If a camera generated display is used, at least 10 shades of gray are used in CRT displays.4.Complex symbols have a mini-mum of 10 resolution elements for the longest dimension of the symbol when used with other complex shapes.6.7.2.1>>VD-50 6.7.2.1 f (1)>>VD-49 6.7.2.1 f.(2)>>VD-49, 6.7.2.1 f.(s)6.7.2.1 f.(4)>>VD-49 VD-47 9.10.12.14.15.Signal-to-noise ratio is at least 10:1.Displays having high regenera-tion rates and slow image movements use phosphers with short persistence (decay rates less than 1 millisecond). Displays with moderate image movements use medium per-sistence phosp hers (decay rates<0:1 second).Where'haracters subtend visual angle of less than 16, the character separation is about 25%the symbol height.The regeneration rate for particular CRT display is above critical frequency of fusion.Brightness, contrast and color of CRT are adjustable by con-trol room operator.Adjustment controls on CRT conform to Section 6.4 (Controls) and Section 6.9 (Control/Display Integration). VD-48 VD-48 VD-48 VD-46 6.7.2.1 go VD-49 6.7.2.1 h.(1)6.7.2.1 h.(2)7.Symbol size is at least 20 minutes of arc at normal viewing distance.8.Contrast between symbols and background is between 88%and 94%.VD-45 VD-47 16.17.Alphanumeric characters are composed of uppercase letters with a resolution of no less than 10 lines per symbol height.Contrast between symbols and background is between 88%and 94%.VD-45 VD-47 HUMAN EMGINEERfMG CHECKLIST 52 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATlON GUlDELlIE REF.EVALUATION GUIDEUNE REF.18.Light source is located at least 60o on either side of viewer's central field of view.20.Where illumination is low (1.0 fL), character separation is 25%of the symbol height.21.Rectangular or polar-coordinate displays use alpha-numeric, geometric, or color coding rather than coding by line lengths, angular orienta-tion, inclination, or visual number (dots).22.The use of brightness coding is avoided.19.Red symbols on a green back-ground are avoided.VD-45 VD-48 VD-46 VD-45 VD-47 26.All discrete functional control positions are identified. 27.All annunciator alarms are recorded.28.Alarm messages are recorded in the sequence of thefr'ccur-rence.29.Provisions are included to pro-vide, upon operator request, printouts by alarm group (e.g., system, subsystem, com-ponent).30.Alarm messages should be readily distinguishable from other messages.6.6.3.8 aO PA-28 PA-49 6.7.3.2 a.(2)6.7.3.2 b.6.7.3.2 ci 6.7.3.2 d.23.One or more of the following is used to eliminate reflected glare from CRT: Proper placement of CRT in relation to lighting t Filters (directional or spectrum)A hood or shield Coatings or filters over lighting.KEYBOARDS 24.Each control is recognizable in terms of its function.25.Control movements conform t to population stereotypes. CRE-3 6 4.1.1 c.(l)6 4.2.1 CON-1 31.Alarm messages provide rapid identification of the nature of the alarm.32.Wording in alarm messages: o Clearly relate to the specific annunciator tile that is illuminated. o Contain at least that infor'-mation (i.e., wording)pre-sented in the illuminated annunciator tile.o Provide additional specific data.33.The"QWERTY" arrangement is used on keyboards that com-bine alphabetic and numeric functions. 6.7.3.2 e.6.7.3.2 f.(1)6.7.3.2 f.(2)6.7.3.2 f.(3)6.7.1 4 aO CON-7 0 0 HUMAN ENGINEERIMG CHECKLIST 53 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDEUNE On keyboards used to enter solely numeric data, a 3x3+1 matrix is used in either"calculator" or"telephone".style.6.7.1.4 b.+CON-79 43.This keyboard uses no more than 3 different sizes in codIng controls for discrimi-nation by absolute size.CON-17 35.When more.than one keyboard exists in the control room, alphanumeric and/or numeric-only key configuration are the same In all cases.6.7.1A Co CON-7 PRIhA ERS 44.Printers are located in the pri-mary operating area.6.7.3.1 a.(i)'o minimize effectiveness of keyboards, key dimensions and separation are as shown in Exhibit 6.7-3.37.Key displacement is as shown in Exhibit 6.7-3.38.Key resistance is as shown in Exhibit 6.7.41.Data being entered via key-boards are displayed as they are keyed.42.CRT keyboards contain only.keys that are relevant to com-puter operation. 1 39.There is a definite indication of key activation provided to operator (e.g., snap, audible t click, release of resistance). 40.The slope of CRT keyboard is between 15o and 25o from the horizontal. 6.7.1A d.CON-7 6.7.1A e.(1)CQN-7 6;7.1.4 e.(2)CON-7 6.7.1.4 f.CQN-5 6.7.1.4 go CQN-7 6.7.1.4 h.6.7.1.4 I~45.Printer s record alarm data, trend data, and plant status data.46.Printer supplies a hard copy of any single page on the CRT at the request of the operator.47.If copy is printed remote to the operator, a print confir-mation or denial massage is displayed. 48., Printer operation does not alter screen content.49.Printed information is in a directly usable form.50.Printer capacity is 300 lines per minute or more.51.Hand-finished matte paper is used on the printer to prevent smudges and glare.52.A positive indication of remaining supply of recording materials is provided.6.7.3.1 a.(2)6.7.3.1 b.(1)QCI-25 6.7;3.1 b.(2)OCI-25 6.7.3.1 b.(3)QCI-25 6.7.3.1 Co VD-78 6.7.3.1 d.6.7.3.1 e.(1)6.7.3.1 e.(2)VD-79 54 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATlGN GUlQELINE REF.EVALUATION 6UlDELlNE Instructions for reloading paper, ribbon, ink, etc., are attached to printer.6.7.3.1 e.(3)Graphs are constructed so that number ed grids are bolder than unnumbered grids.6.7.3.3 c.(1)A printer is provided for recording alarm messages.55.When printer is down, data and infor mation which would nor-mally be printed is not lost.Operator can read the most recently pr inted line.56.A take-up device for printed materials is provided.6.7.3.2 a.(i)6.7 3.1 e.(4)6.7.3.1 e.(5)VD-78 6.7.3.1 f.(1)VD-80 66.If 10-grid intervals are used, the fifth intermediate grid is less bold than the numbered grid, but bolder than the unnumbered grid.Tables are simple, concise and readable.When table columns are long, numbers are separated into.groups by providing a space between groups of five.6.1.3.3 c.(2)6.7.3.3 d.(1)6.7.3.3 d.(2)58.Printed material has adequate contrast ratio.6.7.3.1 f.(2)VD-80 67.When columns are not sepa-rated by vertical lines, the columns are separated by at least 2 character widths.6.7.3.3 d.(3)59.I Print copy can be annotated while in machine.6.7.3.1 f.(3)VD-79 COMPUTER FUNCTION CONTROLS 61.62.Recorded matter is not obscured, marked, or other-wise hidden to prevent reading of printed material.A graph is used if the shape of the function is important in decisionmaking. If interpolation is necessary, line graphs are preferred to bar graphs and tables.6.7.3.1 f.(4)VD-80 6.1.3.3 aO 6.7.3.3 b.68.69.70.Design of function controls on the computer conform to appropriate guidelines. Terms, nomenclature, and abbreviations used on function controls are consistent with those of selected computer function that is displayed. A positive indication is pro-vided at the CRT master con-trol to identify displays under local or master control.6.7.1.5 aO ALL C N 6.7.1.5 b.OCI-12 6.7.1.5 c.Q) HUMAN EMGIIEERflo CHECKl.lST 55 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATlOI GUIDELINE 71.A positive identification is provided at the individual CRT to indicate if it is under local or master control.6.7.1.5 c.(2)79.The accuracy of control method or device is commen-surate with the functions to be served.6.7.1.6 co 72.Dedicated keys that initiate/activate functions are grouped together.6.7.1.5 d.(i)CON-9 80.Control design allows the operator freedom of-move-ment to perform other duties.6.7.1.6 cL 73.74.75.76.Function controls are easily distinguishable from other types of console keys.Function controls are clearly labeled to indicate function.Design and layout of function controls are consistent for ail consoles in control room.Function keys are physically separated from alphanumeric keys on the console.6.7.1.5 d.(2)6.7.1.5 d.(3)CON-1 6.7.1.5 d(O)CON-7'.7.1.5 d.(S)COMPUTER-OPERATOR RELATIONSHIP 81.Correct, response is provided within response tim'es listed in Exhibit 6.7-6 for each type of query.82.When response time exceeds 3 seconds, a delay message is presented in order to maintain the operator's attention and to confirm normal computer operation. 6.7.1.7 aO 6.7.1.7 b.OTHER CONTROLS 83.Procedures are in hard copy form at a minimum.6.7.1.8 a.(3)t 7.Control devices (such as light pens, selector pens, RAND.tablets, etc.)are operable fram most favorable position for computer interaction. 78.Control devices provide rapid positioning of cursors or selection of choices.6.7.1.6 a.6.7.1.6 b.84.A complete set of operations and contingency procedures is available in control room.85.Procedures are prepared from control room operator's point of view.86.Viewing distance on CRT is greater than 18 inches.6.7.1.8 a.(1)6.7.1.8 a.'(2)'.7.2.3 aO VD-46 0 HUMAN EIGIIEERllo CHECKLlST 56 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EYALUATIOI GUIDEI.IIE 87.Mode designation and the t file(s)being processed are dis-played by the computer sys-tem.88.Viewing angle is at least 30o for standing observer, or 45o for seated observer.89.Maximum viewing distance for single seated operator is 28 inches for 12 inch diagonal screen.0.Visual axis of operator is per-~~pendicular to center of CRT screen.91.A 12-inch diagonal screen size at 28-inch viewing distance is used for by single seated operated.COMPUTERS ERATO R DIALOGLE 92.Dialogue is based on operator's point of view, not pro-grammers.93.Computer dialogue is logical.94.Computer dialogue is used in a consistent manner.95.Computer dialogue r eflects the vocabulary and syntax of expected user population. 6.7.1.3 c.OCI-24 VD-46 VD-46 VD-45 VD-46 6.7.1.2 a.(1)QCI-25 6.7.1.2 a.(2)OCI-21 6.7.1.2 a.O).QCI-21 6.7.1.2 a.(4)OCI-21 96.97.98.99.10a.101.102.103.104.Input words (keywords) approximate real words.Computer dialogue requires an explicit command to termi-nate an inter action.Computer input words do not exceed 7 characters. Abbreviations are used as computer input words when possible;The same synonym or abbre-viation for a system command name is used for messages, prompts, etc., to operator.Use of abbreviations or con-tractions for output data is avoided.Operator inputs, responses, or actions which could signifi-cantly degrade computer sys-tem or plant performance are not dependent on a single key-stroke.Prompting'nd structuring featur es allow operator to request additional infor-mation.Prompting and structuring features are available upon request when an error is detected.6.7.1.2 a.(5)OCI-22 6.7.1.2 a(6)+OCI-24 6.7.1.2 b.+OCI-22 6.7.1.2 c.(1)OCI-22 6.7.1.2 c.(2)OCI-22 6.7.1.2 c.(3)+OCI-22 6.7.1.2 do OCI-22 6.7.1.3 aO QCI-24 6.7.1.3 b.QCI-24 0 HUMAN EIGlMEERIMG CHECKLIST 57 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE 106.107.109.Corrections of individual errors are made without requiring re-entry of correct data.The computer system contains a sequential file of operator entries, available upon operator request.When many subsystems require monitoring, information is filtered by software or machine function.Operator is provided instructions for correcting computer diagnosed errors.System recognizes and reports detectable errors.6.7.1.3 d..OCI-24 6.7.1.2 e.OCI-24 VD-9 OCI-19 OCI-19 ACCESS AIDS 114.Operating describe: procedures 0 The overall cotmputer system, The computer system components with which the operator can interface, The specific procedures necessary to accomplish all operator-computer interface functions. 113.Before the operator requests that result in permanent changes are processed, the computer system requires operator acknowledgement. 6.7.1.1 d.OCI-24 25 6.7.1.8 a.(4)(a,b,c)COMPUTER ACCESS 110.Only properly authorized per-sonnel are allowed to make changes by entry, deletion of t alteration of data.~ll.At least one copy of current operating software is securely and remotely stored.112.When characters, words, or phrases are to be inserted, such items are first collected and displayed on a buffer area of screen, and then inserted by t one operator command.6.7.1.1 aO 6.7.1.1 b.6.7.1.1 Co OCI-26 115.Contingency procedures describe indications which identify failure or mal-functioning of computer system and necessary actions to be performed by the operator in case of mal-function.116.Specific codes or addresses that the operator may request are cross-indexed by alpha-numeric or numeric code pro-gram name, system/subsystem identification, and functional group identification. 117.Cross-indices of data displays are available in at least hard-copy form in control room.6.7.1.8 a (5)(a,b)6.7.1.8 b.(1)(a,b,c,*d)6.7.1.8 b.(2) HUMAN EMGlNEERtNG CHECKl.lST 58 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.119.Messages provide necessary information to complete a specific action or decision sequence.120.~, Messages are necessary, com-plete, and readily usable.Prompts are displayed when-ever operator may need direction or guidance to initiate or complete an action to sequence of actions.MESSAGES~~.8.Messages on CRT are concise.6.7.2.6 a.(a)QCI-14 6.7.2.6 a'.(2)OCI-14 6.7.2.6 b.OCI-14 6.7.2.6 Co 127.128.129.130.131.Feedback is provided to indi-cate changes in status of system functioning. When an option is selected as input to system, the subject item is highlighted. When system response is delayed, periodic feedback is provided to indicate normal operation and reason for delay.Results and requirements for subsequent actions are pro-vided after a process or sequence is completed. Feedback describes type and location of error.6.7.2.6 i~OCI>>10 6.7.2.6 J~OCI-10 6.7.2.6 k.OCI-10 6.7.2.6 l.QCI-10 OCI-19 122.124.125.Prompts contain clear and specific cues and instructions which are relevant to action to be taken.Directions are placed in the sequence to be used by operator.Whenever operator error or invalid input is detected, an error message is displayed. Error messages contain instructions for corrective action.6.7.2.6 d.6.7.2.6 6.7.2.6 f.OCI-19 6.7.2.6 go 132.133.134.135.Displays of complex con-figurations avoid use of unnecessary detail.Information critical to safety or effectiveness has a high priority in the operator's cen-tral field of view and is com-posed of stimuli demanding high attention. Feedback is provided that light pen has actuated.Feedback concerning light pen placement is available. VD-6 VD-10 OCI-28 QCI-28 126.Capability is provided for t operator to correct errors without affecting adjacent valid entries.6.7.2.6 h.QCI-19 136.Feedback is provided indi-cating that light pen input has been received by system.QCI-28 HUMAN ENG)IEERlFIG CHECKl.lST 59 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATlOI GUIDELlIE REF.EVALUATlOI GUIDELllblE 138.Message occurring in multiple frames occupies constant physical location on screen.Formats minimize.cursor positioning movement.OCI-17 QCI-5 146.Where multi-input annunciators are used, an alarm printout capability is provided.6.3.1.2 c.(2)139.>41.Each data group or message contains descriptive title, phrase, word, or other device to indicate its content.Data, text, formats, etc., essential to system perform-ance are under system control.Information required for next'perator entry is presented at the end of the message.OCI-12 QCI-17 QCI-14 147.Visual angles of complex sym-bols on CRT subtend not less than'0 minutes of arc at the required viewing distance.148.The height of alphanumeric characters have a visual angle of not less than 12 minutes of arc at the required viewing distance.6.7.2.2 aO VD-51 6.7.2.2 b.(i)VD-45 142.Critical information is pr e-sented at the beginning of a message.143.Messag'es requiring operators to reference external data sources are avoided.Counting tasks start with the number"one," while measuring tasks start with"zero." 145.For messages containing variable option lists and occurring in multiple frames, physical relationships among common elements are main-tained.OCI-14 QCI-14 OCI-1 QCI-17 149.Alpha-numeric characters are upper-case letters.150.The width-to-height ratio for alphanumerics is between 3:5 and 1:1.151.Stroke-width-to-character-heig ratio is between 1:5 and 1:10.152.Graphic lines contain a mini-mum of 50 resolutions per inch.153.Horizontal separation between characters or symbols is between 10%and 65%of char-acter or symbol height.6.7.2.2 b.(2)VD-45 6.7.2.2 co VD-45 6.7.2.2 t d.VD-45 6.7.2.2 e.VD-50 OCI-7 6.7.2.2 f.(1) 0 HUMAN EIIIGIIEERlMG CHECKl.lST 60 PROCESS COhPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.154.The height:width ratio for t alphanumerics is between 7:5 and 3:2.155'.Stroke width:height ratio of characters is in the range of 1:6 to 1:10.VD-45 VD-45 When visual angle sub-tended by symbol height is less than 15 minutes, When visual angle sub-tended by character height is less than 12 minutes of arc.6.7.2.2 f.(2)(e)m 6.7.2.2 f.(2)(f)a 156.157.159.Character'eparation is between 25%and 63%of char-acter height.Two individual light pennable characters are separated by at least one symbol area.If label presents list of operator options, the decision or action required of operator is also indicated. Separation is at least 25%of'haracter or symbol height: o When character or symbol width is less than 85%of height, o When character or symbol luminance is less than 12 f t.-L, o When luminance contrast is less that 88%, o When CRT screen location is greater than 25%to the left or right of operator's straight-ahead line-of-Slghtg VD-46 VD-45 QCI-13 6.7.2.2 f.(2)(a)+iVD-46 6.7.2.2 f.(2)(b)+6.7.2.2 f.(2)(c)6.7.2.2 f.(2)(d)>>160.Simple character fonts are used without seri fs, variable stroke width, slanting, etc.161.When dot-matrix characters are used, 7x9 dot matrix is used in preference to 5x7 dot-matrix.162.Character styles such as Lincoln/Mitre or Leroy are used.163.Labels reflect unique char-acteristic of content of data group or message.164.Labels are located in can-sistent manner either above or to the right or left of data group or messages the describe.165.Labels are oriented hori-zontally.166.Labels are highiighted to facilitate operator scanning recognition. 6.7.2.2 g(1)6.7.2.2 g(2).'.7.2.2 g(3)6.7.2 4 m.(2)QCI-12 6.7.2.4 n.QCI-12 6.7.2 4 oo QCI-12 6.7.2.4 p.(1)QCI-12 0 HUMAN ERG!NEERlNG CHECKLlST 61 PROCESS COMPUTE EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE The technique used to high-light labels is distinguishable from one used to highlight emergency/critical messages.168.Option labels reflect questions or choices posed to operator.6.7.2.4 p.(2)QCI-12 6.7.2.4 q.OCI-13 175.Elements in data field are dis-played in logical order.176.The manner of presentation of identical data is based an uses to which the data will be put by the operator.6.7.2.4 d.OCI-1 6.7.2.4 e.Q)OCI-1 DATA PRESENTATION AND SCREEN LAYOUT 177.Identical data in different pre-sentations is displayed in con-sistent, standardized manner.6.7.2.4 e.(2)OCI-1 169.Data are presented to t operator in readily usable format.6.7.2.4.a(1)QCI-I 178.Numbers are used as menu designators. 179.Numerical designators start with the number"1", not zero.6.7.2.4 f.(1)OCI-2 170.171.72.173.174.Data do not have to be transposed, computed, inter-polated or mentally translated to be usable to the operator.Illustrations are used to sup-plement or explain text wherever possible.When five or more digits and/or non-text alphanumerics are displayed and no natural organization exists, characters are grouped in blocks of 3-4.Groups of data are.separated by a minimum of one blank space.Where multi-input annun-ciators must be used, an alarm printout capability is provided.6.7.2.4 a.(2)OCI-1 6.7.2A b.OCI-1 6.7.2A c.(1)OCI-1 6.7.2A c.(2)'CI-1 6.3.1.2 c.(2)180.If numbers as designators is confusing, alphabetic char-acters are used.181.When used, alphabetic desig-nators start with the letter I IAI I 182.Lists are vertically aligned and left-justified. 183.Indentations are used.for sub-classifications on lists.184.Quantitative 'ata (to be scanned)is in tabular or graphic form.6.7.2.4 f.(2)OCI-2 6.7.2.4 f.(v)6.7.2A f.(4)6.7.2A g.(1)QCI-2 6.7.2.4 g.(2)QCI-2 6.7.2A h.OCI-2 HUMAN ENG!NEER)NG CHECKI.IST 62 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELlNE REF.EVALUATlOM GUIDELlNE The use of hyphenation is minimized. 6.7.2.4 le OCI-2 195.Physical location of data groups (alarms, menus)are consistent on screen.6.7.2 4 b.QCI-4 186.187.189.190.191.193.194.When presented in.tabular form, alphanumeric data is left-justified. When presented in tabular form, numeric data is right-justified with decimal points aligned.Periods are placed after item selection designators and at the end of a sentence.Telephone numbers are pre-sented in following format: (914)555-1212.Time is presented in the following format: HH:MM:SS, HH:MM.MM:SS(.S)The date is presented in the following format: MM:DD: YY.Each individual data group or message has a descriptive title.Displayed data are organized logically and consistently. Displayed data reflect an obvious and inherent quality of the data groups (hierarchical, sequential, or mimic).6.7.2.4 j.(1)OCI-2 6.7.2.4 j.(2)OCI-2 6.7.2 4 k.OCI-2 6.7.2.4 l.(1)OCI-2 6.7.2.4 i.(2)QCI-2 6.7.2.4 l.(3)QCI-2 6.7.2 4 m.(1)OCI-2 6.7.2.5 a.Q)OCI-4 6.7.2.5 a.(2)OCI-4 196.Organization and separation of data subgroups are apparent to operator through the use of blank lines, etc.197.Lists of options are organized by probability of selection, with high probability items presented first.198.Non-option lists o'f equal-probability options are pre-sented in alphabetical or numerical order.199.Paragraphs are separated by at least ane blank line.200.Selection designators in menus are separated from text descriptors by at least one blank space.201.When data are contained on multiple pages, each page displays both page number and total number of pages.202.Items o f a numbered list"continue" on following pages reiative to the first number on the first page of the list.6.7.2.5 Co OCI-4 6.7.2.5 d.OCI-5 6.7.2.5 e.QCI-5 6.7.2.5 f.OCI-5 6.7.2.5 go QCI-5 6.7.2.5 h.QCI-5 6.7.2.5 ro H 1 0 HUMAN ENG)NEERIHG CHEGKI.IST 63'ROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE When directions to the'operator accompany an options list, the directions precede the list.Urgent messages are high-lighted on the CRT screen.6.7.2.5)~OCI-5 6.7.2.5 k.(1)OCI-7 211.Alphanumeric characters (if used)are grouped into words, sentences, or text in a meaningful way.GRAPHIC CODING AND HIGHLIGHTING VD-38 Z05.207.Urgent messages are displayed in the same location on the CRT screen.In systems in which.selection is made by use of a cursor formats are organized to mini-mize positioning movements of the cursor.The amount of information-bearing activated screen area does not exceed 25%of the total screen area.This does not include demarcation lines used to separate groups of data.6.7.2.5 k.(z)6.7.2.5 l.6.7.2.5 mo 212.Highlighting of important messages is used on CRT.213.Highlight coding methods are consistent. 214.Highlighting methods for emergency conditions are not used in association with normal conditions. 215.If contrast enhancement is used for highlighting, no more than three brightness levels are used in a single presenta-tion.(Two is preferred.) 6.7.2.7 aO OCI-7 6.7.2.7 b.(1)6.7.2.7 b.(z)6.7.2.7 co 210.CRT displayed trend plot scales are consistent with the intended functional use of the data.CRT screen lines are com-posed of at least 20 points per cm (50 points per inch).Data, text, formats, etc., essential to system perform-ance are under system control.6.7.2.5 n.VD-50 OCI-17 216.Blinking for purposes of high-lighting is not used except for emergency conditions. 217.If blinking is used for high-lighting, no more than two blink rates are used.218.For single blink rate, 2-3 blinks per second with a mini-mum of 50 msec"on" time between blinks is used.6.7.2.7 do OCI-7 6.7.2.7..(1)6.7.2.7 e.(2)OCI-7 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKliST 64 PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.If two blank rates are used for highlighting, the rates are about 4 per second and 1 per second.If 2 blink rates are used, the on-off ratio is about 50%.6.7.2.7 e.(3)6.7.2.7 e.(O)228.229.The number of coding symbols under optimum conditions does not exceed 20.The number of coding symbols under adverse display con-ditions is six.6.7.2.7 j.(2)6.7.2.7 j.(3)If 2 blink rates are used, the higher rate is used for the most critical rqformation. Where blinking is used for highlighting, the blinking rate is between 2-3 Hz with a mini-mum flash duration of 50 msec.6.7.2.7 e.(5)OCI-7 230.Other techniques (i.e., color, filled versus unfilled)to dis-play different states or quali-ties of a basic symbol are used if needed.MLLTI-PAGE CQNSIDERATIQNS 6.7.2.7 j.(4)If inverse video or image reversal is used for high-lighting, it is used to highlight in dense data field, such as a word or phrase in a paragraph of text or a set of characters in a table of data.If graphic coding is used, it is used to present standard quali-tative information or to draw attention to a portion of the display.Graphic codes are consistently used.If symbols are used for coding, they vary widely in shape.The number of symbols used for coding is kept small.6.7.2.7 f.6.7.2.7 go 6.7.2.7 h.6.7.2.7 lo 6.7.2.7 j.(1)231.232.233.234.235.236.Page design and content mini-mize operator memory requirements. All data relevant to a specific entry is displayed on a single page.When pages are organized in hierarchical fashion, a visual audit trail of choices is pro-vided upon operator request.Location references within a scrolling frame are provided in viewable portion of frame.Sectional coordinates are used for panning large schematics. Means are provided for operator'o control the amount, format, and com-plexity of information being displayed. 6.7;2.8 a.(1)6.7.2.8 a.(2)'.7.2.8 b.6.7.2.8 c.(1)OCI-16 6.7.2.8 c.(2)6.7.2.8 d.OCI-16 \d g 0 HUMAN ENGlIEERlIG GHECKuST 65 PROCESS COMPUTER EVAt.UATlON GUlDEi.NE REF.EVAl.UATl01 GUIDEUIE REF.If message is a variable option list, common elements main-tain their physical relationship to other recurring elements.6.7.2.8~e.QCI-17 LIGHT PENS 238.Light pen cord is retractable or guarded to avoid catching on console shelf.VD-55 239.240.Cord connecting light pen to console is positioned to mini-mize interference with viewed screen data.Light pens are equipped with a push-tip switch requiring 2-5 oz.of force to active.VD-55 QCI-28 241.242.Light pennable characters are not coded by blink rate.Light pens are approximately 0.5 in.in diameter and 6;0 in.in length.OCI-28 r<o t, 4 a 0 0 HUMAN EIIIG!IEERlMG CHECKLlST 66 ElvtERGENCY QARtvfENTS EVALUATlOfbf GUf DELlfbf E REl'.EVALUATfOfbf GUIDELflbfE 2.Protective equipment will be compatible with body sizes and will allow adequate tactile sensitivity and ability to see, move, communicate, reach and hear.3.Protective equipment will be checked periodically to make sure it is in good condition.. Protective equipment will be available in sufficient number and sizes to accommodate all operators. 5.Sizes will be marked clearly.6.An adequate supply of personal protection equipment expendables will be provided.1.Protective equipment includes t protective clothing and breathing apparatus. 6.1A.1 aO 6.1A.l b;6.1.4.1 Co 6.1A.1 d.6.1A.1 e.6.1A.1 f.10.Personnel wearing protective equipment will be able to operate communications equipment. ll.Emergency face masks will be~equipped with diaphragms for transmitting speech.12.Diaphragms are capable of separating voice from exhaust valve action.13.An electronic speech syst: em will be.used if face mask is not equipped with diaphragms. 14.Controls will be easily identified while wearing emergency gear.15.Controls will be easy to activate while wear ing protective equipment. 6.2.1.8 b.6.2.1.8 c.(l)COM-1 6.2.1.8 c.(2)COM-1 6.2.1.8 c.(3)6.4.1.1 d.o)6.4.1.1 d.(2)CON-4 t 7.Protective equipment will be easily and readily accessible. 6.1.4.1 gs 8.Operators will practiced in equipment. be well donning 6.1.4.1 h.9.Instructions for donning, dof fing, ance controlling protective equipment will be provided. Jl.V HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKI.IST 67+Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific.+++1580 is more specific.EVALUATl0lwl GUlDEL1ltlE REF.KVALUATlGM GUIDE(.lIE LABEL CONTENT t 1.Labels describe Q functions and, clarity, characteristics nomenclature described. the equipment if needed for engineering or also 2;Label wording expresses the exact intended action.Instructions are clear and 4.Words that have a commonly accepted meaning for all intended users are used in labels.5.Unusual technical terms are Q avoided.6.Words are spelled correctly. t 7.Use of Roman numerals is avoided.6.6.3.1 a.Bc b.PA-56 6.6.3;2 aO PA-55 6.6.3.2 b.h c.PA-55 6.6.3.2 d.PA-55 6.6.3.2 e.PA-55 6.6.3.2 f.6.6.3.4 e.10.Labels are used to identify functionally grouped controls or displays.11.This warning notice is clear, direct, and attention getting and of 2596 larger letter size than any detailed instructions (e.g.,"Danger!Deadly Shock Hazard" r ather than"Warning-High Voltage").12.This label, uses no periods, except to preclude misinter-pretation. 13.Categories of information not needed in using a display are avoided.LABEL LOCATION 14.Labels are located above the functional groups and com-ponents and the panel ele-ments they identify.6.6.3.7 aO PA-32 PA-29 PA-46 6.5.1 4 b.VD-7 PA-47 6.6.3.7 b.PA-45 and 6.6.2.1 a.h b.PA-45 PA-49 8.Words on labels are concise I and convey the intended meaning.9.Words and abbreviations of similar appearance are avoided.6.6.3.5 PA-55 6.6.3.6 PA-56 15.Component labels located above eye level are positioned to ensure visibility. 16.Labels are placed close to the components they describe.6.6.2.1 Co PA-45 6.6.2.1 d0 PA-46 ~'Cy 1 0 l t I0)k t f 0~,r i HUMAN EioiNEERiNG CHECKliST 68 EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVAI.UATION GUIDELlNE 17.t~m 18.Labels are placed where they are not obscured for an extended time period during operation. Adjacent labels are separated by sufficient space so they are not read as one continuous label.6.6.2.1 e PA-44 and 6.6.2.4 b.h c.PA-.44 PA-45 PA-47 6.6.2.1 f.PA-46 26-Administrative procedures are I in place for the periodic cleaning of labels.27.Control position indicators will correspond with display labels.28.Printing is on the display face.GENERAL LABELINQ PRINCIPLES 6.6.2.4 de 6.9.1.2 c.(3)6.5.1.4 a.(1)~i..Labels are mounted to pr e-clude accidental removal.20.t Labels are mounted on a flat surface.21.Labels are positioned hori-zontally.23.Yertical orientation of labels is used only when space is limited.24.Curved labels are avoided.22.This label is not a manu-t facturers'abel placed directly on an instrument face.6.6.2.2 aO PA-44 6.6.2.2 b.PA-44 6.6.2.3 a.(i)PA-43 PA-47 6.6.2.3 a.(2)PA-43 6.6.2;3 b.PA-43 29.Controls, displays, and other equipment that will be located, identified, or manipu-lated are appropriately and clearly labeled.33.Labels do not repeat infor-mation contained in higher-level labels.30.Major labels are used to identify major systems on panel sections.31.Subordinate labels are used to identify subsystems or func-tional groups.32.Component labels are used to identify each component. 6.6.1.1 PA-28 6.6.1.2 a.(1)PA-29 6.6.1.2 a'.(2)'A-49 6.6.1.2 a.(3)PA-49 6.6.1.2 a.(4)25.Labels do not obscure figures or scales which must be read.6.6.2.4 aO PA-47 pl ll 4 4 II 0 0 0 I e 1 J g y~!(<<~(~1~ HUMAN EIGlIEERIIG CHECKLlST 69 EVALUATION GUIOELIIIIE HEl'.EVALUA jlOI GUIDELIIIIE Rf F.Labels will be graduated in letter size as follows: o Major labels are 25%larger than subsystem/functional group labels.6.6.1.2 b.(i)PA-50 PA-31 o Subsystem/functional 6.6.1.2 group labels are 25'k larger b.(2)than component labels.'A-50 PA-31 39.Tag-out labels clearly identify out-of-service components and equipment, are securely affixed, do not obscure the label associated with the non-operable component and any adjacent devices, and are designed to physically prevent actuation of a control.40.The use of temporary labels is I administratively controlled. 6.6.5.1 d.-h.6.6;5.2 aO 35.I 36.o Component labels will be;25%larger than control position identifiers. Displays are identified as to whether they reflect demand or actual status.Display markings are black on a white background to provide high contrast.6.6.1.2 b.(3)PA-50 PA-31 6.5.1.1 e.Q)VD-89 6.5.1.3 c.(i)PA-59 41.I A review procedure is used to determine if temporary labels will be used: (1)when needed;(2)how used;(3)content;(4)installation; (5)impact on other system equipment; (6)documentation require-ments;(7)retraining require-ments;(8)periodic review;and (9)removal.6.6.5.2 b.(1-9)TEMPORARY LABELS Temporary labels are used only when necessary and con-form to good human engi-neering principles. 38.Temporary labels do not obscure prior permanent labels unless the old label is to be replaced.6.6.5.1 a.*b.6.6.5.1 co LOCATION AIDS 42.Demarcation lines are visually distinctive from the panel background. 43.Lines of demarcation are N attached permanently. GENERAL LABELING READABILITY Character height subtends a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes or 0.004 X viewing distance.6.6.6.2 b.CDI-13 6.6.6.2 Co 6.5.1.3 a.and 6.6.4.1 a.(i)PA-34 AN STTR PULLULATION A C oa" I I'e e I I 0 t L 0 II'I 1 I 1 k g I (~I l 4A lh'A 14~I 4 HUMAM EMGfIIIEERfMG CHECKS)ST 70~.EVALUATION GUIDEI.IIE EVALUATION GUIDEI.IIE 46.Qniy upper case letters are used.47.Color combinations provide goad contrast.~8.49.Letter height is identical for all labels within the same hierarchical level based on the maximum viewing distance.This engraved label is filled with a paint pigment or covered with a clear plastic cover.45.Type style is consistent with t recommended figures or a similar style and used with consistency. 6.5.1.3 b.(1)a (2)+PA-36 VD-36 6.5.1.3 b.(3)PA-36 6.5.1.3 c.(2)" PA-59 6.6 4.1 a.(2)PA-53 53.Letter width-to-height ratios$P are between 1:1 and 3:5.54.fjf Numeral width-to-height ratios a'e 3:5 except for the number"4" which is one stroke width wider and the number"1" which is one strake in width.55;Minimum space between characters is one stroke width.6.5.1.3 d.(2)VD-40 and 6.6.4.2 b.(1)PA-37 6.5.1.3 d.(3)VD-40 and 6.6.4.2 b.(2)PA-37 6.5.1.3 d.(4)PA-60 and, 6.6.4.2 d.(i)PA-60 50.52.ref Dark letters are provided an a light background to ensure adequate contrast and prevent readability errors.Labels are in capital letters.Stroke width-to-character-height ratios are between 1:6 and 1:B.6.6 4.1 b.(i)PA-53 PA-59 6.6.4.2 a.(1)6.5.1.3 d.(1).VD-39 and 6.6 4.2 Co PA-38 56.Minimum space between words is one character width.57.Minimum space between lines$P will be one-half the character height.6.5.1.3 d.(5)PA-61 and 6.6 4.2 d.(2)PA-61 6.5.1.3 d.(6)PA-62 and 6.6.4.2 d.(3)PA-62 R~U k 1 h 0 I II K 0 EVALUATiON GUIDELNE EVALUATlow GUlDELlME Lettering is simple and with-out flourishes or serifs and conforms to conventions for style and size.6.5.3.3 b (2)>>>>PA-36 VD-36 and 6.6 4.2 a.(2)PA-36 LEGEND LIGHTS 66./P The legend is readable under ambient.light conditions, with or without internal illumi-nation.6 4.3.3 b.(i)and 6.5.3.3 a.'(2)'ON>>5 COUNTERS 59.60.For drum-type counters, width to height ratio of numerals is 1:l.For drum-type counters, numeral-to-background con-trast is high.6.5.5.1 a.'(2)'D-83 6.5.5.1 a.(4)VD-84 67.Legend lettering and contrast and use of color is consistent throughout the control room.68.The legend messages are specific, unambiguous, and concise.6;4.3,3 b.(3)6.4.3.3 b.(4)PA-35 and 6.5.3.3 b.(4)VD-6 61.62.63.jjf Simple character font is used;variable stroke widths and slanted characters are not used for electronic counters.Numerals subtend a visual angle of 15 minutes from furthest anticipated viewing distance of electronic counter.Electronic counter numeral width-to-height ratio is 3:5.6.5.5.2 a.(2)6.5.5.2 a.(3)6.5.5.2 a.(4)69.The legend messages contain no more than three lines of lettering. 70.Where meaning of the light is not apparent, labeling is pro-vided close to a legend light indicator. 6.4.3.3 b.(S)and 6.5.3.3 b.(5)CON-5 6.5.3.2 a (u>>>>VD-96 64.65.Horizontal spacing between numerals is 1/4-1/2 numeral width for electronic counters.Character-to-background con-trast ratio is between 15:1 and 20:1 for electronic counters.6.5.5.2 a.(5)6.5.5.2 Co 71./Jf 72.Legend lettering contrasts well with background when light is both on and off, under both ambient and transillumi-nated lighting.Legends are worded to indi-cate status indicated by glowing light.6.5.3.3 a.(3)PA-59 6.5.3.3 b.(7) Pv~, w w~~o'0 ha<<-1 0 r0 tN 4h&~~I A HUMAN EIIIGIIEER)NG CHECKl.lST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE MISCELLANEOUS Access Openings 73;Each access opening is labeled to identify the function of items accessible through it.Danger Safety Instructions 74.All danger, warning, and safety instruction labels are in accordance with appropriate safety standards. Trend Recorders 6.6.3.9 aO PA-29 6.6.3.9 b.PA-29 LABELS-ORIENTATION 78.The angle for viewing this label is as shown in the figure on the back.LABELS-COLOR 79.White alphanumeric char-acters on black background have thinner stroke widths than black characters on white background. LABELS-PANELS Labeling for trend recorders identifies the parameters recorded.If multi-pen, para-meters are listed in order of associated scales or recorders. CONTROLS 76.This switch must be used with the cover panel off and dupli-t cate switch position labels are placed on the internal unit.6.5.4.2 a.(1)PA-51 80.This panel is illuminated by ambient or individual illumi-nation, and the stroke width on its label conforms with the following guidelines: a.Dark characters on light background have a stroke width 1/16 of the letter height.b.Light characters on dark background have a stroke width 1/8 of the letter height.77.See illustration on back.This label for concentric controls uses the following hierarchy: small solid dot, larger solid line, and larger broken circle.Nomenclature is adjacent to controls and identifies the function of each knob.Color coding is used to increase code-symbol reliability. p, 52. t~NW I~-'~0~,\~p~a w 4 dl*.'0 7 f II t t s~~l I A II~~~~)4,'(i~~*4 I 1 I~I~e HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKUST 73 ANNUNCIATCjRS +Criteria are different. +~0700 criteria are more specific.+~+1580 is more specific.EVALUATION GUIDELNE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.VISUAL DISPLAYS 2.If necessary, operator aids are provided for lamp replace-ment.Maintainability ~~1.Lamps may be replaced m rapidly and conveniently from the front of the display panel.6.3.3.1 Co VD-92 6.3.3.1 Co 8.Mentif ication/Coding 9.High-priority or safety-related annunciators flash red, while all other lights do not flash or are a different color.Master light test control exists for each control panel using incandescent bulbs.VD-91 VD-95 5.6.7.Bulbs may be removed and replaced while power is on without causing circuit corn-ponent failure or personnel safety hazards.Legend screen or indicator covers are designed to prevent inadvertent interchange or to provide a check of proper installation. Incande'scent display lamps have dual bulbs or filament redundancy to indicate need for replacement of a bulb or filament without degrading operator performance. Annunciators are designed so that failure of the circuits or bulbs is immediately, apparent.Failure of the annunciator cir-cuit will not cause failure in the equipment associated with the display.6.3.3.1 Co VD-92 6.3.3.1 ce VD-92 VD-91 VD-2 VD-7'0.12.13.15.16.Annunciators or warning lights are separate from and cleariy distinguishable from status indicators. This annunciator is dis-criminably larger and brighter than other less critical lhgend lights.This warning device attracts the attention of a busy or bored operator.The specific tile(s)on an annunciator panel use flashing illumination to indicate an alarm condition. This warning device specifies what is wrong or what action to take.This warning device allows continued attention to other duties.This warning device is not likely to fail or give false warnings.VD-96 VD-110 6.3.3.2 aO VD-112 6.3.3.2 aO VD-109 VD-99>>VD-112 VD-112 VD-112 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ta~t~1~t'H~~~~~1~~1 1 HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKllST 74 Ah84JNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE 18.Each matrix is labeled with alphanumeric codes for identi-fication of individual tiles.The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density are kep low.Appropriate alphanumeric codes appear on matrix axes for~ready coordinate designation.of a particular visual tile;coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel.Summary labels identify major alarm groups.6.3.3.3 d.(1)6.3.3.3 c.(lX2)6.3.3.3 24.Size-coded annunciators use a maximum of three sizes/steps. 25.Compound coding is usually less satisfactory than single coding if the single code used is the best available. 26.Coding'n this annunciator system is consistent through-out the control room.27.No color combinati'ons which can be easily confused (e.g., red and orange;blue and purple)are used for coding annunciators in the control room.VD-111 VD-106 VD-106 VD-97 20.If used, brightness coding uses anly two levels (bright and dim).21.If brightness coding is used, bright represents primary items and dim represents background or supplementary information. t 2.The maximum number of chromatic colors used an annunciators is five (total of seven, including black and white).C/D Relationships VD-111 VD-111 VD-108 28.If used, symbols are clearly associated with the ob jects/conditions they represent. 29.Symbology codes use only simple, symmetrical symbols with enclosed areas, sharp angles, and/or smooth curves.30.Symbolic codes avoid using variations of a single geo-metric form.VD-110 VD-110 VD-110 23.31.Flashing lights have a flash~+sf Uigbhsen&piebirtg fge;QeaUdiapero f seamnahptbreth suh.eydteR cfjfCkes frxfnab,baheeipdil chxtkbg)AKSStaGZCM.4ldS)stem components. 6.3.3.2 5tD-89 VD-100 VD-109 h h E'P J I'I~'q II L;+, HUMAN ENGlltIEERllo CHECKLlST ANNUNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF.EVALUATION GUIDEI.IIIIE REF.Cantrol devices associated with this annunciator are within readily reachable distances. Critical function indicators are located within 15o of the operator's normal line of sight.Readability 34.Annunciator visual tile legends are specific and unambiguous. 35.Tile legends address specific conditions. 36.Legends are engraved.6.3.4.1 VD-88 VD-90 6.3.3.4+PA-55 VD-6 6.3.3.4 c08 VD-6 6.3.3.5 c.(1)" VD-103 41.Numeral width-to-height ratio is 3:5.42.Letter height is identical for all tiles.43.Type styles are consistent on all visual tiles.44.Stroke-width-to-character-heig ratio is between 1:6 and 1:8.45..Minimum space between char-acters is one strake width.46.Minimum space between words is the width of one character. 6.3.3.5 d.(3)+VD-103 VD-40-6.3.3.5 a.(2)6.3.3.5 b.(2)6.3.3.5 d.(1)+VD-105 6.3.3;5 d.(4)PA-60 6.3.3.5 d.(5)PA-61.37.Only upper-case type is used on visual tiles.Type styles are simple (no flourishes or seriphs).6.3.3.5 b.(3)VD-103 6.3.3.5 b.(1)VD-103 VD-41 47.48.Minimum space between lines is one-half the character height.The operator is able to read all the annunciator'iles from the position at the work station where annunciator acknowledge control is located.6.3.3.5 d.(6)PA-62.6.3.3.5 ae VD-90 VD-35 39.Numerals and letters do not vary in engraving depth.Letter width-to-height ratio is between 1:1 and 3:5 or 100%ta 60%for black letters on white background. Vp-103 6.3.3.5 d.(2)VD-105 VD-40 49.Legends provide high contrast with the tile background. 50.Legends are dark lettering on light background. 6.3.3.5 PA-59 6.3.3.5 c.(2)VD-93 P~~n~P I'I i P 1 l PPP~m V I r HUMAN EiolNEERlio CHECKl.lST 76 ANNWFN CIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATIOIII GUIDELINE REF.52.53.There is a high enough con-trast between alarming and steady-on tiles, and between illuminated and nonilluminated tiles.In case of flash or failure of an alarmed tile, the tile light illuminates and burns steadily.Trademarks, company names, or other markings not related to the annunciator are not dis-played on the window face.6.3.3.2 d,+VD-93 6.3.3.2 C>>VD-109 VD-6 58.Blank or unused annunciator tiles are not illuminated. 59.Flash rates are from 3 to 5 flashes per second with approximately equal on and off times.Location 60.This annunciator is located so that it can be read easily and accurately by personnel in normal operating positions. 6.3.3.3 f.6.3.3.2 b.VD-109 1472C 1472C Each panel is identified by a label above the panel.Operations 55.Changes in display status signify changes in functional status rather than results of control activation alone.Extinguishment of a signal or visual indication will not be used to denote a"go ahead" or"ready" condition. 57 Some type of visual indication AUD%))RhfiMNRMf4Rhring alarms (ringback) such as: A special flash rate (twice or.one-half.the normal 64.A qp.xjpurp~pt five auair.ory signai combiriations is used mheRe4ofmdrhligbtrieaaoded by t both intensity and frequency. o A special color.6.3.3.1 b.{1)PA-49 1472C VD-89 6.3.1.5 6.3.1.5 b.(2)6.3.1.5 b.(3)61.Panel identification label height is consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes when viewed from a control position within the primary operating area.62.Letter height for coordinate designation is consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes.63.Annunciator tile(s)letter heights subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes.6.3.3.1 b.(2)6.3.3.3-c.(3)6.3.3.5 a.(i)VD-35 ~xom=-l II P g~I I~I l\~v'I II II I C HUMAN EIIIGIIEERlia CHECKLlST 77 ANNUNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'.EVALUATION GUIDELIIE REF;65.67.The maximum number of audible signal codes by sound duration at any given time does not exceed three.Changes in signal intensity are used as a spatial coding cue.Frequency is not used for spatial coding.The maximum number of spatially coded signals (via intensity changes)does not exceed four.Differences in sound intensity are distinct.AD-19 AD-20 AD-20.AD-21 Operations 74.Caution signals are dis-tinguishable from warning signals.75.Similar audible signals are not'ontradictory in meaning.76.Signals that increase pro-gressively in level are not used where manual silencing is required.77.Communication systems for warnings, such as loud-speakers, horns, etc., are not used for other purposes.AD-31.AD-18 AD-7 AD-12 69.70.The same signal should desig-nate the same information at all times.More critical auditory signals are clearly distinguishable from those of lesser importance. 6.3.3.2 c.(2)AD-1 AD-3 78.Auditory signals capture operator's attention without causing irritation or a startled reaction.79.Auditory alert mechanisms., automatically reset after acti-vation.6.3.2.1 Co 6.3.2.1 e.pl.72.73.No more than seven different frequencies are used for coding all auditory displays, including warning systems.Auditory signals direct operator to location requiring action (localization). Coded signals are used to alert operator to an alarm that is not within primary operating areas.AD-15 6.3.2.1 f.AD-3 6.3.2.2 aO 80.Audible alarms are used in conjunction with warning lights, unless alarm is for evacuation. 81.Alarm system can be silenced.82.Auditory signals are not pre-sented simultaneously. 83.Alarm audibles are shut off only after initiation of the signals.AD-23 AD-8 AD-3 AD-8 ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ,1~C~4 Ql 1%A',>'Ul V~~~~" e te I.,~ HUMAN EIIIGlIEERlMG CHECKLlST 78 ANNUNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELIIE 84.System is equipped with manual initiation as a supple-ment to automatic initiation (e.g., evacuation, testing, etc.).7.Audible alarms are discernible ~~~~over ambient control room noise (level approx.10 dB over ambient).85.An audible alarm is provided to indicate malfunctions in unmonitored equipment. 86.Cleared alarms have a dedi-cated distinctive audible signal of finite duration.AD-30 CRE-21 6.3.1.5 a.6.3.2.1 aO 92.Failure of audible alarm cir-cuitry does not adver sely affect equipment. 93.Where signal intensity is adjustable, such adjustment is governed by administrative procedure. AD-11 6.3.2.1 b.Arrangement 88.Sound sources are directed towards the operator.89.Sound sources are placed at or above the head of the operator.AD-6 AD-10 intenance JO.Audio displays are equipped with circuitry test devices or other means of operability testing.AD-10 91.Systems failures do not affect operability of audible alarm systems.AD-11 ON-SITE EV U TION TOR SSISTED EVALUATION ')C f'J)P)1~~-14 4 44~I~~44~>>1 P)~4 E 4>>JJ)JEEP-1, U 1 4 44 41~~4 5'4 4~1,)'I P'~~E 4 f I f A E~~4~$>>~'>>>>r'!~I 4 g A~,~I I 4~I 4 II l PIP I 4~I;~I;>>)g.r~~14 V~I~~r~p~I 1 P I-I~EI 44~~i~I E~~C~4 I P'I~I I~I~~\PP C~1 I I g 4.P.,=t'i~~)..v t r (~,~e~Iv Pi>4)l~~Jl~4414~I~~>>I 41 I>>~,!!~' HUMAN ENGIMEERfMG CHECKLlST ANTHROPO METRIC+Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific.EVALUAT1ON GUtDELlQE.REF, EVALUATlON GU1DELlIE WORKSPACE ARRANGEMENT ~~~1.Minimum separation from the back of any desk to any opposing surface is 36 inches.2.Minimum lateral space for a seated operator is 30 inches.5.Minimum separation between opposing rows of equipment where more than one person works simultaneously will be 8 feet.t STANDING OPERATIONS 6.Console height will not exceed N 58 inches when a standing operator must see over it.70$The highest controls on a stand-up console allows a 5th percentile female to reach without stretching or using a stool, ladder, etc.Minimum separation between 8 a single row of t equipment/panel and a wall is 50 inches.4.Minimum separation between two rows of facing equipment if operated by one person is 50 inches.6.1.1.3 e.(l)WA-21 6.1.1.3 e.(2)WA-21 6.1.1.3 f.(1)WA-20 6.1.1.3 f.(2)WA-20 6.1.1.3 f.(r)WA-20 6.1.2.2 aO 6.1.2.2 b.(1)+VD-22 8.$9.$10.12.$'3.$14.$15.The lowest controls on a stand-up console allows a 95th percentile male to reach with-out bending or stooping.Benchboard slope permits a 5th percentile female to reach all controls.Controls are set back a mini-mum of 3 inches from the front edge to protect against accidental activation. No control is more than 25 inches from the front edge of the console.All displays, including annun-ciators, are mounted so that they are within the upper limit of the visual field of the standing 5th percentile female.All displays and annunciators are mounted so that the angle from the line of sight to the face plane is 45o or greater.The oblique angle from the line of sight to a display located to either side of the working position from which the display must'be read is at least 45o.The maximum lateral spread of controls and displays at a single-operator work station does not exceed 72 inches.6.1.2.2'(2)+m VD>>22 i 6.1.2.2 Ce 6.1.2.2 d.(i)6.1.2.2 d.(2)6.1.2.2 e.(l)(a)6.1.2.2 e.(1)(b)VD-22 6.1.2.2 e.(2)6,1.2.2 f. ,Nla I~a..'e I Ia II a~~I a&~l l I I II a~N a~, j a~a a a 1 I I a-a'N~,~~a'a a HUMAN ENGINEERjNG CHECKLIST 80'NTHROPO METRIC.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.A clearance of 4 inches verti-cal and 4 inches horizontal is provided for foot room at the control board.6.1.2.2 ge WA-25 24.$Displays are mounted so that the angle from the line-of-sight to the display face plane is 45o or greater.6.1.2.3 e,(2)++VD-22 SEATED OPERATIONS 17.Console height for seated operators is no higher than 45 inches above the floor if the operator must see over the console.$8.19./if 20.$The benchboard slope is within the functional reach of the 5th percentile female.When the seated operator need only monitor (not read)status lights and annunciators beyond the console, see-over console heights above 45 inches are acceptable. All controls on a sit-down con-sole are within the reach of the 5th percentile female.6.1.2.3 a.(i).6.1.2.3 a.(2)6.1.2.3 b.6.1.2.3 Ce 25.26.27.28.Controls and displays for a seated operating sequence will be within maximum extended~reach and viewing range of the seated operator specified on Figure 6.1-11.The operator will not have to bend/stretch significantly for operating sequences and sus-tained or precise control action.Sufficient foot and leg room will be provided under all tables, consoles, etc.A surface at least 16 inches deep and 24 inches wide is provided for writing;for other kinds of seated tasks, the sur-face will be 16 inches deep and 30 inches wide.6.1.2.3 f.(1)6.1.2.3'.(2) 6.1.2.3 ge WA-27 6.1.2.3 h.(i)WA-27 O.22./If 23.Controls are set back a mini-mum of 3 inches from the front edge to protect against accidental activation. Controls are not mounted farther than 25 inches from the console edge.All displays and annunciators are mounted so that they are less than 75o above the hori-zontal line-of-sight of the seated 5th percentile female.6.1.2.3 d.(l)6.1.2.3 d.(2)'.1.2.3 e.(i)SIT-STAND WORK STATIONS 29.$.30.A high chair is available so that seated eye level is the same as standing eye level.Height and lateral limits for controls and displays conforms to 6.1.2.2 (see attached). 6.1.2 4 (a)6.1.2 4 (b)ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION I~$hhhh e 4~h.0 sh~RR~hfeh~j l t j'Sh~R j h~1 l ll,f~~'h~7~RR s~e 4, I h'l h hh~~s 5 h~C'I R~~h R f L R whw hs~~l R'h~f h~l R j~.'~,I R'S~~h'R h WR y l~h"~4 HUNIAM ENG!MEERjMG CHECKLlST 81., ANTHROPO METRIC EVALUATlON GUIDELINE REF.EVAL,UATlOM GUIDBlNE RH.Knee room and comfortable foot support are provided at sit-stand work stations.VERTICAL PANELS 6.1.2 4 (c)39.Work surface area width.is 24 inches minimum if tasks involve reading and writing only;30 inches if other tasks are involved.6.1.2.7>>d.(4)WA-16 32.PP Controls are'placed in an area between 34 and 70 inches above the floor.6.1.2.5" a.(1)WA-4 40.KP Knee room height is 25 inches from the floor for 5th to 95th percentile males and females at sit-down-only stations.6.1.2.7>>d.(5)WA-16 33.35./Jf Controls requiring precise or frequent operation and emer-gency controls are placed in an area between 34 and 53 inches above the floor.Displays are placed in an area between 41 and 70 inches above the floor.Displays which are read fre-quently or precisely are mounted in an area between 50 and 65 inches above the floor.6.1.2.5>>a.'(2)WA-4 6.1.2.5 b.(i)WA-1 6.1.2.5 b.(2)WA-1 41.Knee room depth is 18 inches minimum for desks or con-soles.42.Knee room width is 20 inches minimum for sit down work station.SEATS AND CHAIRS 43.Seats are at least 17 inches wide and 15-17 inches deep.6.1.2.7 d.(6)6.1.2.7>>d.(7)6.1.2.8 e.WA-17/18 DESKS 36.For seated work only, a desk is 26 to 31 inches above the floor.37.For sit-stand desks, the height is 36 to 38 inches.38.Work surface area depth is 16 inches minimum.6.1.2.7 d.(1)WA-16 6.1.2.7 d.{2)6.1.2.7 d.(3)WA-16 44.45.8 Chairs at sit-down stations are adjustable from 15-18 inches in height and for sit-stand stations, from 26-32 inches.An adjustable footrest is provided at a level of.no more than 18 inches below the seat surface.If it is part of the chair, a circular design of 18 inches in diameter=is recom-mended.6.1.2.8>>f.WA-18 6.1.2.8 go ON-SITE EVALUATION 6 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 46*II 4~I~Q~I~-~t 4~~I'I!~~I~~ HUMAN EMGlIEERll.o CHECKllST 82 ANTHROP QMETRIC EVALUATlDtl GUIOEl.lIE REF.EVALUATlDN GUlDEl.lNE CRT DISPLAYS The minimum angle between the operator is line-of-sight (LQS)and the display screen plane is 45o or greater hori-zontally and vertically. 6.7;2.3+b.VD-46 51.Consoles in which CRTs are installed will conform to the guidelines of Section 6.1.2.6.7.2 3 e.VD-54 47.48.gp 50.CRT displays that are moni-tored frequently will not be more than 35o to the left or right of the operators'traight-ahead LQS or not more than 20o above and 40o below the operators'ori-zontal LQS.CRT displays that are not monitored frequently will be not more than 95o to the left or right of the operators'traight-ahead LQS and not more than 70o above and 90o below the operators'ori-zontal LOS.CRT displays requiring fre-quent monitoring are not more than 35o to the left or right of the operators'traight-ahead LOS and not more than 35o above and 25o below the operators'orizontal LQS.CRT displays not r equiring frequent monitoring are not more than 95o to the left or right of the operators'traight-ahead LOS and not more than 85o above and 90o below the operators'ori-zontal LOS.6.7.2.3+c.(l)(a)a (b)YD-47 6.7.2.3.:(2)(')a (b)6.7.2.3 d.(i)(a)a (b)6.7.2.3 d.(2)(a)a (b)ON-SITE EVALUATION ls OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION l<<~I alr~1~IV h*~'I<<4.Vt Il~5 fta<<I\av I~rah.r5<<c, Sr 5 Sl,"~V<<r vvv r h tv<<or~~<<~vt h II~riar.e~1'ti~1<<taS~~QI~,l,ftl vhS 14*~'h 1 r I~I 1 1 at c v 5't~v Va~j t~h<><<~1.I 5 t ,~~(i(.'r'5'i>>I I~1 r'\Il'tht'll 5 j.!1'1 V~~I'I 1<<I~~~~!J t ,1-Il h 1"~~<ar~1 I~I 1~<>-)1~f E'i~5, t~\vl I 1 i~55~I I~i il.v 1~5~~t~1~I I 1 t 1 I~'i'<<~I'i t 5 Sl I, V~'1~a~t 1 t!l'1 5 5'I'5'1 5)~I.L-: 5;h i 5 h ('5 a t I L S (,(ta>>~1, t I~5)1 lhta>>hl<<ta rva 5<<ahv vvrr ar'Apv 1'IH arrl r vt~~I la at at rl'ta~<<4 hh~~aa I>>a~a~I~w.r,~~>>r v HUMAN EIIIG!NEERlNG CHECKl.lST 83, F ORCUS/TORam EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.2.5.7.8.Toggle switches have an elastic resistance that increases as the control is moved and drops as the switch snaps into position.Knobs for spring-loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls are large enough to be easily held against the spring torque for as long as necessary. The resistance for rocker switches is a minimum of 10 ounces and a maximum of 40 ounces.Rocker switch resistance gradually increases, then drops to zero when the control snaps into position.This resistance precludes the switch being placed between positions. Resistance of a large toggle switch is 10 ounces minimum and 40 ounces maximum.Resistance of a small toggle switch is a minimum of 10 ounces and a maximum of 16 ounces.Resistance of thumbwheel controls is a minimum of 6 ounces and a maximum of 20 ounces.6.4.5.3 aO CON-6 6A.4.5 f.6.4.5A e.(2)CQN-7 6.4.5.4 c.(l)CQN-7 6.4.5.4 c.(2)CON-7 6A.5.3 c.(4)CQN-6 6A.5.3 c.(3)CON-6 6A.5.1 d.(2)(e)CON-9 9.10.12.13.14.15.16.Resistance of continuous adjustment thumbwheels is between 3 and 6 ounces.Resistance of rotary selector controls is a minimum of 1.0 inch/lb.and a maximum of 6.0 inch/lbs.Knob torque for continuous adjustment rotaries is within the range of 4 5 to 6 0 inch/ounces. Resistance of key-operated controls is 1.0 inch/lb.'ini-mum and 6.0 inch/lbs.maxi-mum.Resistance for legend push-buttons is a minimum of 10 ounces and a maximum of 40 ounces.Resistance for round push-buttons is a minimum of 10 ounces and a maximum of 40 ounces.Control knobs or handles do not rotate, slip, or move loosely on their shafts so as to retain full characteristics during its service life.No internal wear or breakage occurs to alter the"feel" or other sensory feedback of the-control.6.4.5.1 c.(2)CON-97 6.4.4.5 e.(5)" CON-3 6.4A.4 d.CON-3 6.4A.3 g.(3)CON-4 6A.3.3 e.(5)CQN-5 6.4.3.2 d.CQN-5 6.4.1.1 e.(2)6A.l.l e.(3)ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION sssB r<<S<aaW.~~~~~vv s~II wa a't~v~v, r I~w v.Ja a<<aw<<a~'lv"~II tjvvavjv<<vwh t aw~'av ta~rv a>>r Ia t I~I<<C ltv av i (v t."~'S~.S."S I, I V l<<v s~<<'l s~~tst w[rS'qa<<t~~~;s r,'-I~+s,qv I~g<J ,~."Ij~~~r I I I~r.v>>a~v'I I I(aq-~.'I~M s,~t',~,~~~I~~S.I J~'S 4)S~4 I Iv~v~~fJ~C r I~J I t=sa~~l S t<~~t~'I v~jv<<a ly J~4 (I l p t~M"-~I~("~s~I J I~'a I~v~\~v I~g~Jv~~,~~V'll I C 1 v\~~I~~s I~4 I~~V~~I~~I 4 vavvtav v vwtt Ia~I I va~(Iv~I w v~\~ HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKl.lST .84 COMMVNICATIONS +Criteria are different. +"0700 is more specific.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.2.Fixed-base UHF transceivers provide a frequency response of at least 200-3300 Hz and sufficient dynamic range for handling speech character-istlcse Gain is adjustable, with the lowest setting allowing audi-bility.Procedures are established and posted for the use of the UHF system.6.2.1.5 80 COM-1 6.2.1.5 b.COM-4 6.2.1.5 co 10.12.13.Microphone input is provided within the control room.Speakers are provided in all areas where control room per-sonnel might be.Speakers are placed to yield an intelligible level of signal throughout the area.Procedures are outlined for the proper manner of speaking.on the announcing system.6.2.1.E b.(5)6.2.1.6 c.(i)COM-2 6.2.1.6 c.(2)6.2.1.6 d.The announcing system pro-vides a good frequency response of 200-3300 Hz, to achieve intelligibility. 5.Loudspeakers are placed to adequately cover all necessary areas without"Dead Spots".8.Microphones are highly sensi-tive to speech signals.9.Microphone dynamic range permit 50dB variations in sig-6.Microphone frequency response is compatible with the system.t 7.Powered telephones, used with the system, have microphones compatible with, the announcing system.6.2.1.6 a.(1)COM-1 6.2.1.6 a.(2)COM-9 6.2.1.6 b.(i)COM-1 6.2.1.6 b.(2)6.2.1.6 b.(3)6.2.1.6 b(4)COM-1 14.15.16.17.18.19.Speaker volume is adjustable to allow detection of auditory alarms.Lowest gain control setting allows audibility of=communi-cation.Control room inputs have priority to interrupt or bypass messages on the announcing system.Point-to-point intercoms con-nect the control room with important plant areas.The system provides adequate frequency response from 200-3300 Hz.Gain is adjustable at each intercom unit, with lowest setting allowing audibility. 6.2.1.6 e.(1)COM-4.6.2.1.6.e.'(2)COM-4 6.2.1.6 f.6.2.1.7 6.2.1.7 80 6.2.1.7 b.ON-SITE EVALUATION ts'OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION I I>>,~*Y I~~I 1)-let I'4~)E 45>>5P(h 4~<.~(I tt e<<tw whhh~~I',I I~5=I (P Ct 5 1,-~~t~lt"~(4)4+V'I I 0 I I~~t 4 tp~I,~)t~t*~It ('4 J3 J'Eh 4>>45~~~55$<<~h t~l(4 A 55~~C)))~'th ht Vt 4 444(4WWPI4)t 4 l,'tt ll~~t h'lt le 4~~*1)?I 5 h4~" I Ih 4~'I 4'~1 r)4$I I 4\te(~4 I I (I~(51,.VC e~~~'lt)4~~ht (~~C~~h Ig tl I<<H~>>" E, 1~4)5 I'4~te I~., E t'."~I~Itt-)wc 5~hh I 1~C.4)h (~>>~~I'I (,$J I)I~~I'1(S Ifh Y g~1~~~4().~'I I I~\~.I 1;~I r'1'l.~I~*h!-'.'f ,'.~~'E r.-c I I (~I'h, I t~~Wh~th'\~5 I>>P 4~I I i t~~, 4/Y (t 1~~~~P'I~f 1 lh (I-~~1 5 5 I I 5 E I~I ew V*at t~tv%ll~r~4\l Jr I w l~~4)=I (rt W et'4'I 4)5.')~Y HUMAN ERG!NEERIMG CHEGKLlST 85, COMMKPCCATIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.20.Internal and external com-~~~munications backup is pro-vided during emergencies. 21.Systems dedicated to non-verbal auditory signals are used only for that purpose.22.Auditory signals provide loca-tion cues, directing operators to area of required attention. Auditory signals are selected to avoid confusion with ambient noise.6.2.1.8 a.6.2.2.1 aO 6.2.2.1 b.AD-3 6.2.2.1 c.(l)AD-1 30.31.32.Failure of auditory alarm does not adversely affect plant equipment. False auditory alarms are avoided.Auditory test capabilities are provided.Dedicated communication links exist.between primary operating areas and the shift supervisor's office.6.2.2.7'O AD-11 6.2.2.7 b.6.2.2.7 Co AD-10-6.1.1.6.b.: 6.2.1.1 24.25.26.l.7.28.29., Auditory signals do not inter-fere with other auditory sources, including verbal com-munication. The meaning of each auditory signal is clear and unam-biguous.Similar auditory signals are not contradictory in meaning.Alerting auditory signals are distinct from routine signals such as bells, buzzers, etc.Sound sources direct sound toward the center of the pri-mary operating area.Auditory alert and warning signals are audible in all parts of the control room.6.2.2.1 c (2)a AD-3 6.2.2.2 AD-1 6.2.2.2 b.AD-18 6.2.2.2 Ce 6.2.2.4 ae AD-6 6.2.2.4 b.35.36.37.Operating instructions are provided for each communi-cation system including alter-natives if system becomes inoperable. Periodic maintenance is per-formed to ensure that all com-munication systems are nor-mally operative and effective under varying ambient noise levels.Priority procedures are established and are made known to all operators for the transmission of emergency messages from the control room by any of the communi-cation systems.Procedures are established for handling communications during an emergemcy. aO 6.2.1.1 b.6.2.1.1 c.(l)6.2.1.1 c.(2)ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION Jp~i((5 a'9~l rr r 9 ((5v te v(t~'t Pa I J~t~9 r~9)jt~,-f I tl~~~t va~I<<a a t.A<<va)5 A(V~~r Ia VV r~~ra Vf WVVVW Vhrar(e~rt>>tpva<<<<vrt vvhw'>>t<<art ah re~<<<<v>><<t<<Vt\~aa<<tvvr~~v'a~kvt<<UIw htv>>'<<er>>v>><<<<ta.V>>v<<v th p v(" r<~~9~(~'P~<<'I~I~&<<~Ir>>~: I>>~avl aa 9 9(, 9')~~~I~ie 9 (tv 5*I fa,)It:~>>5 VC'v.<<>>art\V~~'V~V~~~~9 Itrr a 5 a~h<<a>>I l (>+.')a>>r r~(I 4 PI)9~t>>r~'JV)(~'~f V I~',~~~at(V a~).(A)~V~~t*'5 ('~4-'~~~~'<~~r)g>>(g~5'3!~9~", 9~9 Vtl~~"9 J a'~5'I~r 9 (r~I~~aj)J~9))~nr r)r r I.I a'(at~(*LJ't(')(5)l I V~~~f rr~(ra AI'(ll>>(t(r r9 5 p')>>~AJ (t~'>>~Ir)CI rj (~)4 C~(')~t 3 (~t I 9 ,5 g r 9~J r 5 9~3~I a p(~3~A 9 9 f 3 (5 ,/~~~~~~9 t t!~'>>VV~rh~(5 9 I\3 9 3 9 i J(1 J~<<~r~~I r*'.a'.'I*"I>'3 v 9 5'g)~I a t~~V rt 9 (('>>~V~~~: t~~e~Ir Vf a(f 9~h tu (Iwa te I (t~t tr (~'~~tl~~9 1 II J*I'A~ HUMAN ENGlMEERfNG CHECKUST 86 COMMl.MCATIQNS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE 38.39.40.41.42.Conventional powered tele-phone systems provide goad frequency response within the auditory spectrum of 200-3000.Hz.Size and shape of handset is compatible with operator's hand size and mouth-ear distance.Handsets maintain firm ear contact by receiver while transmitter is positioned to receive voice waves directly from mouth.Cords are non-link or'elf-retracting. Cor'ds.are of sufficient length to permit mobility.6.2.1.2 ao COM-6 6.2.1.2 b.{1)CQM-I 6.2.1.2 b.(2)COM-I 6.2.1.2 b.(3)CQM-I 6.2.1.2 b.(4)COM-2 46.47.48.50.Switching is programmed to give the control raom auta-matic priority access to the switching system.Loudness of ringing is adjustable at individual tele-phone sets.Powered telephone system transmitters, when used as microphone inputs to the announcing system, are cam-patible with the rest of the announcing system..Good frequency respanse fram 200-3000 Hz is pravided for sound-powered telephone sys-tems.The sound-powered system provides in-phase feedback to the user.6.2.1.2 c.(2)6.2.1.2 do 6.2.1.2 do 6.2.1.3 a.(i)6.2.1.3 a.(2)Telephone instruments are coded to indicate circuit or function in a multiple phone set-up.6.2.1.2 b.(7)51.Earphones in head set cover the outer ear with cushioning to provide comfort for extended wear.6.2.1.3 b.(l)CQM-2 45.Press-to-talk buttons are con-venient to both left and right hand operation. Switching is designed or pro-grammed to minimize delays in connection making under normal and emergency'on-ditions.6.2.1.2 b.(8)COM-I 6.2.1.2 c.(l)52.53.Earpiece supporting structures in headset do not impose dis-comforts.of weight, con-centrated pressures, or metal contact with the skin.'he earpiece is held firmly in place, yet is easy to remove.6.2.1.3 b.(2)COM-2 6.2.1.3 b.(3)CQM-2 I f<<II I'~I*I~.~~~I'Nh t h 1~peavvhl vwrrwr w-.~3li Wv~rr lh I~,ht h I I~t 7 I~,<<re~h~'I~v~~(,~I'h~"~r<<C f~~h~I'~'77<A~~~I C l~~tr h~I>ar fft<<t'7 hr)r<<'I tf~h'h'I, I~~I~<>f ff.g (4~4~~0 I 4.~4 l(~~<<~~~4~~A>>4~(>>4 4~~I(>>>>>>IJI,~I Ih>>rff44 4>>>>rl~N~4\4~4 Wff J(V)!>>4\'f>>V I 0 4>>(4 I>>4 l rl~W J(1I 444>>4)J JJ IWffef Iffr>>J>>4'r>>4 44W 4 4 4>>4'A'ff'~I'>>4~~4>>4'm~1~>>1,~'I'l 4>>>>~>>(J 1~~('l>>C V>>4 4 5 5 5?~~1 5 r~~1 1~~~1,~Vrl 1~~~>>4 (0~I>>.I I>>4~4 5>>I P I l)~I 4 (I>>l)I 1'1~4 4~'>>I I~4~~I~~>>I~~">>>>5 1 I>>I~ffI (4I~r~(,~ff'~~~>>l 1*I I 1'I~~54 I I~I 5~~=-~.l 5 M>>5~4(r(4(Iff>>ffff>>~'W(~'\~((~\ff 4I~>>I I(I~ffl(l (Jnlff4 HUMAN ENGINEERING tlHECKI.IST COMMUNICATIONS EVAI.UATION'UIOEI.INE 'EF.EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.INK 72.73.i 5e 76.78.79.Party identification is required and provided for when more than two parties are using the same channel on the walkie-talkie at separate locations. Adjustable signal detection for warning systems is controlled by administrative procedure. The warning signal captures the operator's attention but does not cause irritation.or startled reaction.Each auditory signai is adjusted to result in approxi-mately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary opera-ting area.The annunciator auditory alert mechanism automatically resets when it is silenced.The operator is able to identify the work station or the system where the auditory alert signal originated. This communications system uses auditory signals only for a few of the most urgent warnings.Reach to communication devices and controls is unob-structed.6.2.1.4 d.6 3.2.1 b.6.3.2.1 Ce 6.3.2.1 d.6.3.2.1 e.AD-9 6.3.2.1 f AD-5 VD-4 80.81.82.83.84.85.86.87.88.89.Communication devices are labeled and color-coded (emergency, normal, etc.).Emergency and most fre-quently used communication devices are immediately accessible. Communication devices are easily reached.Microphones for this equip-ment are protected against breath blast and moisture con-densation. Receiver control layout for this device is"station-select" by the right hand and volume.control by the left hand.This communications system allows emergency messages top priority.This communications device has individual visual signals for each channel to show which channel is in use.This device does not use channel sharing.For this infrequentiy used device, instructions are pro-vided.This microphone does not overload with signals as high as 125;130 dB.ON-SITE EVM UATION b>l d, V>>Vt>r hr r'r'I~>r r>r>4>>ctr rrrr)hs 1'cr>'~)r taa I vh~c 3'$f,>3>" s j rr r VA A~r>~cr Ir t~r>r~4~~r v>>v~'4 v 4>w&)r>~~~~mr>~>~4f>~~rr rv<<'Ir v*~r 4~~I t)list">g<<>,I~gf (t$>t)>),." i.f 3 r.1E I)t>I I~r t I~~3~(I C t'))t,~I, r>~>4>4~'*.~~~,3~)g r r'chg$~4~~I I~~I~~1 1 4~4>I>."~1'>>~>w\)I 1 t t)~I y>tgg:~r~~I~'>~r\~~~)~r~~HC y>'c)'cp>>~>'1.rr..t'1 A r~~r>U>t I'v>(-1'>1~~~'I W 1'V\>>>'>~,'~<<rt~'I~f r~4 I t tt)rrrrt 4 vm~H~~\r rl r 4~t>I~I~r r rr r~~l L'rr r<<>~r>rr>r c~~~,~'I<<I~tk.~~'~Ic~>I c HUlNN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST:.89 COMMUNICATIONS EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.INE REl'.EYAI.UATION GUIDEI.INE 90.92.g3.95.96.97.98.This is a directional micro-phone if feedback"squeal" is a problem.This communications system has loudspeakers of different communication channels separated at least 10a from the operator's position.This headset has a frequency response as'broad as that of the remainder of the system.I These headphones and loud-speakers can reproduce sound from 100 to 4000 Hz.This headset receiver has a uniform frequency response between 300 and 4000 Hz.This device transmits sounds from 250 to 4000 Hz.This headset has 2 speech channels, and one channel is fed into one ear and the other channel into other channel into the other ear or both signals are"picket-fenced" at 30-40 Hz.This headset receiver has enough electrical power to drive peak sound-pressure level to 131 dB when using two earphones. This headset/handset .allows speaker to hear own voice in phase with speech.COM-1 COM-1 COM-2 COM>>5 COM-2 COM-1 COM-1 COM-2 COM-8 99.100.101.102.103.104.105.106.This emergency communi-cation device is permanently installed. Where speaker reverberation is a problem, many low powered loudspeakers are present, rather than a few powerful loudspeakers. High-quality communications have a dynamic range af 60 dB;commercial broadcast 40-45 dB.This microphone has high pass filters to reduce frequency noises, and frequency-selective filters to give char-acteristic timbre to signals.This device has controls capable of controlling sound pressure levels to 110 dB.This carbon microphone has no"packing" of the carbon granules.Carbon microphone is avoided if quality criteria demand a truly linear response char-acteristic of very low back-ground noise.A ribbon microphone is not used for close talking unless specifically designed for this use.COM-9 COM-1 COM-3 COM-1'OM-4 COM-1 COM-1 COM-1 ON-SXTE EVALUATXON 9.OPERATOR ASSXSTED EVALUATXON C.I rn l rrr~I 4<<I aI~~I g qq~~I 6 Irr rl~~a'~llano Iarlqiw,~qlrv r Ia v rlrq a a w,ar~~~1~~r+II\I~i llqaaAAAI~Ill ll r I I~Inly~V~a.~'r I I r I 1 tl g I~~r~r~rq\~II~, I I , t.,!II~I I I"L.f (1 I t qadi'4 1<<,,a,~I I g I I~II)~ HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKl.1ST 90;COMMJNICATIQN5 EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE Audio signals provided over operator headsets are coded the same as their respective annunciators. This microphone has a high sensitivity to acoustic speech signals.This microphone rejects dis-tracting acoustic signals and noises at the speaker'location.This headset receiver has gain control with dynamic range to make the signal 15 dB more intense than ambient noise.CQM-7 COM-6 COM-2 ON-SITE EVALUATlON 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ~rr1 el~l,'l t,re~~c 4Q)i'P 1~1 e:l l lr Irt tl~e~O-v o otar ar r o a~k,~~~Jla'e~1*v'o 1 Iyt o~g 1 oo~o roroor e~'e keerkr 1 e-t a~I r'evoeoor...ok'ro~'I,~~g g (pa Je ay~w'et 1e'l g~o rto'1 1'WA m w'ror aov wr r~e yooootoo ew r~~'e v R v~'~I"~t~~e Rre~ta vwt 1 lo."1',I Qr I R~<<I'Ira r I Alt fg o,al,=,~ra~~v~~elf Cree~tr~1~t1~e r'.~pt Pe 1 e'1 Lr~I~e" 2V r~e~~'1 PI oj>',=.-f.'<'I e 1 r\,~" C\el g rC: t~I C.: r-W.1)l.y~~,\I 1=Ir.~), r~Qtrr r~(l i R~]t~~'~(~~>~~'tt r~:r C o d r~~, k)r I I k e pea l~v t (C (f e~II'v t i I 11 R~'.t~f~r p re.t ro'I~, y 1 o p 1 qe o~rye e v~>tao...e~~1~~t~~'e re pt jg'P~~~o>>)Cr~l'r J rvye Radar 1 1~r C I 1 v a a~1~~1~~'1 I 1 l~5>'~."l,')'~le S 1 l$)>>, it ," l 1 4 II t II~"!ttv vew oreooeto yo~~ee'tol w e r a~~rare v to r I o~'~ao~~tt e~~~I ee oo.v~vert'o o HUMAN EIGINEERIIG CHECKI.IST ," 91"Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific.EVALUATIOIII GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATION GUIDELINE'There is an adequate supply of expendables and spare parts-fuses, bulbs, ink, inking pens, recorder charts,.printer paper, etc.6.1.1.5 aO 10.I Legend lights which provide a"maintenance or adjustment" status are uncovered or non-visible during normal opera-tion, but are readily accessible. VD-90 24 3.5.6.7.8.9.Expendables and spare parts are readily accessible. All necessary tools to install expendables and spare parts are available. There is adequate storage space for expendables. and spare parts.The variety of expendables is clearly and distinctiveiy marked to avoid misappli-cation.Records of the status of expendables and spare parts are kept.For lighted displays, a lamp test capability is provided.Pushbutton lamps are replace-able from front of panel.Legend pushbuttons do not malfunction or activate inad-vertently during lamp removal or replacement. 6.1.1.5 b.6.1.1.5 Ce 6.1.1.5 d+w WA-33 6.1.1.5 eo 6.1.1.5 f.6A.3.3 c.(1)CON-5 6.4.3 3 c.(2)CON-5 6A.3.3 c.(3)'1.Legend covers are keyed to prevent interchanging. 12.Display failure is apparent to the operator.13.Dual-bulbs or dual-filaments are used.14.Bulb test capability is pro-vided.15.Bulb replacement while power is on is provided without being hazardous to personnel. 16.For lighted displays, all light covers are keyed to prevent interchangeability. .17.Paper, ink, and other expend-ables are provided and accessible in the control room.18.Recorder design permits quick and easy replenishment of paper and ink.6A.3.3 c.(4)CON-5 6.5.1.1 f.VD-7 VD-2 6.5.3.1 a.(1)VD-91 6.5.3.1 a.(2)VD-91 6.5.3.1 a.(3)VD-92 6.5.3.1 c.(2)VD-92 6.5A.1 eo 6.5.4.1 f.VD-78 hW4 AP Ar I I&1~I~prp jpr Ah I'L'~I~~,~P~A 6 P 0~~~I~PAPA I A%III~I r'A Ah 5 WP AWIW Arh rhea~A~~4'I PA~I Y"~I~~I P~m~S~~~,I~A~1 Ph~I~C ly I~,I~,I P I l~'rI C r~C P~\P't h I LI4t II CA A IAA 5 4\APP WIP~\I I I~J AP I~Ilr Jp a I pp prp Wr)'~I'4~~>> HUMAN ENGlIEERlNG CHECKI.lST 92": EVALUATlON GUIDELINE REF.EVALUATlON GUIDELlNE 19.Fresh replacement batteries for walkie-talkie transceivers are stored in an accessible and well-marked area.6.2.1.4 e.(i)20.21..23.Stock of batteries is large enough to support continuous emergency operation of walkie-talkies. If lamp replacement requires tile removal, there is a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location.Lamp replacement does not subject the operator to a shock hazard.Operator aids are provided if needed for lamp replacement. 6.2.1.4 e.(2)6.3.3.1 c.(1)VD-92 6.3.3.1 c(2)+VD-92 6.3.3.1 c.(3)ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION'- -ce ,{k I y',Itt JI I Iti>{~1>4C p P r3~4,~{I3 Ir{T.~t L~'J~"f.r I~I i.~jt<<r~rr r~4 It e<<11 I tl t<<e,~erI Ivte<<I~~0 3'Jrie IJ<<~I>>I~~~~<<~I~t 41~p~I C>>vvlreher {e vr v Ik~'J~~g)].h." 3~*tt~<<-ee<<<<trvrrt n<<V~<<I~~vw I'e~~v<<E I>><<v v v>>M~, I<<It J~'~'I rl I 4<<ett I V I~~~<<'I)~e I t 3 ne ('.J-.)-))Ir<~~i~t)14 qt"<<I~~p l i<<I~I"3 t (I"~1>>JI<<c'~rr~*I r i t'L~~~~M I I~I'tt t~4 I I~~" tl<" e-rC'j A t'~: Jet>I I~I)f~'Ir 1 egI'), IJ fet h I I~~~~~I~A>I t~r t4>>~er{~I It I~I r t j}e~I t I I 1 I I'I I I r 1'I I t.I I~1 te~f~I~I I~t V{.'l)I 3 I I I I~I~~~~~~C I\$,)lt Ie fe r..l IJ I~trr 4~J~{I I I~I~~I I'3 IJ4<<er<>rrt>>~v<<~4<<<<I~~v~'~t I ,I~1>>~~~~I I~fe r>>v I ee, 1 et~'I ee 4'l~~'t~~~~I W~~~I~),)(e'I I t'I P I ,~4 I~I~~,~I<<e I I tCI'~VI~ HUMAN ENGIIEERIMG CHECKS.lST -93 TASK ANALYSIS EYAt.UATIOM GUlDEl.lIE REl'.EVAl.UATIOM GUIDEl.lNE REF.GKhKRAL PRINCIPLES All controis and displays needed for (1)detection of abnormal conditions and (2)bringing the plant to a safe shutdown condition are included in the control room.6.1.1.1&o 70 8.Each control provides a suf-ficient range of control.There is a good reason to: require a control for the function concerned. 6.4.1.1!a.Q)6 4.1.1 b.(i)20 Control of plant equipment from one control room does not affect the ability of operators of other control rooms to maintain control of their units..The status of plant equipment under the control of one con-trol room is displayed in all controi rooms capable of con-trolling that equipment. A single, centrally located control panel/console is used for dual-unit control rooms.6.Administrative procedures are in place which assign responsi-bility for allocation of use of controls of shared plant equip-ment to a single control room.4.Availability status indications are displayed in all control rooms if control of plant renders that equipment unavailable to other control roc ms+6.1.3.1 e.(l)6.1'.3.l e.(2)6.1.3.1 e.(3)6.1.3.1 e.(4)6.1 3.1 e.(5)9.10.12.13.14.15.The precision and range of a control does not exceed the need.Controls are functionally grouped and are in the same location from panel to panel.Pushbuttons in a row or matrix are positioned in a logical order, or, in an order related.to the procedur'al sequence.Analysis of operator.. tasks is recommended to establish operator information require-ments.Visual displays provide all information about the system status and.parameter values that is needed in all situations of plant operation. Only needed information is displayed in.the operating area.Visual display of actual system/equipment status is displayed for all important parameters. 6.4.1.1 b.(3)6.4.2.2 b.'.CON-8 9 6.4.3.1 ae 6.5.1.1 aO 6.5.1.1 b%+VD-6.'.5.1.1 c++VD-7 6.5.1.1 e.(2)ON-SITE EVALUATION \OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION >4>>><<v'whAT ~~'vh<<,\~svrtve(I I~"/v.'cst r+'hC t~h Tr te<<1~~>.~I<<~~~4 rr 4~4~~<<trv>rr I>,~cs 44>>trv<<v>>>vv<<<<v<<e>>44 v 4 w 1~4~1 4~4 Ie~>, L e 4'r 4 w (~~,(>>~pg~t(1 Y'>><<t~~~PC-1~I~~~"V et rj~~,S]C.v 1'>l 1'V>~'hr(f'4 I~yt P h<<tery'tr>l C 1$t(I~'lrl I~f~~>>1*4'>4>~aq/.~'.Pt/~V I~~,~1~I('*~>vc>Ih f~,'>C 4<<~4 J(~rt'/(.", c"s cs)4":.'r"c-t c~~1 1~1 (~4~1 I~'I~go~('"~4 NV)~I (I~h>>r~4~g>C'l~'~~1~I~~~4 (~j ir~v~I('j;l le~rl~I\<<>e'.4C'I'.1 c , I I>4~I I~>4 c I l>>I It>I.I~cr c I'1~1/>>L" 1/44(~1~~)'Irvr"~1 ((y 1 P>h)g<<-~C~1'V('I~rrt 11~.'C..'h'.J~4>" C4~~, I~~\~.)((e I'hit>Ph 1~~I I'C lr I pr fr>~='c'c 1 c c 1~~~~4 T~~pr~1 I rv~'JIC (c'.~1~I>TI<<g/~cp~<<P'3~'h~~4~/a1~vl~Ch Cri h<</>6 levy f~c<<'0l~'I 4~I<Vt~T'I~J Cr I~\I.I I<<,'.: '.7~-'".'~1~~~>P t'4~>>V C IV 1 t 1I vr<<'rw rrr>re>4<<~Ir 4>vt r>>>tr~'\<v~~lh~ttt 4 Ihl~44<<~'hrt~tl<<r There~4.<<44>>4 O'll~<< HUMAN EMGlNEERlIG t:HECKI.IST 9.4-~TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE'EF;.16.17.18.20.21.23.24.5.Scale units is consistent with the degree of precision and accuracy needed by the opera-tor.Percentage indication is used when the parameter is mean-ingfully reflected by per-centage.Scales span the expected range of operational param-.eters.Scales employ the appiopriate scale ranging techniques. Scales are supported by auxiliary wide-range instru-ments.Display dynamic sensitivity is selected to minimize the dis-play of normal random varia-tions in equipment perform-ance.Scales are compatible in numerical progression and scale organization. Recorders are used to record trend information and material which may.be needed for later reference. Recorders are located within primary operating areas.There will be no raismatch between nomenclature used in procedures and that printed on the labels.6.5.1.2 a.6.M..2 Co VD-6 6.5.1.2 d.(i)6.5.1.2 d.(2)6.5.1.2 d.(3)6.5.1;2 f.6.5.1.5 do VD-71 6.5A.l ge VD-78 6.5A.1 h.6.6.3.3 Ci.PA'-63 26.27.28.29.30.31.32.Controls and displays are functionally grouped within the constraints of grouping by task sequence;Controls and displays are grouped according to importance and frequency of use within the constraints of grouping by task sequence.The location of controls and displays within a single panel makes the most effective use of the viewing and manual manipulative areas.Groups of components on a panel are physically spaced so that the boundaries of each group are obvious.Demarcation lines circum--scribe functional or selected groups of controls and d/splays with a contrasting line.Displays observed in a speci-fied sequence are grouped together, preferably in a left-to-right, top-to-bottom,. or natural sequence.Controls operated sequentially are grouped together, pref-erably in a left-to-right, top-to-bottom, or natural sequence.Layout of related controls and displays is symmetrical. 6.8.1.1 b.CDI-8 6.8.1.1 ,Ce CDI-9 6.8.1.2 6.8.1.3'DI'-14 6.8.1.3" b++CDI-13 6.8.2.1, a.'(i)'VD-18 6.8.2.1 a.(2)+a CON-10 6.8.2.1 a.(3)CDI-8 ON-SITE EVALUATION 0 ERATOR ASSISTED.EVALUATXON' 4 V I I>>4 4 4 LW 4 I VV>>>>>>VIVII 1 4 VIIIIVI~1\tee'I)eh~V>>'I~4~>>4~It ee I P h I~t>>VIII VIIW~4 I[vt~4 I>>ve>>44>>IP>>v 44>>4 hh~, 4 ra.Ielha I~~~~4~ht 4 4 40 i 44 4 W>>>>VV q>>>>'" Ll wv>>>>Lech>>he I'I 4>>>>I 4<<Iw>>4 vvvve~" 44>>'I~~4 Wth~~~te>>'VVV I}At~~fh~V P~h}'.C~}r*r~C I-te~Ifa~'~~}~'I~4 tt~l 4']II Q fi Ih~44>>i" v a'-".~>>J~~hte~~h I L np'.~.~h.h~h~I er}f'~4 V>>)I 4 I I~~I I Ie'I I gv(t.>>I r'vt~4 f 4 Nt 4th f e 4'I>>4 V I}l r a~4>>~~I~I)t 4~4 I J~I I~~th f.ft J.I>>f LSD~~~f~I}f~p II I'I>g~'VI~I I~ftt~~~'lt vf~'I t I}I<,'tl"~f t~I I 4 ht I~'tt>>f, he'Ih~'f, I Ifeg I P>>I~I fr~I~'h t~I>>I I~~~V'~,'.4~C~,".P t V~~P\'I A, I~~4~~4 I I~~I fj,~C I f'i I I I~,IL 4~I i>>4444>>h veh vv I>>4~vev,tv 4>>v>>v~.4 4 v'Ie~Ih~4~I>>IL I~I>>teh>>44 I,IV~>>>>Vh>>44~I~tt~~ HUMAN EMGtIEERlMG CHECKl.lST TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDEI.IIE EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF.35.37.Frequently used controls and displays are near the center of the preferred visual and manual areas.Frequently used controls and displays are positioned so as to be easily identified. Functionally related controls and displays are grouped together when they are: o Used together to perform tasks related to a specific function.o Identical in purpose.Components are arranged left-to-right and/or top-to-bottom and are in alphabetical or numerical order.Components are arranged to match operator expectations. The layout of identical controi and display sets is consistent at all locations. 6.8.2.1 b.(i)6.8.2.1 b.(2)6.8.2.1 c.(l)6.8.2.1 c.(2)6.8.2.2&o CDI-11 6.8.2.2 b.6.8.2.3 a.CDI-15 42.Standardization is maintained where simulators or procedure trainers are used that simulate the actual operational equip-ment.43.Simultaneous actuation of adjacent controls is possible.44.Horizontal rows of similar dis-plays are used instead of ver-tical columns.SINGLE CONTROL AND DISPLAY PAIRS 45.Displays are associated with related controls.46.The direction of control/display movement is associated. 47.The operator is immediately aware of the rate and limits of control/display movement.6.8.2.4 b.'.8.3.1 co 6.8.3.2 a.6.9.1.1 c.(1)CDI-8 6.9.1.1 c.(2)CDI-7 6.9.1.1 c.(3)CDI-7 Layouts of repeated functions are not mirror-imaged. 41.Standardization is maintained'here similar functions or panels are located at several work stations or units and t must be used by the same per-sonnel.6.8.2.3 b.CDI-16 6.8.2.4 ae CON-8 CDI-15 heal TIPLE CONTROLS OR DISPLAYS 48.Controls are mounted below the display.49.Controls are centered on the display.50.Controls are grouped in a line or matrix.t 6.9.1.2 a.(1)CDI-11 6.9.1.2 a.(2)6.9.1.2 a.(3) pD~t>>~~*thr rr>>PI~~1~h>>V>>l>>II 1 F'l hh*<<4~,~rr 1I r<<l<>V<<VV~l<<ll 1 hr l 0~~~1~, V 4'<<<<Fh 1 rh>>f><fjl t 11r IP>>h>>~~/~~~~~1~I)X" FJ I'j ,'t I F Ih ll II'<<4 I l1 I I i~~I~t',t~I ,I'il!t i~rl.J,'~I~I~'II)~>>1~ll,~., I f)l I l t I>>~1 t.,\l 1 g4 l<<>>I(\I~I II h r~l vh p'h('"~ll.<<~~l~1 I>>r vr.r l l l<<hl~~<<llkhrV Vr<<r>>~V>>>>h<<VI>>1'eW>>hr>>I IV'I>>Ir<>I>>~h<<r 1 11 1 I'>>I IV I~Ill<<11 1<<V>>>>IIVI>>1'~'<<l~~I 11~1>><<1>><<1>><<>>'I<<t>>le<<>>h l>>V p>><<1>>>><<'0 hr1 VV~r*&rrh~i)it F=I~P,').'~N I v>>.J~~'1~~~")I I~'h II I~~*.~tt~!'lr r,~r.~>>1'l.1;~~-,1<<1 rl J~~~I~~r f t~\l~I'-f..-,.'f I'~I<<1 A 1~~I I>>JW Vrh<<I'htk 1<<r 1\, tVI~1 1~~~F~l t HolNAN ENGINEER!MG CHECKLlST 96 EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.EYALUATION GUIDELINE 53.When techniques in (50)or (51)cannot be employed, layout enhancement techniques are employed-spacing, demarca-tion, color coding.SINGLE CONTR~MULTIPLE DISPLAYS 54.Displays are located above the control.51.If not feasible to mount can-trois directly below the dis-play, controls are mounted to the right of the display.52.Where there is a normal order of use, controls are arranged for use in.left-to-right, top-to-bottom, or other natural sequence.6.9.1.2 a.(4)6.9.1.2 a.(5)CDI-10 6.9.1.2 a.(6)CDI-13 6.9.1.2 b.'(i)'DI-ll 59.When techniques (50)and (51)do not apply or a c/d relation-ship is not apparent, layout enhancement techniques are employed (see 6.8.1.3).DISPLAY SELECTORS 60.The control moves clockwise from OFF through settin'gi 1, 2, 3toe no 61.The control position sequence conforms to the display sequence.62.Multiple controls or displays related to the same function are grouped together.63.Sequence of use is left-to-right, top-to-bottom. 6.9.1.2 b.(6)CDI-13 i 6.9&2.'(1) 6.9.1.2 c.(2)CDI-8 6.9.2.1 aO CDI-8 6.9.2.1 b.CDI-8 55.Controls are placed near the display and preferably under the center of the display array.56.Displays are arranged hori-zontally or in a matrix.57.If not feasible to mount dis-plays above the control, they are mounted to the left of thecontrol.Where there is a normal order of use, displays will read from left-to-right, top-to-bottom, or in other natural sequence.6.9.1.2 b.(2)CON-1 6.9.1.2.b.(3)CON-1 6.9.1.2 b.(4).6.9.1.2 b.(5)CDI-10 SINGLE PARCEL ARRANGEMENTS 64..Each display is located'directly above its associated c'ontrol.\65..Display/control pairs are arranged in rows.66.Each control occupies the same relativ'e position as the display to which it is associated. N 6.9.2.2 a.(1)CDI-10 6.9.2.2 a.(2)CDI-11 6.9.2.2 b.(1)' I 1 II I fttrrb'ltr Y Cl 1'>>Qk'I VVLI>>>>'F4'>>CI*fr>>f4 r III..'i.',:.:>i<7 I I*rt I I I f'IIVC rfl VI\>>>>I I>>'a I~I'I ll Aktr Ir tr II>>I I I r II'1~~r~~I~t fr>>IVI VVI~>>VV>>>>VVV>>~%VCI~r>>V lf.VII I 1V I VI\I I>>I~I>>~kf 1 rrl>>a II I I\-r,.~I l'I f I fcl'I-~I V 1 1'I~I 1~~~P%1 1 I Otf I>>1 t~'~~~t~I~+f 1 1,~.'I Al~I t Ir k~.1)t,):!~>r'I I>>11 1 t>>I(f 1 (rl l-'~f f r.tr I~1 f~1~tt'I I~I I VI~~~1 1.11 1~'V,ll I'r~ll~ICC I'~4 I I*I,g I I 1'y~1"."t I~)II;=!r 1 I$1 (1 C~fr I I I'CI>>r I'r i 1 I~I!v~I'~V~IC I v>>>>I tr 4 cl I'QV VI>>real~~tl, tw\IV I'1 l.".~~"~L.~f J4=.1 4~Crt~g~...~~1 5, Vt I'rt 1~v~W(>>r Cr~I I~ HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKUST 97*TASK ANALYSiS EVALUAT{ON GO{DE{.{NE"REf.EVA{.OAT{ON GU{OE{.{NE 67.Controls and displays have corresponding labels.MULTI-ROW DISPLAYS WITH SINGLE-ROW CONTROLS CONSISTENCY 70.Arrangement of functionally similar controls and displays conform throughout the can-troi room.71.Modular control/display pack-ages are selected and arranged to achieve maximum con-formity to 6.9.2.2 (a-d).l2.Where displays are on sepa-rated panels, they are pref-erably on the adjacent upper panel from their associated controls.73.Related controls and displays are not located on separate panels that face each other.-68.Displays are ordered left-to-right, tap-to-bottom, and matched to controls ordered left to right.69.Controls and displays have t corresponding labels.6.9.2.2 b.(2)PA-32 6.9.2.2 c.(l)CDI-ll 6.9.2.2 c.(2)PA-32 6.9.2.2 dO 6.9.2.2 e.6.9.2.3 aO 6.9.2,3 b'E&KRAL MOVEMENT RELATIONSHIPS 74.A clockwise turn of a rotary control results in its associated linear scales moving up or to the right.75.A clockwise turn of a rotary control results in its assaciated digital display to increase in value.76.A clockwise turn of a rotary.control'esults In its.associated strings of indicator lights moving from bottam to.top or from left to right.77.A, ciackwise turn of a rotary control.results.in its associated circular meters moving clockwise. 78.Movement of a linear control up or to the right causes associated linear scales to move up to the right.79.Movement of a linear control up to the right causes associated digital display to increase in value.80.Movement of.a linear contr'ol up to the-.right, causes associated strings of indicator lights;to move from bottom to top or left to right.6.9.3.1 a.(i)CDI-1 6.9D.1 a.(2)6.9.3.1 a.(3)6.9.3.1 a.(O)CDI-1 6.9.3.1 b.(i)6.9.3.1 b.(2)6.9.3.1 b.(3)ON-SITE EVATUATION 5 Q(o r I\~I'~='S~>>I)IP>>owe>>Q>>r/I~I'~Ia>>WEB>>I seta~tr h.~t t>>r\>>rr~>>r>>w'I~~V)o ie<Wgyf I 5 3>>t" I=.e a>>E~>>5't4 o>>rte 5 3 t Ill>>1$>>e~I>>See r A\r r I>>>>>>~I 4 4 e I=L!!(1 4>>au I I'll Ci S t PI I'e L.5 5f~fe~3k<>>kit>>4 I 44.4~o Ir i>>It 4~~S fi~.S'of 3 alki=i IQ>>f 4 I Itl I P I I f~~"tt,',rt~4 E>>et'.>>tr>>>>rx I.4>>,ee>>ra eorrv&U=t 1 4>>4 rc~o'I r~~>>E~'>>>>I r.~I I I Il\lI t II j tS$1 lf~~~A ail>>o"4 4 1,5~I t meta I t~,'>>~.~I 5 f 4 r 5 I 4$~!~~I et 4>>'1 4 3 S 4 I'I>>1 IS C~4~>>4>>>>4 I ie1 et)*7 I I->>31f=t~I>151 ffe>>v>>t>>L>>oe Ero~~~~o pt*0\>>ape~a r I tt I II'lI l (5 S I I~'t>>veto~s>>r ttt L 3:..rk tr at ta'l>>\I ri C vere~'I HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKLlST 98 a TASK ANALYST EVALUATION GUIDEi.lIF .REF.f VALUATION GUIDBINE 83.Controls provide easy and precise parameter control and are efficient and effective under all conditions. Displays, provide a capability to distinguish significant levels of the system param-eter controlled. Controls and displays have a precision which does not exceed that required.Printing on the display face is consistent with procedure nomenclature. .6.9.3.2 a.6.9.3.2" b.6.9.3.2 co 6.5.1A e., PA-63 ON-SITE EVALUATION 0 ERATOR S ISTED EV (lt ()7)fl I~)(~It~~eri It)'c,fC'I~" t,tp I ita~<<)Vt~her)>>>>I IK I>>I alar v I Ie~~rr'It~r r av hhra~I CI h h t r h~r ra Ik hw I etw<<VV r)II<<V~~<<h r~t=atVvrr r~Ui Ii".~P~~'W V<<h wf~r err)~I r tv~a<<I I I r ha~~~I I<<V)h a<<>>V'~I vv ae r w re>><<he<<eave I (~WV~I~err~I~re.r r.J>>.~t 0~a't~L~$J.~-,.It!r)I,C"q I I:,~t I>>'a<<I'1~I*'e I t)VI~)I v r~~".Iti tag A t~ta'I<<'t),~~a~I te:fp t I I)~1 h'.'I~a~~~'Irlv'V~4~'.~Irtre C~~~fa t f',<>t v~t ,f A~h t he'~I j)fr<<t~C eac-I n<<~r t I'..C<<)C~4 Q~ah f'ft',g C<<)'ft tl'I>>tfa<I rtt'I t I f),I~r~~~Kl if h~a~I'i)l,~)I'I I)~~'If i ffl"t~!t fl~~he t ff O'~.'.~~~),~*7 (IW~1)"fC':3 r~~,~c)C vv~"a)rf~I~~=~e~li C\I~fl~I~I I t)i I)e<<wvt e~aa<<wv f>>r>>he)~<<VVIIV<<II~<<V HUMAN ENGINEERlQG'HECKllST 99 SALK-THROUGH EVALUATION GUIDEl!IE REF.EVAlUATION GUIDEKIIIIE REF.2>>4.5.7.8.When continuous monitoring or the timing of control actions are critical, operators do not have to leave the primary operating area.Control room manning and task assignments ensure com-plete and timely coverage of controls, displays, and other equipment during plant opera-tion.Activities and task assign-ments are planned to ensure proper coordination of additionai personnei who augment the normal crew.Control room arrangement minimizes interference between members of the operational crew.Potential task.loading is evaluated to ensure that every unit can be covered ade-quately in all situations. Controls are easily adjusted with the required level of precision. Duplication of controls not occur, except for a specific reason.Each control is the type nor-mally anticipated for the operation concerned. 6.1.1.1 b..6.1.1.2&>>6.1.1.2 b..6.1.1.3 d.(2)6.1.3.1 C>>6.4.1.1 a.(2)6.4.1.1 b.(2)6 4.1.1 c.(2)9.10.12.13.14.15.16.Controls and displays are assigned to work stations so as to minimize operator move-ment.Control actuation does not result In inadvertent actuation of an adjacent control.A visual display that is moni-tored during control manipula-tion is located sufficiently close so an operator can read it clearly and without parallax from a normal operating posture.Controls and displays are located so that displays are not obscured during control operation. Displays are not obscured by manipulation. There is no lag time between system condition change and display indication. When there is a time lag between control actuation and ultimate system state, there is an immediate feedback indica-tion of the process and direction or parameter change.Feedback from the display is apparent for any deliberate movement of a control.6.8.1.1 a>>CDI-8 6.8.3.1 b CON-1 6.9.1.1 a.CDI-8 6.9.1.1 b.CDI-10 6.9.1.2 b.(7)CDI-ll 6.9.3.1 c.(1)6.9.3.1 c.(2)6.9.3.2 d. v I'rg v a",~p~~, o>>'o o>>,.i 5:.$,UQe~'wo'ow~~r~m r>>o>>v>>>>oroorr~'r WEFI~IE>>~FE~'~'vr I~r r~E>>tv E,.g.B.o oC'-103 v QCQBQCI~o'=L-MCD C.I.e.b~6 8-1l3 r..s.e.~od QL-JC3~.L.e.b Cf5>d CL-7QD'>Y'N"ufJEO'fl"PUP~'&3 ': j r P'ac evr;Iqe'.b boy clos)ffkD'e.';:, l;'.L-L.h co oa cnoi:a.'fc 9>ovff of h Apie"f, Svof s".~~Q'Iago'5;Jcclinifn 5 o>>~~85+m Non"oo'~noi<oudos JozdnQD.OI roil.usa~ dnsdzsvbanJ ni SIC~" a~Joofno>>Q insoo/bs nf5 fo f ol~>>irlorrQ ei Orris yciqeib Jr ueiv A-ciuqinam lodr QQ pniw54 bdsod yidnsJQJ"r'Juc bs~saoI ci nQJ~bGQ'h Aco'109G'lEQQ n~QG 0/Qio xciiavoclLlol'disv bnc gossip Ii IonoGftffGqo Ikfm1QA 6 A<@'8 I od~s'lukepq a I"sG llgQJq Jb bno eIQT~lloo f oRE eve eynloeib acrid oc b 5h pJ lo",ar QQ~niaub b auoedo, 15JA~y~~Aooo~l I"lollI 9 fE~/o oi t bS"ru edo DOE)9'lE'YS lKDIfQ oC~~AQ" NGIUqllMWQ ~Mao>f5 t$E I FI I>>*It F C V-, EI~E)~I" E>>O,~'Z.L.I..B bent CC>,','I I)Io~LL'.C, C.b C Q,e,cfl n~svId.-d srnid pl.J on ei ce.AT spnefno Aoldibnco ri siege.Ao,"s."QJbni gaia,lib ps I mI9 r."" Qzsn." rl.-cliff b"lp no'gguqgp io o)AQQ A..fg vugg O'J Q'lC 0 r"NCSQ m,"}p'~VE~ GNDCIhol'JIU ~."'QIbni>Jocd~sv~s."cibsmmi nc tz",C>>'eo'fQO'lq '3CI>>tO;AQ59: Nsmamq ac*.~.9>sahib ~SP'i&ED o pi vr'o;:lb Ql'~mQ,AQfc'c'has'R UN@:odiiab yno so>dnaisgqn oio'Idrlo.f 6 7G~PGCC'OVOlfl E>>,ov>>o Ot ("i.l."r oLol-oB (Z'l.o I/FE'E v)rot Io>>>>~>>>>E>>Io Ir vE r>>K I>>I~~rvo>>>>t~v~~ .;HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKllST A l00 WALK-THROUGH '0 A EVALUATION GUIDELINE-REF.EVALUATIOM GUIDELINE 1 7.Redundancy .in the presentation of information is limited to cases where needed for backup or to avoid excessive operator movement.6.5.1.1~d VD-2.VD-6 J..L.BA cb E-QV B QV ClC ai noBamso>ni 'to n.b=haon ezorlvI ae."Go:.bfovo o9'o c J"-'..0namavam wolcasq~}}